As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 8,August 21, 2013

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

The ExOne Company

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware 3599 

46-1684608

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

127 Industry Boulevard

North Huntingdon, Pennsylvania 15642

(724) 863-9663

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

S. Kent Rockwell

Chairman & CEO

The ExOne Company

127 Industry Boulevard

North Huntingdon, Pennsylvania 15642

(724) 863-9663

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Warren J. ArcherHannah T. Frank

Morella & Associates, A Professional CorporationLewis U. Davis

706 Rochester RoadBuchanan Ingersoll & Rooney PC

One Oxford Centre

301 Grant Street, 20th Floor

Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 1523715219-1410

(412) 369-9696562-8800

JoEllen Lyons Dillon

Chief Legal Officer and Corporate Secretary

The ExOne Company

127 Industry Boulevard

North Huntingdon, Pennsylvania 15642

(724) 863-9663

 

Jonathan H. Talcott

Nelson Mullins Riley & Scarborough LLP

101 Constitution Avenue, NW, Suite 900

Washington, DC 20001

(202) 712-2806

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), check the following box.    ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer ¨  Accelerated filer ¨
Non-accelerated filer ¨x  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)  Smaller reporting company x¨

The Registrant is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act. This registration statement complies with the requirements that apply to an issuer that is an emerging growth company.

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

 Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price(1)(2)
 Amount of
Registration Fee
 

Proposed Number of

Shares to be

Registered(1)

 

Proposed

Maximum

Offering

Price Per Share(2)

 

Proposed

Maximum

Aggregate

Offering Price(2)

 

Amount of

Registration Fee

Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share

Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share

 $75,000,000 $10,230 3,054,400 $65.03 $198,627,632 $27,092.81

(1)Includes shares of common stock subject to an over-allotment option granted to the underwriters.
(2)Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o)457(c) of the Securities Act.Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), on the basis of the average of the high and low selling prices of the Registrant’s Common Stock reported on The NASDAQ Global Market as of a date (August 15, 2013) within five business days prior to filing this registration statement.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We and the selling stockholder may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we and the selling stockholder areit is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any statejurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS  SUBJECT TO COMPLETION  DATED JANUARY     ,August 21, 2013

2,656,000 Shares

 

LOGOLOGO

The ExOne Company

Common Stock

 

 

We are offering 1,106,000 shares of our common stock, and the selling stockholder isstockholders are offering an additional1,550,000 shares of our common stock. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by theour selling stockholder.stockholders.

This is our initial public offering, and prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We anticipate that the initial public offering price of ourOur common stock will be between $         and $         per share. We will apply to list our common stockis listed on the NasdaqThe NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “XONE.” As of August 20, 2013, the last reported sale price of our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Market was $69.29 per share.

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. Please read “Risk Factors” beginning on page 14 of this prospectus to read about the risks you should consider before investing.

We are an “emerging growth company” under the federal securities laws and will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements. Investing in our common stock involves a high degreeSee “Prospectus Summary — Implications of risk. Please read “Risk FactorsBeing an Emerging Growth Company. beginning on page 12 of this prospectus to read about the risks you should consider before investing.

 

   Per Share   Total 

Public offering price

  $                $              

Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)

  $     $   

Proceeds, before expenses, to us(2)

  $     $   

Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholderstockholders(2)

  $     $   

We and

(1)Please see “Underwriting” beginning on page 112 of this prospectus for additional information regarding the underwriting arrangement.
(2)We estimate that we will incur offering expenses of approximately $         million in connection with the offering. The selling stockholders will each pay us their pro rata portion of the estimated expenses for the offering.

Some of the selling stockholderstockholders have granted the underwriters an option, exercisable within 30 days of the date of this prospectus, to purchase a maximum of 398,400 additional shares of our common stock, from us and the selling stockholder at the initial public offering price, less the underwriting discount, to cover over-allotments of shares, if any.

The If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, then the proceeds before expenses will reserve upbe $             to shares from this offering for sale, directly or indirectly, to certain of our employees, directors and officers, and certain other investors related to us, at the public offering price without payment of an underwriting discount or commission.selling stockholders.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of our common stock to purchasers against payment on or about                     , 2013.

FBR

The date of this prospectus is                     , 2013.


LOGO


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

   1  

RISK FACTORS

   1214  

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT CONCERNING FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

   2428  

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

   2529  

TRADEMARKS, SERVICE MARKS AND TRADE NAMES

   2529  

USE OF PROCEEDS

   2630

PRICE RANGE OF OUR COMMON STOCK

30  

DIVIDEND POLICY

   2630  

CAPITALIZATION

   2731  

DILUTION

   2832  

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

   3034  

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

   3337  

BUSINESS

   6163  

MANAGEMENT

   8485  

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

   9097  

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

   9199  

SELLING STOCKHOLDERSTOCKHOLDERS

   92102  

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

   93104  

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS

   95106  

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

   98110  

UNDERWRITING

   100112  

U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS

   105117  

LEGAL MATTERS

   108120  

EXPERTS

   108120  

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

   108120  

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTSINFORMATION

   F-1  

We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide you with any information other than that contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus we may authorize to be delivered or made available to you. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus may only be used where it is legal to offer and sell shares of our common stock. The information in this prospectus may be accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of shares of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date. We will update this prospectus as required by law. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer of these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer is not permitted.

For investors outside the United States: Neither we nor the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside the United States.

We further note that the representations, warranties and covenants made by us in any agreement that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part or to any document that is incorporated by reference herein were made solely for the benefit of the parties to such agreement, including, in some cases, for the purpose of allocating risk among the parties to such agreements, and should not be deemed to be a representation, warranty or covenant to you. Moreover, such representations, warranties or covenants were accurate only as of the date when made. Accordingly, such representations, warranties and covenants should not be relied on as accurately representing the current state of our affairs.


PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary is not complete and does not contain all of the information that is important to you or that you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should carefully read the entire prospectus, including the risk factors, financial data, and financial statements included herein, before making a decision about whether to invest in our common stock.

All financial information included in this prospectus includes The ExOne Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, ExOne Americas LLC (United States), ExOne GmbH (Germany) and Ex One KK (Japan). All financial information for periods prior to January 1, 2013 is of The Ex One Company, LLC, our predecessor company, and its subsidiaries, and all financial information for periods prior to March 27, 2013 include variable interest entities, Troy Metal Fabricating, LLC (“TMF”) and Lone Star Metal Fabrication, LLC (“Lone Star”). Unless the context requires otherwise or we specifically indicate otherwise, the information in this prospectus assumes that the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option. As used in this prospectus, unless the context otherwise requires or indicates, the terms “ExOne,” “our company,Company,” “the Company,” “we,” “our,” “ours,” and “us” refer to The ExOne Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries.

OurOverview

The Company

We are a global provider of three-dimensionalthree dimensional (“3D”) printing machines and printed products, materials and other services to industrial customers. Our business primarily consists of manufacturing and selling 3D printing machines and printing products to specification for our customers using our in-house 3D printing machines. We offer pre-production collaboration and print products for customers through our Production Service Centerssix production service centers (“PSCs”), which are located in the United States, Germany and Japan. We build 3D printing machines at our facilities in the United States and Germany. We also supply the associated products,materials, including consumables and replacement parts, and other services, including training and technical support, necessary for purchasers of our machines to print products. We believe that our ability to print in a variety of industrial materials, as well as our industry-leading printing capacity (as measured by build box size and printhead speed), uniquely position us to serve the needs of industrial customers.

Our 3D printing machines use our binder jetting technology, powdered materials, chemical binding agents and integrated software to print 3D products directly from computer models by repeatedly depositing very thin layers of powdered materials and selectively placing chemical binding agents to form the finishedprinted product. One of our key industry advantages is that our machines are able to print products in materials thatwhich are desired by industrial customers. Currently, our 3D printing machines are able to manufacture casting molds and cores from specialty silica sand and ceramics, which are the traditional materials for these casting products. WeOf equal importance, our 3D printing machines are capable of direct product materialization by printing in silica sand, ceramics,industrial metals, including stainless steel, bronze, iron, and glass, and webonded tungsten. We are in varying stages of qualifying additional industrial materials for printing, such as titanium, tungsten carbide, aluminum, and magnesium.magnesium, and our current material development plan calls for an additional industrial material to be qualified every six months.

We believe that we are a leader in providing 3D printing machines, 3D printed products, materials and relatedother services to industrial customers in the aerospace, automotive, heavy equipment, energy/oil/gas and other industries. Our customersIn an effort to further solidify this position, the net proceeds from our initial public offering have been earmarked or spent in order to (1) expand our PSC network to fifteen global locations by the aerospace industry include Magellan Aerospace Corporation, Boeingend of 2015, (2) increase capacity and Mitchell Aerospace Inc. Our customersupgrade technology in our production facilities in Germany, including consolidating our operations from five buildings located throughout the automotive industry include Ford Motor Company, Bavarian Motor Works (“BMW”)district of Augsburg to one purpose-built facility, (3) expand our materials development initiatives and Tesla Motors, Inc. Our customers in the heavy equipment industry include Caterpillar, Inc., Deere & Company, and Bosch Rexroth andachieve our customers in the energy/oil/gas industry include ITT Corp. and the KSB Group.

Our business began as the advanced manufacturing businessplan of Extrude Hone Corp., which manufactured its first 3D printing machine in 2003 using licensed technology developed by researchers at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (“MIT”). In 2007, we were acquired by S. Kent Rockwell through his wholly-owned company Rockwell Forest Products, Inc. (“RFP”). Since 2007, when he purchased our company for approximately $7.2 million, Mr. Rockwell (through RFP and affiliated entities) and our other owners have funded our company and related entities, through December 15, 2012, with $40.7 million in either equity orone new industrial material

 

debt. The primary goalsqualified every six months, (4) select and deploy an Enterprise Resource Planning (“ERP”) system to promote operational efficiency and financial controls globally, (5) payoff existing debt, and (6) deploy working capital to support growth. These uses of these investments were to: increaseproceeds and priorities are consistent with the scale, speedplan outlined by us during our initial public offering and efficiencycommunicated to our stockholders thereafter. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Recent Developments.”

Our revenue growth is driven by increasing customer acceptance of our 3D printing machines; expand the rangetechnology. We believe that we can accelerate customer adoption of qualified materials in which our machines can print; and position us to compete in the rapidly evolvingtechnology by delivering turnkey 3D printing market. Asservices and products, from design through part completion. In developing our next generation 3D printing machine platforms, we successfully focused on achieving the volumetric output rate demanded by our industrial customers. Our refined strategic focus emphasizes all phases of the production cycle, notably enhancements to pre-print, such as Computer Aided Design (“CAD”), simulation, and design optimization, as well as post-print processing, including metal finishing technologies and precision casting capabilities. We are exploring a result,combination of acquisitions, strategic investments, and/or alliances, some of which we have significantly reducedbelieve will promote advances in pre-print and post-print processing. We intend to use part or all of the proceeds from this offering in order to achieve these and other objectives and for working capital and general corporate purposes to maximize and attain our unit costgrowth potential. See “Use of production over time, thereby expandingProceeds.”

Our revenues for the potential marketsix months ended June 30, 2013 were $17.2 million compared to $7.4 million for our machinesthe six months ended June 30, 2012, and products.

Ourour revenues for the year ended December 31, 20112012 were $15.3$28.7 million, as compared to $15.3 million for 2011 and $13.4 million for the prior year period, and2010. Our Adjusted EBITDA for the first ninesix months of 2012 were $15.9ended June 30, 2013 was ($1.2) million as compared to $12.6($3.6) million for the same period in 2011. Oursix months ended June 30, 2012, and our Adjusted EBITDA was ($8.9) million for the first nine months ofyear ended December 31, 2012 was ($6.4) million, as compared to ($2.3)4.0) million for the same period in 2011. Our EBITDA2011 and ($3.0) million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 includes a non-cash equity based compensation expense of $7.7 million.2010. See note 7notes to the table set forth in “— Summary“Summary Consolidated Financial Data” for a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss.loss attributable to ExOne.

   Twelve Months Ended
December 31,
   Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
   2010   2011   2011   2012 
   (unaudited) 

Machine Units Sold(A)

        

S 15

   2         2         2     1  

S Max

   2     1     1     4  

S Print

   —       1     1     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   4     4     4     5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(A)See “Business—Our Machines and Machine Platforms” for a description of the machines.

DuringIn the ninesix months ended SeptemberJune 30, 2013, we sold nine machines (six S-Max, one S-Print, one M-Lab and one Orion) compared to one machine (S-Max) in the six months ended June 30, 2012. In 2012 we sold thirteen machines (nine S-Max, three S-Print and one S-15) compared to five machines (two S-15, one S-Max, oneS-Print and one Other) in 2011 and 2012five machines (two S-15, two S-Max and the twelve months ended December 31, 2010 and 2011, we conductedone Other) in 2010.

We conduct a significant portion of itsour business with a limited number of customers. During the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, we had two customers and one customer, respectively, that each individually represented 10.0% or greater of total revenue. There were no customers for the year ended December 31, 2012 which individually represented 10.0% or greater of total revenue. During the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 we had one customer and three customers, respectively, which individually represented 10.0% or greater of total revenue. Our top five customers represented approximately 46%45.7% and 42%37.6% of total revenue for the ninesix months ended SeptemberJune 30, 20112013 and 2012, respectively, and approximately 43%31.7%, 40.9%, and 47%48.7% of total revenue infor the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, and 2011, respectively. TheseFor each of the respective periods, these customers primarily purchased 3D printing machines. Sales of 3D printed partsproducts, materials and consumablesother services tend to be from repeat customers that may utilize the capability of our PSCs for three months or longer. Sales of 3D printing machines are low volume and generate significant revenue but the same customers do not necessarily buy machines in each period. Timing of customer purchases is dependent on the customer’s capital budgeting cycle, which may vary from period to period. The nature of the revenue from 3D printing machines, as described above, does not leave us dependent upon a single or a limited number of customers. Rather, the timing of the sales can have a material effect on period to period financial results.

We incurred

Our History

Our business began as the advanced manufacturing business of Extrude Hone Corp., which manufactured its first 3D printing machine in 2003 using licensed technology developed by researchers at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (“MIT”). In 2005, our business assets were transferred to The Ex One Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, when Extrude Hone Corp. was purchased by another company. In 2007, we were acquired by S. Kent Rockwell through his wholly-owned company Rockwell Forest Products, Inc. (“RFP”). On January 1, 2013, The Ex One Company, LLC was merged with and into a newly created Delaware corporation, which changed its name to The ExOne Company (the “Reorganization”). On February 12, 2013, we completed our initial public offering of our common stock, raising approximately $90.4 million in net losses of approximately $5.2 million and $7.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively, and had an accumulated deficit of approximately $15.6 million as of December 31, 2011. As shown in the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements,proceeds after expenses to us.

Recent Developments

On July 23, 2013, we incurred a net loss of approximately $10.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012, and had a working capital deficit of approximately $7.3 million. These conditions raise substantial doubt as to our ability to continueannounced that we have added iron infiltrated with bronze as a going concern.new 3D printing material. We believe that the addition of iron to our metal portfolio will be well received by customers in the traditional market for iron. We prioritized our development of iron infiltrated with bronze as a result of general customer interest and the breadth of the manufacturing market. Iron is widely used in the manufacturing of machine tools, automotive parts and general support structures. Manufacturing iron-based products using our 3D printing technology allows for the direct creation of more intricate products than traditional manufacturing processes, and creates a more cost effective alternative to current 3D printing materials such as stainless steel. Additionally, we announced that we have added phenolic and sodium silicate to our suite of binders for use in our 3D printing process. Phenolic binder, used with ceramic sand in the 3D printing of molds and cores, offers customers three benefits: (i) casting higher heat alloys; (ii) creating a higher strength mold or core; and (iii) improving the quality of the casting due to reduced expansion of the mold or core. These capabilities address challenges faced by the automotive, aviation, hydraulic/heavy equipment and pump industries. We believe that the use of sodium silicate will reduce or eliminate the release of fumes and gas in the casting process, helping to reduce costs associated with air ventilation, and electrical and maintenance equipment, which we believe will appeal to casting houses that are in search of cleaner environmental processes.

We also announced on July 31, 2013 that we opened a new PSC in Auburn, Washington to be cost competitive and meet customer demand in the Puget Sound region. The new PSC is an 11,600 square foot leased facility in which we will be ableprint molds and cores for foundries in the northwestern U.S. corridor. Full operations are expected to raise additional equity or debt financing sufficientcommence in September 2013. This is our sixth PSC worldwide. We also announced that we opened new sales centers in Sao Paulo, Brazil and Shanghai, China using the resources of the Association for Manufacturing Technology, which provides global support to U.S. manufacturers through its technical centers and representative offices in numerous global locations. We expect our sales representatives in each office to focus on targeting customers well suited for our 3D printing technology and to focus on furthering the reach of our expanding sales network in South America and China. Our sales centers are intended to serve as a preliminary step in establishing increased PSC activity in 2014.

On August 1, 2013, we entered into an agreement for the purchase of land in Gersthofen, Germany, in the district of Augsburg to build a new facility. The facility will comprise production, warehouse, service, office and research and development space. On August 14, 2013, we engaged a turnkey provider of construction services for the design and construction of the facility. We intend to consolidate our five existing leased facilities in Augsburg into the new facility, providing expansion capacity to support our ongoing operations either in connection with this offering or otherwise. However,global growth strategy.

On August 8, 2013, we can give no assuranceannounced that profitable operations or sufficient cash flows will occurwe have added bonded tungsten as a new 3D printing material to be used in the future.design of products to be used in protecting people and their environments from the harmful effects of ionizing radiation.

OurThe Additive Manufacturing Industry and Recent Trends3D Printing

3D printing is the most common type of an emerging manufacturing technology broadly referred to as additive manufacturing (“AM”). In general, AM is a term used to describe a manufacturing process that produces 3D objects directly from digital or computer models through the repeated deposit of very thin layers of material. 3D printing is the process of joining materials from a digital 3D model, usually layer by layer, to make objects using a printhead, nozzle or other printing technology. The terms “AM” and “3D printing” are increasingly being used interchangeably as the media and marketplace have popularized the term 3D printing rather than AM, the industry term.

AM represents a transformational shift from traditional forms of manufacturing (e.g., machining or tooling), sometimes referred to as “subtractive”subtractive manufacturing.

We believe that AM and 3D printing are poised to displace traditional manufacturing methodologies in a growing range of industrial applications. Our 3D printing process differs from other forms of 3D printing processes in that we use a chemical binding agent and focus on industrial products and materials.

ExOne and 3D Printing

We provide 3D printed products, materials and other services primarily to industrial customers and end-market users. We believe that our industry advantage lieswe are an early entrant into the AM industrial products market and are one of the few providers of 3D printing solutions to industrial customers in the materials that our machines are able to print. We are capable of printing in silica sand, ceramics, stainless steel, bronzeaerospace, automotive, heavy equipment and glass, and we are in varying stages of qualifying additional industrial materials for printing, such as titanium, tungsten carbide, aluminum and magnesium. In contrast, the majority of the AM industry generally utilizes polymer materials.

According to estimates contained in the 2012 report of Wohlers Associates, Inc., “Additive Manufacturing and 3D Printing State of the Industry” (the “Wohlers Report”), the market for AM, including 3D printing, will achieve a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) in excess of 18% over the coming eight years and exceed $6.5 billion in revenue annually by 2019, up from $1.7 billion in 2011. The Wohlers Report defines the market for AM as (1) products, including “AM systems, system upgrades, materials, and aftermarket products” and (2) services, specifically including “revenues generated from parts produced on AM systems by service providers, system maintenance contracts, training, seminars, conferences, expositions, advertising, publications, contract research, and consulting.”

We believe that our market opportunity is much larger than the Wohlers Report estimates. In addition to the market described by the Wohlers Report, we believe that our potential market includes (1) the replacement of a substantial part of traditional manufacturing technology equipment sold globally, (2) the end market production of many industrial products and (3) tooling, parts made from tooling, and castings for industrial end markets.energy/oil/gas industries.

Our 3D printing process provides several benefits over traditional design methods and manufacturing processes, the most critical of which are:

Design Freedom. 3D printing allows designers and engineers the freedom to manufacture a product that very closely matches their optimal design and expands design possibilities. Traditionally, designers of products have had to make design compromises based on the limitations of how products are created through subtractive manufacturing (i.e., the removal of material from a solid object). 3D printing, on the other hand, permits the manufacture of intricate and complex products which would not be possible or economically feasible to design and produce using subtractive manufacturing.

Reduced Cost of Complexity.binder jetting 3D printing technology makes complexwas developed over 15 years ago by researchers at MIT. Our machines build or print products from CAD by depositing successive thin layers of particles of materials such as silica sand or metal powder in a “build box.” A moveable printhead passes over each layer and deposits a chemical binding agent in the same way, and at essentiallyselected areas where the same cost,finished product will be materialized. Each layer can be unique.

Depending on the industrial material used in printing, printed products may need post-production processing. We generally use silica sand or foundry sand for casting, which requires no additional processing. Products printed in other materials, such as simple ones. The 3D printing process of building parts by layering very smallglass or metals, need varying amounts of material can just as easily make a simple solid product as a highly complex and intricate product. Because a complex product can require less material than a simple solid product, the complex product may be even less expensive to make using 3D printing technology than a simple product.

Mass Customization.3D printing allows products to be customized with littleheat treating or no incremental cost because their manufacture is directed by computer-aided design (“CAD”) without the need for substantial retooling between prints. Each product printed using 3D printing can be identical to, or radically different from, other products that are printed concurrently. Conventional manufacturing, by contrast, does not provide this flexibility. For example, 3D printing permits us to manufacture products that are identical except each part can have a unique quick response code inscribed on the part to support product tracking.post-processing.

Co-Located/Just-in-Time Manufacturing. 3D printing facilities are able to be located in close geographic proximity to customers because, unlike traditional manufacturing methods, 3D printing is not labor intensive and has low tooling and set-up costs. When establishing a manufacturing facility for subtractive manufacturing, labor is often the most important cost variable. As a result, manufacturing operations are often located offshore or in geographically remote locations where labor is cheaper. The proximity of 3D printing facilities to customers’ operations improves integration and collaboration with

product engineers and designers and reduces shipping costs. This proximity also provides customers with an important supply chain management tool by supporting just-in-time availability of products without large inventory buildup.

Reduced Time Between Design and Production.3D printing reduces the time required between product conception and production. 3D printing designs may be altered quickly, remotely and inexpensively without costly extensive retooling as the design is refined. We believe that increasing the speed at which products can be designed, prototyped and integrated into full-scale production is a priority for our industrial customers.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe that our competitive strengths include:

 

Volumetric Output Rate. We believe that our 3D printing machines provide us the highest rate of volume output per hourunit of time among competing AM technologies. Because of our early entrance into the industrial market for AM and our investment in our core 3D printing technology, we have been able to improve the printhead speed and build box size of our machines. As a result, we have made strides in improving the output efficiency of our machines, as measured by volume output per unit of time. These efficiency gains and associatedFor example, the machine cost reductions have enabled usper cubic inch for our mid-size Flex machine is approximately 5% of the comparable machine cost of its predecessor, the R 2, assuming a constant 80% utilization rate over a five-year period. With continued advances in our core 3D printing technologies, we believe that our cost of production will continue to shiftdecline, increasing our costs down andability to compete with traditional subtractive manufacturing technologies,processes, particularly for complex products, effectively expanding our addressable market.

 

Printing Platform Size.The size of the build box area and the platform upon which we construct a product is important to industrial customers, who may want to either make a higherhigh number of products per job run or make an industrial product that has large dimensions and is heavy in final form. Our 1,260-liter platform for our “S Max” machine is one of the largest commercially available 3D printing build platforms. We believe that our technology and experience give us the potential to develop even larger build platforms to meet the production demands of current and potential industrial customers. In addition, we have created machine platforms in four size ranges in order to cater to the varying demands of our customers.

per job run or make an industrial product that has large dimensions and is heavy in final form. The 1,260-liter platform for our S-Max machine is one of the largest commercially available 3D printing build platforms. We believe that our technology and experience give us the potential to develop even larger build platforms to meet the production demands of current and potential industrial customers. In addition, we have created machine platforms in four size ranges in order to cater to the varying demands of our customers. Our two largest platforms, the Max and Print machines, are differentiated from the machines of our competitors in their ability to print in an industrial size and scale. Our M-Lab size platform provides a small build box for lab work and experimentation.

 

Industrial Material. Currently, our 3D printing machines are able to manufacture casting molds and cores from specialty silica sand and ceramics, which are the traditional materials for these casting products. WeOf equal importance, our 3D printing machines are also capable of direct product materialization by printing in silica sand, ceramics,industrial metals, including stainless steel, bronze, iron, and glass, and webonded tungsten. We are in varying stages of qualifying additional industrial materials for printing, such as titanium, tungsten carbide, aluminum, and magnesium. There is significant demand for products made inof these materials. MostMany AM companies, however, cannot print industrial products in these materials and focus instead on polymer applications.

 

Chemical Binding.We use liquid chemical binding agents during the printing process. We believe that our unique chemical binding agent technology can more readily achieve efficiency gains over time than other AM technologies, such as laser-fusing technologies. For instance, in order to increase the print speed of laser-based technologies, another expensive industrial laser must be added to the manufacturing process, raising the unit cost of production.

 

International Presence. Since our inception, we have structured our business to cater to major international markets. We have established one or more PSCs in each of North America, Europe, and Asia. Because many of our current or potential customers are global industrial companies, it is important that we have a presence in or near the areas where these companies have manufacturing facilities.

 

Co-location of High Value Production. Over the last few years, many U.S. industrial manufacturers have out-sourced partsoutsourced product supply or otherwise created long, relatively inflexible supply chains for their high-complexity, high-value parts.products. We believe that over the next few years, many of these companies will need to build these products in the United States, near their main manufacturing facilities, in order to be competitive nationally and internationally. We believe we are well positioned to help these manufacturers co-locate the production of products so as to optimize our customers’ supply chains.

will need to build these industrial parts in the United States, near their main manufacturing facilities, in order to be competitive nationally and internationally. We believe we are well positioned to help these manufacturers co-locate the production of parts so as to optimize customers’ supply chains.

Our Business StrategiesStrategy

The principal elements of our growth strategy include:

 

Expand the Network of Production Service Centers. Our PSCs are centersprovide a central location for customer collaboration and provide customers with a direct contact point to learn about our 3D printing technology, buy products printed by us, and purchase our machines. By the end of 2015, we plan to expand our PSC network from the current fivesix locations to fifteen locations. Like our current PSCs, we plan to locate the additional PSCs in major industrial centers near existing and potential customers. While we may adjust the final locations based upon market considerations, our initial2013 plan includes announcing the opening a new PSCof an additional location in South America and on the west coast of the United States byin addition to the third quarter of 2013, andrecent Auburn, Washington announcement. Our current plan also includes opening two or more additional locations in Asia and Western Europe by the second quarterfirst half of 2014.

 

Qualify New Industrial Materials Printable In Our Systems. Currently, our 3D printing machines are capable of printing in silica sand, ceramics, stainless steel, bronze, iron, bonded tungsten, and glass, and we are in varying stages of qualifying additional industrial materials for printing, such as titanium, tungsten carbide, aluminum, and magnesium. By expanding into these other materials, we believe we can expand our market share and better serve our industrial customer base. We established ExOne Materials Application Laboratory (“EXMAL”ExMAL”), which focuses on materials testing. We believe EXMALExMAL will assist us in increasing the rate at which we are able to qualify new materials. ExMAL is led by our Chief Technology Officer, Rick Lucas, whose background includes experience in materials testing and certification. See “Management — Executive Officers and Directors.”

 

Increase the Efficiency of Our Machines to Expand the Addressable Market.We intend to invest in further developing our machine technology so as to increase the volume output per unit time that our machines can produce. We recentlyIn 2011, we began selling a new second generation mid-sized platform, the S PrintS-Print machine. In addition, we are marketing our new M FlexM-Flex machine, and expectwe have a signed purchase order to accept orders for it beginningdeliver our first unit in the fourththird quarter of 2012.2013. See “Business Our Machines and Machine Platforms.” In both cases, the new machines are designed to increase the volume output per hour over the machines that they will replaceunit of time through advances in printhead speed and build box size. Achieving improved production speed and efficiency will expand our potential market for our machines and for products made in our PSCs.

 

Focus Upon Customer Training and Education to Promote Awareness. We will continue to educate the marketplace about the advantages of 3D printing. We will use our regional PSCs to educate our potential customers. In addition, we have supplied 3D printing equipment to more than 20 universities and research institutions, in hopes of expanding the base of future adopters of our technology. We established the ExOne Training and Education Center (“EXTEC”ExTEC”) in our North Huntingdon, Pennsylvania headquarters. At EXTEC,ExTEC, technicians guide our current and prospective customers in the optimal use of 3D printing and customers gain digital access to our 3D printing knowledge database as it continues to evolve. We will make EXTECExTEC accessible to universities, individual customers, employees/trainees, designers, engineers, and others interested in 3D printing. We will continue to educate the marketplace about the advantages of 3D printing.

 

Achieve Revenue Balance and Geographic Diversification. Over the long-term, our goal is to balance revenue between machine sales and PSC production, service contracts, and consumables. Machine sales tend to be seasonal, less predictable, and generally more heavily impacted by the macroeconomic cycle, as compared to PSC production, service contracts, and consumables. We will focus on machine sales during up-swings in the economy and on the sales of other products and services during periods of declines in industrial capital investment. In addition, asAs we sell more machines, the machine sales portion of our business will be supplemented by related sales of service, replacement parts, and consumables. To avoid being overly dependent on economic conditions in one part of the world, we intend to develop our customer base so that our revenues are balanced across the Americas, Europe, and Asia. As overall revenues increase, maintaining this balance will largely be achieved by targeting specific customers and industries for machine sales and by establishing PSCs in each of our key regions.

Advance Pre-Print Design and Post-Print Processing Capabilities to Accelerate the Growth of Our 3D Printing Technology. Our next generation 3D printing machine platforms have achieved the volumetric output rate and quality necessary to serve industrial markets on a production scale. We believe that there is an opportunity to similarly advance the pre-print and post-print processing phases of product materialization to more fully exploit the transformative power of our 3D printing machines and drive growth. These opportunities relate to both direct and indirect part materialization. For direct metal production, we believe that enhancing pre-print processes, notably design optimization tools and suitable print material availability, can greatly accelerate our capture of market share in the near-term. Additionally, enhancements to post-print processing will increase the applications for printed products. Through ExMAL, we are developing post-print processing technologies to achieve fully dense metal product materialization without the need for infiltration, and we are exploring technology sharing partnerships to further this initiative. In indirect production utilizing 3D printed molds and cores, advanced performance casting technologies can be leveraged to increase yields and reduce weight of casted products. To address the market opportunity and fill

 

 

Americas, Europethe execution gap, we have developed a suite of processes, many of which are proprietary, for producing high-quality castings through a process that we call ExCAST. ExCAST provides industry guidance and Asia. As overall revenues increase, maintaining that balance will largely be achieved by targeting specific customerssupport through all stages of production, from CAD at the design stage, through the 3D materialization of molds and industries for machine salescores, metal casting of the end product and by establishing PSCs in each key region.rapid delivery to the end-user.

The ReorganizationPursue Growth Opportunities Through Acquisitions, Alliances, and/or Strategic Investments. We intend to opportunistically identify and, Transactions Priorthrough acquisitions, alliances and/or strategic investment, integrate and advance complementary businesses, technologies and capabilities. Our goal is to expand the Offering

On January 1, 2013, we merged our predecessor company, The Ex One Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (sometimes referred to as the “LLC”), with and into a Delaware corporation (sometimes referred to herein as the “Corporation”), which changed its name to The ExOne Company. To the extent that the LLC had undistributed earnings on January 1, 2013, such earnings will be included in the Company’s financial statements at December 31, 2012 as additional paid-in capital. This assumes a constructive distribution to the owners followed by a contribution to the capital of the corporation.

Historically, the LLC had not been taxed at the company level. Following the Reorganization, we will be taxed as a corporation for federal income tax purposes. As a result, for periods following the Reorganization, we will determine if a tax provision on our income, which will include U.S. federal income taxes and each state, local and foreign jurisdiction, will be required. The highest statutory rates in the United States (including state and local), Germany and Japan are currently 44%, 31% and 40%, respectively. In addition, we will recognize deferred taxes equal to the tax effect of the difference between the book and tax basisfunctionality of our assetsproducts, provide access to new customers and liabilities as of January 1, 2013. The amount of additional deferred tax assets if the Reorganization had been completed as of September 30, 2012 would have been approximately $0.6 million, assuming a 40% tax rate. However, duemarkets, and increase our production capacity. We are in active discussions with parties that we believe can contribute to a history of operating losses, a valuation allowance of 100% of the deferred tax asset would be established.superior end-to-end manufacturing process.

For additional information about the Reorganization, please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Reorganization” and “Use of Proceeds.”

Selling Stockholder and Majority MemberStockholders

Our selling stockholder is Rockwell Holdings, Inc. (“RHI”).As of June 30, 2013, S. Kent Rockwell, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, is deemed to have beneficial ownershipbeneficially owned 37.1% of our common or preferred unitsstock through his indirect, sole ownership of two entities: RFP and Rockwell Holdings, Inc. (“RHI”). On August 20, 2013, RHI gifted 450,000 shares of our common stock that it owned by RHI. (See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Rockwell Related Entities — Share Ownership.”)

As used in this prospectus, references to the majority member refer to affiliatesRockwell Holdings, Inc. Charitable Remainder Unitrust (the “Lafayette Trust”). The Lafayette Trust is an irrevocable trust, of S. Kent Rockwell, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, whowhich Lafayette College is the indirect, sole shareholder of RHI and Rockwell Forest Products, Inc. (“RFP”). Each of RHI and RFP have provided funding to us.trustee. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Following the closing of this offering, Mr. Rockwell is expected to beneficially own 23.50% of our common stock (22.02% if the underwriters exercise the over-allotment option in full).

The underwriters have also agreed to include a limited number of shares to be sold by certain members of our management team in the over-allotment option as described in “Selling Stockholders.” The selling stockholders will pay their pro rata portion of the estimated expenses for the offering. To the extent the actual expenses of the offering exceed estimated expenses, we will bear the additional expense.

Risks Affecting Us

We are subject to numerous risks, including risks that may prevent us from achieving our business objectives or may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects. Please read the section entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 1214 of this prospectus for a discussion of some of the factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our common stock.

Corporate Information

Our principal executive offices are located at 127 Industry Boulevard, North Huntingdon, Pennsylvania 15642, and our telephone number is (724) 863-9663. Our corporate website address iswww.exone.com. The information contained on, or accessible from, our corporate website is not part of this prospectus and you should not consider information contained on our website to be a part of this prospectus or in deciding whether to purchase our common stock.

 

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

As a company with less than $1.0 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart ourOur Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting requirements and is relieved of certain other significant requirements that are otherwise generally applicable to public companies. As an emerging growth company:

 

we may present only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related Management’s Discussion & Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations;

we are exempt from the requirement to obtain an attestation and report from our auditors on the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;(the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”);

 

we are permitted to provide less extensive disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements;

 

we are not required to give our stockholders non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements; and

 

we have elected to use an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards.

We may take advantage of these provisions for up to five years or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We would cease to be an emerging growth company if we have more than $1.0 billion in annual revenues, qualify as a “large accelerated filer” under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (which requires us to have more than $700 million in market value of our common stock held by non-affiliatesnon-affiliates), or issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year period. We may choose to take advantage of some but not all of these reduced burdens.

 

The Offering

 

Common stock offered by us in primary offering  

shares (            shares if the underwriters exercise the over-allotment option in full).

1,106,000 shares.

Common stock offered by the selling stockholderstockholders in

the primary offering

  

1,550,000 shares (in the aggregate offered by RFP, RHI and the Lafayette Trust. See “Selling Stockholders.”

Additional shares of common stock offered by selling stockholders if the underwriters exercise the over-allotment option exercised in full).

full
213,400 shares offered by RFP and 185,000 shares in the aggregate offered by the management selling stockholders. See “Selling Stockholders.”
Common stock to be outstanding after the offering  

14,387,608 shares.

Common stock beneficially owned by S. Kent Rockwell after the offering3,381,027 shares ((3,167,627 shares if the underwriters exercise the over-allotment option in full).

Common stock beneficially owned by the selling stockholder after the offering

shares by the selling stockholder (            shares if the underwriters exercise the over-allotment option in full).

Use of proceeds  We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering, after deducting underwriters’ discounts and commissions and our estimated offering expenses, will be approximately $         . We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to invest in further improving the efficiency and capacity of our machines and expanding the number of materials from which we can make products, to increase the number of locations of our PSCs and for working capital and other general corporate purposes. We will also use approximately $9.6 million of the net proceeds to repay a revolving line of credit that we have with RFP, an entity controlled by our CEO, and approximately $3.0 million to purchase the business of TMF and Lone Star, our variable interest entities.million. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of common stock by the selling stockholder.stockholders. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to finance future acquisitions or partnerships and alliances consistent with our business strategy and for working capital and general corporate purposes.
Over-allotment option  WeRFP, and Messrs. Burns, Hoechsmann, Irvin and Lucas have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase a maximum of 398,400 additional shares of our common stock from us and the selling stockholder at the initial public offering price to cover over-allotments.
Risk factors  You should consider carefully all of the information set forth in this prospectus and, in particular, the specific factors set forth under “Risk Factors” on page 12,14 of this prospectus, before deciding whether to invest in our common stock.
Dividend policy  We have not historically paid dividends and we do not intend to declare or pay regular dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future.
Proposed NasdaqNASDAQ Global Market symbol for our common stock  XONE

Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus excludes:

(i) 500,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). The Plan provides for automatic increases in the reserve available annually on January 1 from 2014 through 2023 equal to the lesser of (i) 3.0% of the total outstanding shares of common stock as of December 31 of the immediately preceding year or (ii) a number of shares of common stock determined by our Board of Directors, provided that the maximum number of shares authorized under the Plan will not exceed 1,992,242 shares, subject to certain adjustments.

(ii) Options to certain employees to purchase 175,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of such options as of June 30, 2013, at an exercise price of $18.00 per share, which vest in equal annual installments over three years from the date of grant.

(iii) 20,000 shares of restricted stock that were unvested as of June 30, 2013.

 

Summary Consolidated Financial Data

(dollars in thousands, except per-share amounts)

The following table setstables set forth certain of our summary consolidated financial informationdata for the periods represented. The financial data as of June 30, 2013, and for the yearsquarter and six months ended December 31, 2010June 30, 2013 and 20112012 have been derived from our auditedunaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and notes thereto. The financial data as of and for the nine monthsyears ended September 30,December 31, 2012, 2011 and 20122010 have been derived from our unaudited condensedaudited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto. We have prepared the unaudited consolidated financial information set forth below on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements and have included all adjustments, consisting of only normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of our financial position and operating results of operations for such periods. The interim results set forth below are not necessarily indicative of expected results for the year ending December 31, 20122013 or for any other future period.

The data presented below should be read in conjunction with, and are qualified in their entirety by reference to “Capitalization,” “Selected Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

   Twelve Months
Ended December
31,
   Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
   2010   2011   2011   2012 
           (unaudited) 
   $ in thousands, except per common unit data 

Income Data:

        

Revenue

  $13,440    $15,290    $12,571    $15,913  

Cost of sales

   10,374     11,647     9,327     10,018  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

   3,066     3,643     3,244     5,895  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

        

Research and development

   1,153     1,531     1,146     1,179  

Selling, general & administrative (includes non-cash equity based compensation of $7.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012)

   5,978     7,286     5,196     14,826  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   7,131     8,817     6,342     16,005  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

   (4,065   (5,174   (3,098   (10,110
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest income

   (1   (3   (2   (2

Interest expense

   1,115     1,569     1,188     542  

Other (income) expense

   (197   (154   34     (71
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   917     1,412     1,220     469  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

   (4,982   (6,586   (4,318   (10,579

Provision for income taxes

   198     1,031     709     171  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to the controlling and the noncontrolling interests

   (5,180   (7,617   (5,027   (10,750

Less: Net income of noncontrolling interest

   328     420     244     320  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to the controlling interest(A)

  $(5,508  $(8,037  $(5,271  $(11,070
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common unit(B):

        

Basic

  $(0.55  $(0.80  $(0.53  $(1.21

Diluted

   (0.55   (0.80   (0.53   (1.21

Cash Flow Data:

        

Net cash used for operating activities

  $(5,912  $(2,435  $(3,333  $(9,084

Capital expenditures

   (1,795   (1,080   (232   (1,973

Cash provided by financing activities

   7,811     5,931     3,795     9,050  

Other Data (unaudited):

        

EBITDA (A)(7)

  $(2,993  $(4,005  $(2,267  $(8,852

Machine Units Sold(C)

        

S 15

   2     2     2     1  

S Max

   2     1     1     4  

S Print

   —       1     1     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   4     4     4     5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  Quarter Ended
June 30,
    Six Months Ended
June 30,
    Year Ended
December 31,
 
  2013  2012    2013  2012    2012  2011  2010 
  

(unaudited)

    (unaudited)            

Statement of consolidated operations and comprehensive loss data:

         

Revenue

 $9,230   $4,676    $17,164   $7,398    $28,657   $15,290   $13,440  

Gross profit

 $4,181   $1,523    $7,019   $2,339    $12,143   $3,643   $3,066  

Research and development

 $1,276   $348    $2,132   $832    $1,930   $1,531   $1,153  

Selling, general and administrative*

 $3,908   $4,262    $7,476   $5,948    $18,285   $7,286   $5,978  

Interest expense

 $50   $110    $280   $308    $842   $1,570   $1,114  

Net loss attributable to ExOne*

 $(1,120 $(3,609  $(3,034 $(5,138  $(10,168 $(8,037 $(5,508

Net loss attributable to ExOne per common share:

         

Basic

 $(0.08  N/A**   $(0.27  N/A**    N/A**   N/A**   N/A** 

Diluted

 $(0.08  N/A**   $(0.27  N/A**    N/A**   N/A**   N/A** 

 

(A)*NetSelling, general and administrative expense and net loss attributable to the controlling interestExOne include $200 and EBITDA include a non-cash equity based$1,785 in equity-based compensation expense of $7.7 million for the ninequarters ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Selling, general and administrative expense and net loss attributable to ExOne include $311 and $1,785 in equity-based compensation expense for the six months ended SeptemberJune 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Selling, general and administrative expense and net loss attributable to ExOne includes $7,735 in equity-based compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2012. There was no equity-based compensation expense recorded during 2011 or 2010.
(B)**The loss per unit for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 reflects the effect of the dividend declared on the Class A preferred units of $1.0 million, or $0.10 per common unit.
(C)See “Business—Our Machines and Machine Platforms” for a description of the machines.

   December 31,  September 30, 2012
(unaudited)
   2010  2011  Actual  As adjusted(4)
   $ in thousands

Financial Position Data:

     

Operating working capital(5)

  $4,998   $5,297   $9,335   

Cash and cash equivalents

   1,021    3,496    1,431   

Deferred revenue and customer deposits

   (1,098  (4,938  (2,994 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

   (2,345  (2,669  (3,954 

Dividends payable

   —      —      
(1,031

 

Line of credit

   —      —      (900)(8)  

Current portion of long-term debt and capital lease obligations

   (808  (1,294  (2,464 

Demand note payable - member(1)

   (15,045  —  (1)   (7,266)(6)  

All other, net

   24    (1,224  499   
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

Working capital

  $(13,253 $(1,332 $(7,344 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

Property and equipment

  $7,990   $7,919   $12,708   

Total assets

  $15,233   $18,968   $27,436   

Long-term debt and capital lease obligations (excluding current portion)

  $3,031   $4,135   $6,541   

Redeemable Class A preferred units

   —     $18,984(1)   —  (3)  

Class A preferred units

   —      —     $18,984(3)  

Total members’ deficit

  $(8,277 $(15,599)(2)  $(713 

(1)Demand Note Payable - majority member was converted into Redeemable Class A preferred units on December 31, 2011.
(2)Excludes Redeemable Class A preferred units whichAmounts are classifiednot comparable as a liability at December 31, 2011.
(3)Redeemable Class A preferred units were converted into Class A preferred units in February 2012 which are classified as equity at September 30, 2012.
(4)These amounts reflect balance sheet data as of September 30, 2012, as adjusted for the sale of              sharesresult of our common stock (excluding the additional shares offered by the selling stockholder) in this offering (basedReorganization as a corporation on an assumed offering price of $             per share and assuming the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option), underwriting discounts and commissions, estimated offering expenses payable by us and the application of the net proceeds received by us from this offering as described under “Use of Proceeds.”January 1, 2013.

 

(5)Operating working capital is a subset of total working capital and represents trade receivables plus related-party receivables plus inventories less trade payables.
   June 30,
2013
   December 31, 
    
     2012   2011   2010 
   (unaudited)             

Consolidated balance sheets data:

        

Working capital (deficit)

  $72,675    $(4,682  $(979  $(13,253

Cash and cash equivalents

  $64,550    $2,802    $3,496    $1,021  

Property and equipment — net

  $14,309    $12,467    $7,919    $7,990  

Total assets

  $96,118    $33,075    $18,615    $15,233  

Line of credit

  $—      $528    $—      $—    

Demand note payable to member

  $—      $8,666    $—      $15,045  

Long-term debt and lease obligations

  $3,499    $10,566    $5,429    $3,839  

Redeemable preferred units

  $—      $—      $18,984    $—    

Preferred units

  $—      $18,984    $—      $—    

Common units

  $—      $10,000    $10,000    $10,000  

Common stock

  $133    $—      $—      $—    

Additional paid-in capital

  $88,026    $—      $—      $—    

Total stockholders’ / members’ equity (deficit)

  $84,194    $41    $(15,599  $(8,277

   Six Months Ended
June 30,
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
   2013  2012  2012  2011  2010 
   (unaudited)          

Statement of consolidated cash flows data:

      

Cash used for operating activities

  $(7,133 $(7,498 $(9,803 $(2,436 $(5,912

Cash used for investing activities

  $(3,875 $(1,518 $(1,724 $(1,080 $(1,795

Cash provided by financing activities

  $72,882   $6,142   $11,003   $5,931   $7,811  

Other data:

        
   Quarter Ended
June 30,
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
   2013  2012  2013  2012  2012  2011  2010 
   (unaudited)  (unaudited)  (unaudited)  (unaudited)  (unaudited) 

Machine units sold:

        

S-15

   —      —      —      —      1    2    2  

S-Max

   4    1    6    1    9    1    2  

S-Print

   —      —      1    —      3    1    —    

M-Lab

   —      —      1    —      —      —      —    

Orion

   —      —      1    —      —      —      —    

Other

   —      —      —      —      —      1    1  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

   4    1    9    1    13    5    5  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA*

  $(279 $(2,666 $(1,182 $(3,636 $(6,389 $(4,004 $(2,993

 

(6)*Borrowings from majority member since January 1, 2012.

(7)We define Adjusted EBITDA (earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization) as net income (loss) attributable to the controlling interestExOne (as calculated under generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”)generally accepted in the United States)States of America (“GAAP”)) plus net income (loss) of the noncontrolling interests, provision (benefit) for income taxes, interest net interest income, income tax expense, (benefit), depreciation, equity-based compensation associated with our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan and

other (income) expense.expense — net. Disclosure in this prospectus of Adjusted EBITDA, which is a “non-GAAPnon-GAAP financial measure, as defined under the rules of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), is intended as a supplemental measure of our performance that is not required by, or presented in accordance with, GAAP. Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to net income income from continuing operations(loss) attributable to ExOne or any other performance measure derived in accordance with GAAP. Our presentation of Adjusted EBITDA should not be construed to imply that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or non-recurring items.

We believe Adjusted EBITDA is meaningful to our investors to enhance their understanding of our financial performance. Although Adjusted EBITDA is not necessarily a measure of our ability to fund our cash needs, we understand that it is frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties as a measure of financial performance and to compare our performance with the performance of other companies that report Adjusted EBITDA. Our calculation of Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies.

The following table reconciles netReconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to Net loss attributable to EBITDA for the periods presented in this table and elsewhere in this prospectus.ExOne:

 

   December 31,  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
  2010  2011  2011  2012 
   (unaudited) 
   

$ in thousands

 

Net loss attributable to the controlling interest

  $(5,508 $(8,037 $(5,271 $(11,070

Net income of noncontrolling interest

   328    420    244    320  

Taxes

   198    1,031    709    171  

Interest, net

   1,114    1,565    1,186    540  

Depreciation

   1,072    1,170    831    1,258  

Other (income) expense

   (197  (154  34    (71
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

EBITDA(A)(7)

  $(2,993 $(4,005 $(2,267 $(8,852
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  Quarter Ended
June 30,
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
  2013  2012  2013  2012  2012  2011  2010 
  (unaudited)  (unaudited)  (unaudited)  (unaudited)  (unaudited)  (unaudited)  (unaudited) 

Net loss attributable to ExOne

 $(1,120 $(3,609 $(3,034 $(5,138 $(10,168 $(8,037 $(5,508

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

  —      148    138    182    480    420    328  

Interest expense

  50    110    280    308    842    1,570    1,114  

Provision for income taxes

  72    246    91    234    995    1,031    198  

Depreciation

  524    421    1,096    805    1,683    1,170    1,072  

Equity-based compensation*

  200    —      311    —      —      —      —    

Other (income) expense — net

  (5  18    (64  (27  (221  (158  (197
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 $(279 $(2,666 $(1,182 $(3,636 $(6,389 $(4,004 $(2,993)��
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

(A)*Net loss attributableAs noted above, amounts reflected for equity-based compensation relate solely to expense incurred in connection with equity-based awards granted under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. During both the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2012, we incurred $1,785 of equity-based compensation expense related to the controlling interest and EBITDA include a non-cash equity basedsale of common units by the majority member of the former limited liability company to another existing member of the former limited liability company. During the year ended December 31, 2012, we incurred $7,735 of equity-based compensation expense related to the sale of $7.7 millioncommon units by the majority member of the former limited liability company to other existing members of the former limited liability company. As these transactions are not a part of our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, we have elected not to consider the related equity-based compensation in measuring Adjusted EBITDA for the nine months ended September 30, 2012.

(8)We notified the bank in Decemberrespective 2012 that we are not in compliance with an equity-to-asset ratio covenant related to this facility. According to the terms of the agreement, the bank at its discretion may request additional security to maintain the facility.periods. There was no equity-based compensation expense recorded by ExOne during 2011 or 2010.

 

RISK FACTORS

An investment in our common stock involves risks. You should carefully consider each of the following risks and all of the information set forth in this prospectus before deciding to invest in our common stock. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. If any of the following risks and uncertainties develops into actual events, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially adversely affected. In that case, the price of our common stock could decline and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

We may not be able to significantly increase the number of materials in which we can print products fast enough to meet our business plan.

Our business plan is heavily dependent upon our ability to steadily increase the number of qualified materials in which our machines can print products, sincebecause this will increase our addressable market, both as to customers and products for customers. However, qualifying new materials is a complicated engineering task, and there is no way to predict whether, or when, any given material will be qualified. If we cannot hire people with sufficient skilled peopletechnical skills to work on qualifying new materials for printing, or if we lack the resources necessary to create a steady flow of new materials, we will not be able to meet our business plan goals and a competitor may emerge that is better at qualifying new materials, either of which would have an adverse effect on our business results.

Our future success in qualifying new materials for printing may attract more competitors into our markets, some which may be much larger than we are.

If we succeed in qualifying a growing number of materials for use in our 3D printing machines, that will increase our addressable market. However, as we create a larger addressable market, our market may become more attractive to other 3D printing companies or large companies that are not 3D printing companies, but which may see an economic opportunity in the markets we have created. Because we are a supplier of 3D printed products to industrial companies, an increase in the number of competitors for our addressable market is likely to adversely affect our business and financial results.

We may not be able to adequately increase demand for our products.

Our business plan is built around a steady increase in the demand for our products. However, only a relatively small number of our potential customers know of the existence of AM and are familiar with its capabilities, and even fewer understand the potential benefits of using AM to manufacture products. If we do not develop effective strategies to raise awareness among potential customers of the benefits of AM and 3D printing, we may be unable to achieve our planned rate of growth, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

We may not be able to hire the number of skilled employees that we need to achieve our business plan.

For our business to grow in accordance with our business plan, we will need to hire and retain additional employees with the technical competence and engineering skills to operate our machines, improve our technology and processes and expand our technological capability to print using an increasing variety of materials. People with these skills are in short supply and may not be available in sufficient numbers to allow us to meet the goals of our business plan. If we cannot obtain the services of a sufficient number of technically skilled employees, we may not be able to achieve our planned rate of growth, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

Our revenues and operating results may fluctuate.

Our revenues and operating results may fluctuate from quarter-to-quarter and year-to-year and are likely to continue to vary due to a number of factors, many of which are not within our control. A significant portion of

our machine orders are typically received during the third or fourth quarter of the fiscal year as a result of the timing of capital expenditures of our customers. Our machines typically are shipped within the quarter or the next quarter after orders are received. Thus, revenues and operating results for any future period are not predictable with any significant degree of certainty. We also typically experience weaker demand for our machines in the first and second quarters. For these reasons, comparing our operating results on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful. You should not rely on our past results as an indication of our future performance.

Fluctuations in our operating results and financial condition may occur due to a number of factors, including, but not limited to, those listed below and those identified throughout this “Risk Factors” section:

 

the degree of market acceptance of our products;

 

the mix of products that we sell during any period;

 

our long sales cycle;

 

generally weaker demand for machines in the first and second quarters;

 

development of competitive systems by others;

 

our response to price competition;

 

delays between our expenditures to develop and market new or enhanced machines and products and the generation of sales from those products;

 

changes in the amount we spend to promote our products and services;

 

the geographic distribution of our sales;

 

changes in the cost of satisfying our warranty obligations and servicing our installed base of products;

 

our level of research and development activities and their associated costs and rates of success;

 

general economic and industry conditions that affect end-user demand and end-user levels of product design and manufacturing, including the adverse effects of the current economic crisis affecting Europe;

 

changes in accounting rules and tax laws; and

 

changes in interest rates that affect returns on our cash balances and short-term investments.

Due to the foregoing factors, you should not rely on quarter-to-quarter or year-to-year comparisons of our operating results as an indicator of future performance.

We may not be able to generate operating profits.

Since our inception, we have not generated operating profits. In the event that we are unable to execute on our business plan, we may be unable to generate profits in the future.

Our operating expenses (which include research and development and selling, general and administrative expenses) for the six months ended June 30, 2013, were approximately $9.6 million compared with operating expenses of approximately $6.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012. We expect our operating expenses for the year ending December 31, 2013 to be between approximately $18.0 million and $21.0 million. The increases in our research and development expenses are due primarily to continued investment in our 3D printing machine and micromachinery technology and increased costs associated with our materials qualification activities, including additional research and development headcount. The increases in our selling, general and administrative expenses are due primarily to increased expenses in professional service fees (including legal, audit and other consulting expenses) and increased personnel costs associated with an increased headcount (including salaries and related benefits) in making the transition from a private company to a publicly traded company.

We expect that our operating expenses will continue to increase in future periods as we pursue our growth strategies. Based on our current plans, we further expect our operating expenses for the year ending December 31, 2014 to exceed our 2013 operating expenses by 20% to 25%. Any future increases in our research and development expenses and selling, general and administrative expenses will directly affect our future results of operations and may have an effect on our financial condition.

We may not be able to introduce new machines and related industrial materials acceptable to the market or to improve the technology and industrial materials used in our current machines.

Our revenues are derived from the sale of machines for, and products manufactured using, AM. Our market is subject to innovation and technological change. A variety of technologies have the capacity to compete against one another in our market, which is, in part, driven by technological advances and end-user requirements and preferences, as well as the emergence of new standards and practices. Our ability to compete in the industrial AM market depends, in large part, on our success in enhancing and developing new machines, our success in enhancing our current machines, our success in enhancing and adding to our technology, and our success in developing and qualifying new industrial materials in which we can print. We believe that to remain competitive

we must continuously enhance and expand the functionality and features of our products and technologies. However, we may not be able to:

 

Enhance our existing products and technologies;

 

Continue to leverage advances in industrial printhead technology;

 

Develop new products and technologies that address the increasingly sophisticated and varied needs of prospective end-users, particularly with respect to the physical properties of industrial materials and other consumables;

 

Respond to technological advances and emerging industry standards and practices on a cost-effective and timely basis;

 

Develop products that are cost effectivecost-effective or that otherwise gain market acceptance; and

 

Adequately protect our intellectual property as we develop new products and technologies.

If the market does not develop as we expect, our revenues may stagnate or decline.

The marketplace for industrial manufacturing is dominated by conventional manufacturing methods that do not involve AM technology. If AM technology does not gain market acceptance as an alternative for industrial manufacturing, or if the marketplace adopts AM based on a technology other than our technology, we may not be able to increase or sustain the level of sales of our products and machines and our results of operations would be adversely affected as a result.

Loss of key management or sales or customer service personnel could adversely affect our results of operations.

Our future success depends to a significant extent on the skills, experience and efforts of our management and other key personnel. We must continue to develop and retain a core group of management individuals if we are to realize our goal of continued expansion and growth. While we have not previously experienced significant problems attracting and retaining members of our management team and other key personnel, there can be no assurance that we will be able to continue to retain these individuals, and the loss of any or all of these individuals could materially and adversely affect our business. We do not carry key-man insurance on any member of management.

Our international operations pose currency risks, which may adversely affect our operating results and net income.results.

Our operating results may be affected by volatility in currency exchange rates and our ability to effectively manage our currency transaction and translation risks. In general, we conduct our business, earn revenue and

incur costs in the local currency of the countries in which we operate. As a result, our international operations present risks from currency exchange rate fluctuations. The financial condition and results of operations of each of our foreign operating subsidiaries are reported in the relevant local currency and then translated to U.S. dollars at the applicable currency exchange rate for inclusion in our combined consolidated financial statements. We do not manage our foreign currency exposure in a manner that would eliminate the effects of changes in foreign exchange rates. Therefore, changes in exchange rates between these foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar will affect the recorded levels of our foreign assets and liabilities, as well as our revenues, cost of goods sold, and operating margins, and could result in exchange losses in any given reporting period.

In the future, we may not benefit from favorable exchange rate translation effects, and unfavorable exchange rate translation effects may harm our operating results. In addition to currency translation risks, we incur currency transaction risks whenever we enter into either a purchase or a sale transaction using a different

currency from the currency in which we receive revenues. In such cases we may suffer an exchange loss because we do not currently engage in currency swaps or other currency hedging strategies to address this risk.

Given the volatility of exchange rates, we can give no assurance that we will be able to effectively manage our currency transaction and/or translation risks or that any volatility in currency exchange rates will not have an adverse affecteffect on our results of operations.

One of our principal stockholders will be able to exert substantial influence.

Following the completion of this offering, S. Kent Rockwell, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, will beneficially own approximately %23.50% of our outstanding shares of common stock following this offering (        %(22.02% if the underwriters exercise their overallotmentthe over-allotment option in full) and may have effective control over the election of our Board of Directors and the direction of our affairs. As a result, he could exert considerable influence over the outcome of any corporate matter submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election of directors and any transaction that might cause a change in control, such as a merger or acquisition. Any stockholders who are in favor of a matter that is opposed by Mr. Rockwell would have to obtain a significant number of votes to overrule the votes of Mr. Rockwell. See “Principal Stockholders.”

We may need to raise additional capital from time to time if we are going to meet our growth strategy and may be unable to do so on attractive terms.

Expanding our business to meet theour growth strategy may require additional investments of capital from time to time, and our existing sources of cash and any funds generated from operations may not provide us with sufficient capital. For various reasons, including any current noncompliance with existing or future lending arrangements, additional financing may not be available when needed, or may not be available on terms favorable to us. If we fail to obtain adequate capital on a timely basis or if capital cannot be obtained at reasonable costs, we will not be able to achieve our planned rate of growth, which will adversely affect our results of operations.

We are highly dependent upon sales to certain industries.

For 2012,our most recent fiscal year ended (December 31, 2012), revenues of machines and products have beenwere concentrated to companies in the aerospace (17%(20%), automotive (34%(24%), heavy equipment (21%(26%), and energy/oil/gas (7%(13%) industries and those industries’ respective suppliers. To the extent any of these industries experience a downturn, our results of operations may be adversely affected. Additionally, if any of these industries or their respective suppliers or other providers of manufacturing services develop new technologies or alternatives to manufacture the products that are currently manufactured using our machines, it may adversely affect our results of operations.

We are dependent on a single supplier of printheads.

We currently rely on a single source to supply the printheads used by our machines. While we believe that there are other suppliers of printheads upon which we could rely, we could experience delays and interruptions if our supply is interrupted that might temporarily impact the financial performance of our business.

All of the equipment at our Troy, Michigan and Houston, Texas PSCs is subject to a lien which secures certain loans.

All of the equipment at our Troy, Michigan and Houston, Texas PSCs is owned by our variable interest entities (“VIEs”) TMF and Lone Star, respectively, and leased to us. Each of these companies borrowed money from one or more lending institutions to fund the purchase of the equipment which is leased to us. Each of these loans is secured by a lien on the equipment leased to us. If any of those loans goes into default, the lender could repossess the equipment which is security for that loan, which would adversely affect our business at the affected PSC until the equipment could be replaced.

We may not be able to manage the expansion of our operations effectively in order to achieve our projected levels of growth.

We have expanded our operations significantly in recent periods, and our business plan calls for further expansion over the next several years. We anticipate that further development of our infrastructure and an increase in the number of our employees will be required to achieve our planned broadening of our product offerings and client base, improvements in our machines and materials used in our machines, and our planned international growth. In particular, we must increase our marketing and services staff to support new marketing and service activities and to meet the needs of both new and existing customers. Our future success will depend in part upon the ability of our management to manage our growth effectively. If our management is unsuccessful in meeting these challenges, we may not be able to achieve our anticipated level of growth which would adversely affect our results of operations.

We may not be able to consummate and effectively integrate future acquisitions, if any.

We may from time to time engage in strategic acquisitions and partnerships with third parties if we determine that they will provide future financial and operational benefits. Successful completion of any strategic transaction depends on a number of factors that are not entirely within our control, including our ability to negotiate acceptable terms, conclude satisfactory agreements and obtain all necessary regulatory approvals. In addition, our ability to effectively integrate any potential acquisition into our existing business and culture may not be successful, which could jeopardize future operational performance for the combined businesses. Although we are currently exploring a combination of acquisitions, strategic investments, and/or alliances, some of which we believe will promote advances in pre-print and post-print process, there is no guarantee that we will complete such transactions on favorable terms or at all. The exploration, negotiation, and consummation of acquisitions, strategic investments and/or alliances may involve significant expenditures by us, which may adversely affect our results of operations at the time such expenses are incurred. We may not be able to successfully negotiate and complete a specific acquisition, investment, or alliance. In addition, any acquisition, investment or alliance may not be accretive to ExOne for a period of time which may be significant following the completion of such acquisition, investment or alliance.

Our planned expansion of our international sales is subject to various risks, and failure to manage these risks could adversely affect our results of operations.

Our business is subject to certain risks associated with doing business globally. OurFor our three most recent fiscal years ended (December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010), our sales outside of the AmericasUnited States were 70.7%72.8%, 70.0% and 70.0% of our total sales in 2010 and 2011, respectively, and were 63.0% for the nine months ended September 30, 2012.70.7%, respectively. One of our growth strategies is to pursue opportunities for our business in several areas of the world outside of the United States, any or all of which could be adversely affected by the risks set forth below. Our operations outside of the United States are subject to risks associated with the political, regulatory and economic conditions of the countries in which we operate, such as:

 

fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates;

 

potentially longer sales and payment cycles;

 

potentially greater difficulties in collecting accounts receivable;

 

potentially adverse tax consequences;

 

reduced protection of intellectual property rights in certain countries;

 

difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations;

 

laws and business practices favoring local competition;

 

costs and difficulties of customizing products for foreign countries;

 

compliance with a wide variety of complex foreign laws, treaties and regulations;

tariffs, trade barriers and other regulatory or contractual limitations on our ability to sell or develop our products in certain foreign markets; and

 

becoming subject to the laws, regulations and court systems of many jurisdictions.

Any of these factors could materially adversely affect sales of our products to global customers or harm our reputation, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

Global economic, political and social conditions have adversely impacted our sales and may continue to do so.

The uncertain direction and relative strength of the global economy, difficulties in the financial services sector and credit markets, continuing geopolitical uncertainties and other macroeconomic factors all affect spending behavior of potential end-users of our products. The prospects for economic growth in the United States and other countries remain uncertain and may cause end-users to further delay or reduce technology purchases. In particular, a substantial portion of our sales are made to customers in countries in Europe, which is experiencing a significant economic crisis. If global economic conditions remain volatile for a prolonged period or if European economies experience further disruptions, our results of operations could be adversely affected. The global financial crisis affecting the banking system and financial markets has resulted in a tightening of credit markets,

lower levels of liquidity in many financial markets and extreme volatility in fixed income, credit, currency and equity markets. These conditions may make it more difficult for our end-users to obtain financing.

Due to our plan to increase our global business activities, we may be adversely affected by violations of the FCPA, similar anti-bribery laws in other jurisdictions in which we currently or may in the future operate, or various international trade and export laws.

Our business plan envisions that we will conduct increasing amounts of business outside of the United States, which will create various domestic and foreign regulatory challenges. The Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended (the “FCPA”), and similar anti-bribery laws in other jurisdictions generally prohibit U.S.-based companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments to non-U.S. officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. We have policies and controls in place designed to ensure internal and external compliance with these and other anti-bribery laws. To ensure compliance, our anti-bribery policy and training on a global basis provides our employees with procedures, guidelines and information about anti-bribery obligations and compliance. Further, we require our partners, subcontractors, agents and others who work for us or on our behalf to comply with anti-bribery laws. We also have procedures and controls in place designed to ensure internal and external compliance. However, such anti-bribery policy, training, internal controls, and procedures will not always protect us from reckless, criminal or unintentional acts committed by our employees, agents or other persons associated with us. If we are found to be in violation of the FCPA or other anti-bribery laws (either due to actsthe intentional or inadvertenceinadvertent acts of our employees, or due to the actsintentional or inadvertenceinadvertent acts of others), we could suffer criminal or civil penalties or other sanctions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business. In addition, actual or alleged violations could damage our reputation and adversely affect our results of operations.

We rely on our information technology systems to manage numerous aspects of our business and customer and supplier relationships, and a disruption of these systems could adversely affect our results of operations.

We depend on our information technology, or “IT,” systems to manage numerous aspects of our business and provide analytical information to management. Our IT systems allow us to efficiently purchase products from our suppliers, provide procurement and logistic services, ship products to our customers on a timely basis, maintain cost-effective operations and provide superior service to our customers. Our IT systems are an essential component of our business and growth strategies, and a disruption to our IT systems could significantly limit our ability to manage and operate our business efficiently. These systems are vulnerable to, among other things, damage and interruption from power loss, including as a result of natural disasters, computer system and network failures, loss of telecommunication services, operator negligence, loss of data, security breaches and computer viruses. Any such disruption could adversely affect our results of operations.

We could be subject to personal injury, property damage, product liability, warranty and other claims involving allegedly defective products that we supply.

The products we supply are sometimes used in potentially hazardous applications, such as the assembled parts of an aircraft or automobile, that could result in death, personal injury, property damage, loss of production, punitive damages, and consequential damages. While we have not experienced any such claims to date, actual or claimed defects in the products we supply could result in our being named as a defendant in lawsuits asserting potentially large claims. Any such lawsuit, regardless of merit, could result in material expense, diversion of management time and efforts, and damage to our reputation, and could cause us to fail to retain or attract customers, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

We may not have adequate insurance for potential liabilities.

In the ordinary course of business, we may be subject to various product and non-product related claims, lawsuits and administrative proceedings seeking damages or other remedies arising out of our commercial operations. We maintain insurance to cover our potential exposure for most claims and losses. However, our

insurance coverage is subject to various exclusions, self-retentions and deductibles, may be inadequate or unavailable to protect us fully, and may be cancelled or otherwise terminated by the insurer. Furthermore, we face the following additional risks under our insurance coverage:

 

we may not be able to continue to obtain insurance coverage on commercially reasonable terms, or at all;

 

we may be faced with types of liabilities that are not covered under our insurance policies, such as environmental contamination or terrorist attacks, and that exceed any amounts what we may have reserved for such liabilities;

 

the amount of any liabilities that we may face may exceed our policy limits and any amounts we may have reserved for such liabilities; and

 

we may incur losses resulting from interruption of our business that may not be fully covered under our insurance policies.

Even a partially uninsured claim of significant size, if successful, could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and liquidity. However, even if we successfully defend ourselves against any such claim, we could be forced to spend a substantial amount of money in litigation expenses, our management could be required to spend valuable time in the defense against these claims and our reputation could suffer, any of which could adversely affect our results of operations.

If any of our manufacturing facilities or PSCs are disrupted, sales of our products may be disrupted, which could result in loss of revenues and an increase in unforeseen costs.

We manufacture our machines at our facilities in Augsburg, Germany and North Huntingdon, Pennsylvania. Our PSCs are located in North Huntingdon, Pennsylvania; Houston, Texas; Troy, Michigan; Auburn, Washington; Augsburg, Germany; and Kanagawa, Japan.

On August 1, 2013, we purchased land in Gersthofen, Germany, in the district of Augsburg to build a new facility. The facility will comprise approximately 150,700 square feet of production, warehouse, service and research and development space as well as approximately 27,600 square feet for offices. We intend to consolidate our five existing leased facilities in Augsburg, which currently occupy an aggregate of approximately 77,500 square feet, into the new facility, providing expansion capacity to support our global growth strategy. We have selected a turnkey provider of construction services that focuses on Central Europe, Great Britain, Austria and Switzerland, to design and construct the new facility. We estimate that we will complete construction of the new facility in the second half of 2014. We estimate that the acquisition and construction of the new facility will cost approximately $20.0 million, which includes approximately $3.9 million to purchase the land.

If the operations of these facilities are materially disrupted, we would be unable to fulfill customer orders for the period of the disruption, we would not be able to recognize revenue on orders, and we might need to modify our standard sales terms to secure the commitment of new customers during the period of the disruption and perhaps longer. Depending on the cause of the disruption, we could incur significant costs to remedy the disruption and resume product shipments. Such a disruption could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

Under applicable employment laws, we may not be able to enforce covenants not to compete and therefore may be unable to prevent our competitors from benefiting from the expertise of some of our former employees.

We generally enter into non-competition agreements with our employees. These agreements prohibit our employees, if they cease working for us, from competing directly with us or working for our competitors or clients for a limited period. We may be unable to enforce these agreements under the laws of the jurisdictions in which our employees work, including Germany and Japan, and it may be difficult for us to restrict our competitors from benefitting from the expertise of our former employees or consultants developed while working for us. If we cannot demonstrate that our legally protectable interests will be harmed, we may be unable to prevent our competitors from benefiting from the expertise of our former employees or consultants and our ability to remain competitive may be diminished.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

We may not be able to protect our trade secrets and intellectual property.

While some of our technology is licensed under patents belonging to others or is covered by process patents which are owned or applied for by us, much of our key technology is not protected by patents. Since we cannot legally prevent one or more other companies from developing similar or identical technology to our unpatented technology, it is likely that, over time, one or more other companies may be able to replicate our technology,

thereby reducing our technological advantages. If we do not protect our technology or are unable to develop new technology that can be protected by patents or as trade secrets, we may face increased competition from other companies, which may adversely affect our results of operations.

We enjoy license rights and exclusivity of certain patents and intellectual property and cannot adequately estimate the effects of their expiration upon the entrance or advancement of competitors into the AM industrial market.

We have exclusive license and non-exclusive license rights to certain patents that we utilize in the industrial market. Some of these patents willexpired in November 2012 and others are scheduled to expire as early as November 2012.over the next two years. We cannot adequately estimate the effect that the expiration of these patents will have upon the entrance or advancement of other AM manufacturers into the industrial market. See “Business Intellectual Property.”

We may not be able to obtain patent protection or otherwise adequately protect or enforce our intellectual property rights, which could impair our competitive position.

Our success and future revenue growth will depend, in part, on our ability to protect our intellectual property. We rely primarily on patents, trademarks, and trade secrets, as well as non-disclosure agreements and other methods, to protect our proprietary technologies and processes globally. Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary technologies and processes, it is possible that competitors or other unauthorized third parties may obtain, copy, use, or disclose our technologies and processes. We cannot assure you that any of our existing or future patents or other intellectual property rights will not be challenged, invalidated, or circumvented or will otherwise provide us with meaningful protection. We may not be able to obtain foreign patents corresponding to our U.S. or foreign patent applications. Even if foreign patents are granted, effective enforcement in foreign countries may not be available. If our patents and other intellectual property protections do not adequately protect our technology, our competitors may be able to offer products similar to ours. We may not be able to detect the

unauthorized use of our proprietary technology and processes or take appropriate steps to prevent such use. Our competitors may also be able to develop similar technology independently or design around our patents. Any of the foregoing events would lead to increased competition and lower revenue or gross margins,profits, which would adversely affect our results of operations.

We may be subject to alleged infringement claims.

We may be subject to intellectual property infringement claims from individuals, vendors, and other companies who have acquired or developed patents in the field of AM for purposes of developing competing products or for the sole purpose of asserting claims against us. Any claims that our products or processes infringe the intellectual property rights of others, regardless of the merit or resolution of such claims, could cause us to incur significant costs in responding to, defending, and resolving such claims, and may prohibit or otherwise impair our ability to commercialize new or existing products. If we are unable to effectively defend our technologies and processes, our market share, sales and profitability could suffer, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

Certain of our employees and patents are subject to German law.

Many of our employees work in Germany and are subject to German employment law. Ideas, developments, discoveries and inventions made by such employees and consultants are subject to the provisions of the German Act on Employees’ Inventions (Gesetz über Arbeitnehmererfindungen), which regulates the ownership of, and compensation for, inventions made by employees. We face the risk that disputes can occur between us and our employees or ex-employees pertaining to alleged non-adherence to the provisions of this act that may be costly to defend and take up our management’s time and efforts whether we prevail or fail in such dispute. In addition, under the German Act on Employees’ Inventions, certain employees retained rights to patents they invented or co-invented prior to 2009. Although most of these employees have subsequently assigned their interest in these patents to us, there is a risk that the compensation we provided to them may be deemed to be insufficient in the future and we may be required under German law to increase the compensation due to such employee for the use of their patent. In those cases where employees have not assigned their interests to us, we may need to pay compensation for the use of those patents. If we are required to pay additional compensation or face other disputes under the German Act on Employees’ Inventions, our results of operations could be adversely affected.

Risks Related to this Offering, the Securities Markets, and Ownership of Our Common Stock

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and we cannot assure you that a market for our common stock will develop or that the market price of shares of our common stock will not decline following the offering.

We cannot assure you that a trading market will develop for our common stock after this offering or, if one develops, that such trading market can be sustained. We intend to apply to have our common stock listed on the Nasdaq Global Market, but we cannot assure you that our application will be approved. In addition, we cannot predict the prices at which our common stock will trade. The initial public offering price for our common stock

will be determined through our negotiations with the underwriters based on numerous factors, including the information set forth in this prospectus, our prospects and the prospects of our industry, an assessment of our management, our prospects for future earnings, the general condition of the securities markets, the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies and other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us. Neither we nor the underwriters can assure you that the initial public offer price will bear any relationship to the market price at which our common stock may trade after our initial public offering. Shares of companies offered in an initial public offering often trade at a discount to the initial offering price due to underwriting discounts and commissions and related offering expenses.Offering

We have broad discretion as to the use of the net proceeds from this offering and may not use them effectively.

We cannot specify with certainty the particular uses to whichhow we will putuse the net proceeds that we receive from this offering. Our management will havehas broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds, and we may use these proceeds in ways with which you may disagree or for purposes other than those contemplated at the time of the offering. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operation. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value.

The market price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly.

The market price and liquidity of the market for shares of our common stock that will prevail in the market after this offering may be higher or lower than the price you payfluctuate and may be significantly affected by numerous factors, some of which are beyond our control and may not be directly related to our operating performance. These factors include:

 

significant volatility in the market price and trading volume of securities of companies in our sector, which is not necessarily related to the operating performance of these companies;

 

the mix of products that we sell, and related services that we provide, during any period;

 

delays between our expenditures to develop and market new products and the generation of sales from those products;

changes in the amount that we spend to develop, acquire or license new products, technologies or businesses;

 

changes in our expenditures to promote our products and services;

 

changes in the cost of satisfying our warranty obligations and servicing our installed base of systems;

 

success or failure of research and development projects of us or our competitors;

 

announcements of acquisitions by us or one of our competitors;

 

the general tendency towards volatility in the market prices of shares of companies that rely on technology and innovation;

 

changes in regulatory policies or tax guidelines;

 

changes or perceived changes in earnings or variations in operating results;

 

any shortfall in revenue or net income or any increase in lossesearnings from levels expected by investors or securities analysts; and

 

general economic trends and other external factors.

Investors in this offering will experience immediate dilution upon the closing of the offering.

If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will experience immediate dilution of $    per share because the price that you pay will be greater than the pro forma net asset value per share of the

common stock you acquire. This dilution is in large part due to the expenses incurred by us in connection with the consummation of this offering. You will experience additional dilution upon exercise of options to purchase common stock under any potential equity incentive plan or if we issue awards to our employees under any potential equity incentive plan, or if we otherwise issue additional shares of our common stock at a price below the initial public offering price. For more information, see “Dilution.”

If equity research analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or if they issue unfavorable commentary or downgrade our shares, the price of our shares could decline.

The trading market for our shares will relyrelies in part on the research and reports that equity research analysts publish about us and our business. We do not have control over these analysts, and we do not have commitments from them to write research reports about us. The price of our shares could decline if one or more equity research analysts downgrades our shares, issues other unfavorable commentary, or ceases publishing reports about us or our business.

Future sales of our shares could reduce the market price of our shares.

The price of our shares could decline if there are substantial sales of our common stock, particularly by our directors, their affiliates or our executive officers, or when there is a large number of shares of our common stock available for sale. The perception in the public market that our stockholders might sell our shares could also depress the market price of our shares. Substantially all of our existingOur executive officers, directors and selling stockholders prior to this offering are subject to lock-up agreements with the underwriters that restrict their ability to transfer their shares for at least 18090 days after the date of this prospectus.offering. Consequently, upon expiration of the lock-up agreements, an additional    ofapproximately 4,347,327 shares held by our existing officers or directors after accounting for shares sold in this offering (3,948,927 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full) will be eligible for sale in the public market. The market price of our shares may drop significantly when the restrictions on resale by our existing stockholders lapse and these stockholders are able to sell their shares into the market. If this occurs or continues, it could impair our ability to raise additional capital through the sale of securities should we desire to do so.

We are incurring increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management is required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives.

As a public company whose shares are listed on the NASDAQ Global Market, we incur significant accounting, legal and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company, and these expenses will increase even more after we are no longer an “emerging growth company” (as described below). We incur significant costs associated with our compliance with the public company reporting requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), requirements imposed by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (most notably Section 404), Dodd Frank Wall Street Reform and Protection Act, and other rules adopted, and to be adopted, by the SEC and the NASDAQ Global Market. Compliance with these rules and regulations have increased our legal and financial compliance costs, introduced new costs (including stock exchange listing fees and costs related to investor relations and stockholder reporting), and made certain activities more time-consuming and costly. These increased costs of doing business have increased our consolidated net loss. They also make it more difficult for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may incur substantial costs to maintain sufficient coverage.

In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure are creating uncertainty for public companies generally, increasing legal and financial compliance costs and making some activities more time consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities related to their application and practice, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and our business may be adversely affected. We cannot predict or estimate the amount or timing of additional costs we may incur in the future to respond to these constantly evolving requirements. The impact of these requirements could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our Board of Directors, our board committees or as executive officers.

However, for as long as we remain an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act, we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, less extensive disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, exemptions from the requirements to hold a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved and an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. We may take advantage of these provisions for up to five years or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We would cease to be an emerging growth company if we have more than $1.0 billion in annual revenues, qualify as a “large accelerated filer” under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (which requires us to have more than $700 million in market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates), or issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year period. See “Shares Eligible“Prospectus Summary — Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company.”

We have never paid cash dividends on our common stock, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Therefore, if our share price does not appreciate, our investors may not gain and could potentially lose on their investment in our shares.

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock, nor do we anticipate paying any cash dividends on our share capital, after this offering and in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to fund the development and growth of our business. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our shares will be investors’ sole source of gain for Future Sale.the foreseeable future.

As an emerging growth company, we intend to follow certain permitted corporate governance practices instead of the otherwise applicable SEC and NASDAQ requirements, which may result in less protection than is accorded to investors in a non-emerging growth company.

As an emerging growth company, we will be permitted, and intend to follow, certain corporate governance practices instead of those otherwise required by the SEC and under the listing requirements of the NASDAQ Global Market. Following our emerging growth company governance practices as opposed to the requirements that would otherwise apply to a company listed on the NASDAQ Global Market may provide less protection to you than what is accorded to investors under the Listing Rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market applicable to non-emerging growth company issuers.

As an emerging growth company, we will delay adoption of new or revised accounting standards, which may make our stock less attractive and our trading price more volatile.

Pursuant to the JOBS Act, as an emerging growth company, we have elected to take advantage of an extended transition period for any new or revised accounting standards that may be issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) or the SEC, which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we, as an emerging growth company, will delay adoption of the standard until it applies to private companies. This may make a comparison of our financial statements with any other public company that is either not an emerging growth company or is an emerging growth company that has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult, as different or revised standards may be used. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile and could decline.

If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting in the future, we may not be able to accurately report our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows, which may adversely affect investor confidence in us and, as a result, the value of our common stock.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective internal controls for financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures. The term “disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act, means controls and other procedures of a company that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the company’s management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. In addition, commencing with our annual report on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2013, we will be required, under Section 404(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. This assessment will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is a control deficiency, or combination of control deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting that results in more than a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

In connection with the preparation of our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2012, we concluded that there are material weaknesses in the design and operating effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as defined in SEC Regulation S-X. A description of the identified material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting are as follows:

The design and operating effectiveness of internal controls related to our financial reporting process were not sufficient to allow for accurate and timely reporting of our consolidated financial results.We did not maintain adequate control with respect to the application of GAAP. This was principally due to a lack of personnel with adequate knowledge and experience in GAAP. As a result, we recorded certain manual, post-close adjustments in order to prepare the consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.

The design and operating effectiveness of internal controls related to our information technology systems was not sufficient to allow for accurate and timely reporting of our consolidated financial results.Each of our primary locations (United States, Germany and Japan) utilizes separate and distinct information technology platforms to record, process and summarize transactions. As a result, our process to consolidate and report financial information is substantially a manual process and inherently subject to error.

The design and operating effectiveness of internal controls related to our consolidation process and management’s review of our consolidated financial results did not operate at a level of precision sufficient to allow for accurate and timely reporting of our consolidated financial results.Our consolidation process is substantially a manual process and inherently subject to error. Further, because of internal control weaknesses identified with respect to our financial reporting process and information technology systems, management was unable to complete an adequate review of either subsidiary or consolidated financial results at a sufficient level of precision to prevent or detect misstatements. As a result, we recorded certain manual, post-close adjustments in order to prepare the consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.

With the oversight of senior management and our audit committee, we have begun taking steps and plan to take additional measures to remediate the underlying causes of the identified material weaknesses. Our plan includes (i) enhancing our global accounting and reporting process by designing and strengthening the operating effectiveness of internal controls over financial reporting, (ii) evaluating our information technology systems to further integrate existing systems or invest in improvements to our technology sufficient to generate accurate and timely financial information, and (iii) adding financial personnel with adequate knowledge and experience in GAAP.

In addition to these efforts, we are in the process of documenting and testing our internal control over financial reporting in order to report on the effectiveness of our internal controls as of December 31, 2013. We can provide no assurance at this time that management will be able to report that our internal control over financial reporting is effective as of December 31, 2013. Furthermore, as our business continues to grow internationally, our internal controls will become more complex and will require significantly more resources and attention to ensure that our internal controls remain effective overall. If our management cannot favorably assess the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting, investor confidence in our financial results may weaken, and our share price may suffer.

Notwithstanding the identified material weaknesses, management believes the consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus fairly present in all material respects our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows as of and for the periods presented in accordance with GAAP.

Additionally, Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires an attestation from our independent registered public accounting firm on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. As an emerging growth company, we will not be required to comply with Section 404(b), until we file our annual report for 2018 with the SEC, provided we maintain our status as an emerging growth company for the full five-year period.

Our compliance with Section 404(b) will require that we incur substantial accounting expense and expend significant management efforts. We currently do not have an internal audit group, and we will need to hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical accounting knowledge, and compile the system and process documentation necessary to perform the evaluation needed to comply with Section 404(b). We may not be able to complete our evaluation, testing and any required remediation in a timely fashion. During the evaluation and testing process, if we identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, we will be unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective. We cannot assure you that there will not be material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting in the future. Any failure to maintain internal control over financial reporting could severely inhibit our ability to accurately report our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. If we are unable to conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm determines we have a material weakness or significant deficiency in our internal control over financial reporting once that firm begins its Section 404(b) attestations, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, the market price of our common stock could decline, and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by NASDAQ, the SEC or other regulatory authorities. Failure to remedy any material weakness in

our internal control over financial reporting, or to implement or maintain other effective control systems required of public companies, could also restrict our future access to the capital markets.

Provisions in our charter documents or Delaware law may inhibit a takeover, which could adversely affect the value of our common stock.

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain, and Delaware corporate law contains, provisions that could delay or prevent a change of control or changes in our management. These provisions will apply even if some of our stockholders consider the offer to be beneficial or favorable. If a change of control or change in management is delayed or prevented, the market price of our common stock could decline.

Investors in this offering will experience immediate dilution upon the closing of the offering.

If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will experience immediate dilution of $per share because the price that you pay will be greater than the pro forma net asset value per share of the common stock you acquire. This dilution is also due to the expenses incurred by us in connection with the consummation of this offering. You will experience additional dilution upon the exercise of options to purchase our common stock or the vesting of other grants of equity awards made by us under the Plan, or any other equity incentive plan that we may adopt in the future, or if we otherwise issue additional shares of our common stock at a price below the offering price. See “Dilution.”

Raising additional capital by issuing securities may cause dilution to our stockholders.

We may need or desire to raise substantial additional capital in the future. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including, among others:

 

Our degree of success in capturing a larger portion of the industrial products production market;

 

The costs of establishing or acquiring sales, marketing, and distribution capabilities for our products;

 

The costs of preparing, filing, and prosecuting patent applications, maintaining and enforcing our issued patents, and defending intellectual property-related claims;

 

The extent to which we acquire or invest in businesses, products, or technologies and other strategic relationships; and

 

The costs of financing unanticipated working capital requirements and responding to competitive pressures.

If we raise additional funds by issuing equity or convertible debt securities, we will reduce the percentage ownership of our then-existing stockholders, and the holders of those newly-issued equity or convertible debt securities may have rights, preferences, or privileges senior to those possessed by our then-existing stockholders. Additionally, future sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock or other equity-related securities in the public market could depress the market price of our common stock and impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity or equity-linked securities. We cannot predict the effect that future sales of our common stock or other equity-related securities would have on the market price of our common stock.

We will incur increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives.

As a public company whose shares are listed on the Nasdaq Global Market, we will incur accounting, legal and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. We will incur costs associated with our public company reporting requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). We also anticipate that we will incur costs associated with corporate governance requirements, including requirements under Section 404 and other provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as rules implemented by the SEC, the listing requirements of the Nasdaq Global Market and the Nasdaq Marketing Rules and other applicable securities rules and regulations. Compliance with these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs, introduce new costs such as investor relations, stock exchange listing fees and stockholder reporting, and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. We are currently evaluating and monitoring developments with respect to these rules, and we cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs.

In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure are creating uncertainty for public companies, increasing legal and financial compliance costs and making some activities more time consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities related to their application and practice, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and our business may be adversely affected.

However, for as long as we remain an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act, we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or Section 404, less extensive disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, exemptions from the requirements to hold a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved and an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. We may take advantage of these reporting exemptions until we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” We may remain an “emerging growth company” for up to five years. See “Summary — Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company.”

We have never paid cash dividends on our equity interests, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Therefore, if our share price does not appreciate, our investors may not gain and could potentially lose on their investment in our shares.

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common interests, nor do we anticipate paying any cash dividends on our share capital, after this offering and in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to fund the development and growth of our business. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our shares will be investors’ sole source of gain for the foreseeable future.

As an emerging growth company, we intend to follow certain permitted corporate governance practices instead of the otherwise applicable SEC and Nasdaq requirements, which may result in less protection than is accorded to investors in a non-emerging growth company.

As an emerging growth company, we will be permitted, and intend to follow, certain permitted corporate governance practices instead of those otherwise required by the SEC and under the listing requirements of the

Nasdaq Global Market. Following our emerging growth company governance practices as opposed to the requirements that would otherwise apply to a company listed on the Nasdaq Global Market may provide less protection to you than what is accorded to investors under the Listing Rules of the Nasdaq Stock Market applicable to non-emerging growth company issuers.

As an emerging growth company, we may delay adoption of new or revised accounting standards, which may make our stock less attractive and our trading price more volatile.

Pursuant to the JOBS Act, as an emerging growth company, we have elected to take advantage of an extended transition period for any new or revised accounting standards that may be issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) or the SEC, which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we, as an emerging growth company, can delay adoption of the standard until it applies to private companies. This may make a comparison of our financial statements with any other public company that is either not an emerging growth company or is an emerging growth company that has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult, as different or revised standards may be used. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile and could decline. Some of the exceptions from disclosure provided for emerging growth companies are also available to smaller reporting companies. We will continue to make use of these overlapping exemptions so long as we are an emerging growth company, even if at some point in the future we are no longer a smaller reporting company.

If, after this offering, we are unable to satisfy the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act as they apply to an emerging growth company that is listed on an exchange for the first time, or if our internal controls over financial reporting are not effective, the reliability of our financial statements may be questioned and our share price may suffer.

After the completion of this offering, we will become subject to the requirements of Section 404(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which requires a company that is subject to the reporting requirements of the U.S. securities laws to conduct a comprehensive evaluation of its and its subsidiaries’ internal controls over financial reporting. To comply with this statute, we will be required to document and test our internal control procedures, and our management will be required to assess and issue a report concerning our internal controls over financial reporting.

We will need to prepare for compliance with Section 404 by strengthening, assessing and testing our system of internal controls to provide the basis for our management’s report. However, the continuous process of strengthening our internal controls and complying with Section 404(a) is complicated and time-consuming. Furthermore, as our business continues to grow internationally, our internal controls will become more complex and will require significantly more resources and attention to ensure that our internal controls remain effective overall. We have been made aware of a material weakness in our internal controls over financial reporting by our independent registered public accounting firm. We have taken steps to remediate this material weakness and plan to take further steps in the future. Section 404 requires annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting. Assuming that we continue to qualify as an emerging growth company for the next five years, we will be required to comply with Section 404(b) at the time we file our annual report for 2018 with the SEC. Over the course of testing our internal controls, our management may identify material weaknesses or significant deficiencies, which may not be remedied in a timely manner to meet the deadline imposed by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. If our management cannot favorably assess the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting, investor confidence in our financial results may weaken, and our share price may suffer.

Provisions in our charter documents or Delaware law may inhibit a takeover, which could adversely affect the value of our common stock.

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will contain, and Delaware corporate law contains, provisions that could delay or prevent a change of control or changes in our management. These provisions will apply even if some of our stockholders consider the offer to be beneficial or favorable. If a change of control or change in management is delayed or prevented, the market price of our common stock could decline. See “Description of Capital Stock.”

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT CONCERNING FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

We are including the following discussion to inform you of some of the risks and uncertainties that can affect us.

This prospectus contains various forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) and, Section 21E of the Exchange Act, including those that express a belief, expectation, or intention, as well as those that are not statements of historical fact, that are forward looking statements. The forward looking statements may include projections and estimates concerning the timing and success of specific projects and our future production, revenue, income and capital spending. Our forward looking statements are generally accompanied by words such as “may,” “will,” “expect,” “intend,” “estimate,” “project,” “predict,” “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “potential,” “plan,” “goal” or other words that convey the uncertainty of future events or outcomes. The forward looking statements in this prospectus speak only as of the date of this prospectus; we disclaim any obligation to update these statements (unless required by securities laws), and we caution you not to unduly rely on them. We have based these forward looking statements on our current expectations and assumptions about future events. While our management considers these expectations and assumptions to be reasonable, they are inherently subject to significant business, economic, competitive, regulatory and other risks, contingencies and uncertainties, most of which are difficult to predict and many of which are beyond our control. These risks, contingencies and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

our ability to qualify more materials in which we can print;

 

the availability of skilled personnel;

 

the impact of increased operating expenses and expenses relating to proposed acquisitions, investments and alliances;

our strategy, including the expansion and growth of our operations;

 

the impact of loss of key management;

 

our plans regarding increased international operations in additional international locations;

 

sufficiency of funds for required capital expenditures, working capital, and debt service;

 

the adequacy of sources of liquidity;

 

expectations regarding demand for our industrial products, operating revenues, operating and maintenance expenses, insurance expenses and deductibles, interest expenses, debt levels, and other matters with regard to outlook;

 

demand for aerospace, automotive, energyheavy equipment, energy/oil/gas and other industrial products;

 

the scope, nature or impact of disruption ofacquisitions, alliances and strategic investments and our manufacturing facilities or PSCs;ability to integrate acquisitions and strategic investments;

 

liabilities under laws and regulations protecting the environment;

 

the impact of governmental laws and regulations;

 

operating hazards, war, terrorism and cancellation or unavailability of insurance coverage;

 

the effect of litigation and contingencies; and

the impact of disruption of our manufacturing facilities or PSCs;

 

the adequacy of our protection of our intellectual property.property; and

material weaknesses in our internal control over financing reporting.

These and other important factors, including those discussed under “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus, may cause our actual results of operations to differ materially from any future results of operations

expressed or implied by the forward looking statements contained in this prospectus. Before making a decision to purchase our common stock, you should carefully consider all of the factors identified in this prospectus that could cause actual results to differ from these forward looking statements.

You should rely only on the information contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus and in any free writing prospectus that we have authorized for use in connection with this offering. Neither we nor the

underwriters nor the selling stockholderstockholders have authorized any other person to provide you with additional or different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. Neither we nor the underwriters nor the selling stockholderstockholders are making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where an offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

Through and including             , 2013 (25 days after However, we will update this prospectus to reflect any material changes to the commencementinformation contained herein during the period of this offering), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to unsold allotments or subscriptions.offering.

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

This prospectus contains industry, market and competitive position data that are based on industry publications and studies conducted by third parties, including, but not limited to, the 2013 report of Wohlers Report,Associates, Inc., “Additive Manufacturing and 3D Printing State of the Industry” (the “2013 Wohlers Report”), in which we were an industry participant in 2012.2013. The industry publications and third-party studies generally state that the information that they contain has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, although they do not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information. While we believe that each of these publications and third-party studies is reliable, we have not independently verified the market and industry data obtained from these third-party sources.

TRADEMARKS, SERVICE MARKS AND TRADE NAMES

This prospectus includes our trademarks, service marksWe have registrations in the United States for X1. We have filed for trademark registrations in the United States and trade names, such as “EXONE,in Canada, Europe, Japan, China, Korea, and Brazil for ExOne and for a stylized form of “X1 ExOne DIGITAL PART MATERIALIZATION.our logo,We have also filed for trademark registrations in Canada and “ExOne,” which are protected under applicable intellectual property lawsJapan for DIGITAL PART MATERIALIZATION. We have also filed for trademark registrations in the United States for ExCAST, ExMAL, ExTEC, and are the property of The ExOne Company and our subsidiaries.M-Flex. This prospectus also contains trademarks, service marks and trade names of other companies, which are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, marks and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the® or TM symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the right of the applicable licensor to these marks and trade names. Third-party marks and trade names used herein are for informational purposes only and in no way constitute or are intended to be a commercial use of such names and marks. The use of such third-party names and marks in no way constitutes or should be construed to be an approval, endorsement or sponsorship of us, or our products or services, by the owners of such third-party names and marks.

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that our net proceeds from the sale of 1,106,000 shares of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $         (or             if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full),million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and our estimated offering expenses of approximately $            million (or approximately $            million if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full). This estimate assumes a public offering price of $            per share, which is the mid-point of the offering price range indicated on the cover of this prospectus.payable by us. We will not receive any of the proceeds from anythe sale of shares of our common stock by the selling stockholder, although we will bear the costs, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, associated with the sale of these shares.stockholders.

We intend to use the net proceeds offrom this offering to invest in further improving the efficiencyfinance future acquisitions or partnerships and capacity ofalliances consistent with our machines and expanding the number of materials from which we can make products, to increase the number and locations of our PSCsbusiness strategy and for working capital and other general corporate purposes.

We continually evaluate potential acquisitions of products, technologies or businesses; however, we have no current understandings, agreements or commitments for any material acquisitions, strategic investments and/or alliances. We have not determined the specific amounts we plan to spend on any of the items listed above or the timing of these expenditures. The amounts and timing of our actual use of net proceeds will also use approximately $9.6 millionvary depending on numerous factors, including our identification of specific acquisitions, strategic investments and/or alliances, and our ability to negotiate on terms and conditions that are satisfactory to all parties involved. As a result, our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds to repay a revolving line of credit that we have with RFP (the “Rockwell Line of Credit”) for working capital. S. Kent Rockwell, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, is the beneficiary of the S. Kent Rockwell Revocable Trust, which is the indirect, sole stockholder of RFP. See “Certain Relationships and Related Parties.” The Rockwell Line of Credit provides for borrowing, repayment and reborrowing from time to time. While no limit is specified, borrowings are subject to RFP’s approval. Borrowings under the Rockwell Line of Credit bear interest at the rate of 8% per annum and are repayable, in whole or part, upon demand of RFP. As of December 15, 2012, we had aggregate borrowings and interest of approximately $9.6 million outstanding under the Rockwell Line of Credit. Additionally, we intend to use up to approximately $3.0 million to acquire the assets and assume certain liabilities of TMF and Lone Star, our variable interest entities.proceeds.

In the event that any net proceeds are not immediately applied, we may temporarily hold them as cash, deposit them in banks or invest them in cash equivalents or securities.

For additional information, please read “Management’s DiscussionPRICE RANGE OF OUR COMMON STOCK

Our common stock has been listed on the NASDAQ Global Market since February 7, 2013 under the symbol “XONE.” Prior to that date, there was no public market for our common stock. Shares sold in our initial public offering were priced at $18.00 per share.

On August 20, 2013, the closing price for our common stock as reported on the NASDAQ Global Market was $69.29 per share. The following table sets forth the ranges of high and Analysislow sales prices per share of Financial Conditionour common stock as reported on the NASDAQ Global Market for the period indicated. Such quotations represent inter-dealer prices without retail markup, markdown or commission and Resultsmay not necessarily represent actual transactions.

Year Ended December 31, 2013

  High   Low 

First quarter

  $34.28    $23.50  

Second quarter

  $64.50    $29.41  

Stockholders

As of Operations — LiquidityAugust 20, 2013, there were 12 stockholders of record, which excludes stockholders whose shares were held in nominee or street name by brokers. The actual number of common stockholders is greater than the number of record holders, and Capital Resources.”includes stockholders who are beneficial owners and whose shares are held in street name by brokers and other nominees. This number of holders of record also does not include stockholders whose shares may be held in trust by other entities.

DIVIDEND POLICY

We do not anticipate that we will declare or pay regular dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future, as we generally intend to invest any future earnings in the development and growth of our business. Future dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on many factors, including general economic and business conditions, our strategic plans, our financial results and conditions, legal requirements, any contractual obligations or limitations, and other factors that our Board of Directors deems relevant.

From the date of the Reorganization until consummation of this offering, the Class A preferred stock will accrue a dividend of 8% per annum. The Class A preferred stock is converted into common stock immediately prior to the consummation of this offering. See “Description of Capital Stock.” Immediately following this offering, there will be no Class A preferred stock outstanding.

CAPITALIZATION

The following table presents our capitalization as of SeptemberJune 30, 2012:2013:

 

on an actual basis; and

 

on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the Reorganization; and

on a pro forma as adjusted basis after giving effect to theour sale of 1,106,000 shares of common stock in this offering at an initial publicthe assumed offering price of $         per share, (the midpointwhich was the last reported sale price of our common stock on the estimated initial public offering price range and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option)NASDAQ Global Market on                    , 2013, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses and the application of the proceeds frompayable by us.

You should read this offering to repay certain indebtedness, as described under “Use of Proceeds.” We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholder.

This table should be read in conjunctiontogether with “Selected Consolidated Financial Data,” and our financial statements and related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,Operations. and our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

   As of September 30, 2012 
   Actual  

Pro Forma

Reorganization(1)

  Pro Forma
Offering(2)(3)(4)
  Pro Forma
As Adjusted
 
   (in thousands, except par values) 

Long-term debt and capital lease obligations (excluding current portion) (including consolidated variable interest entities of $2.4 million):

  $6,541   $6,541    $             
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

Members’/stockholders’ equity (deficit):

      

Class A preferred units, 18,983,602 units issued and outstanding, actual

  $18,984   $     

Common units, 10,000,000 units issued and outstanding, actual

   10,000         

Common stock, authorized to issue 200,000,000 shares, par value $0.01 per share; 5,800,000 issued and outstanding (pro-forma), actual

       58     

Preferred stock, authorized to issue 50,00,000 shares, par value $0.01 per share; 18,984,000 issued and outstanding (pro-forma), actual

       19     

Additional paid-in capital

       (2,944   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

   (273  (273   

Members’ deficit

   (31,851  —       

Retained earnings

   —      —       
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

Total controlling interest in members’ deficit/stockholders’ equity attributable to Company

   (3,140  (3,140   

Non-controlling interest

   2,427    2,427     
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

Total members’ deficit/stockholders’ equity

   (713  (713   
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

Total capitalization

  $5,828   $5,828     $  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 
   June 30, 2013 
   Actual  Pro  Forma(1) 
   (unaudited) 
   (dollars in thousands) 

Long-term debt, capital and financing lease obligations (excluding current portion):

  $2,868  $              
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

   

Common stock, $0.01 par value, 200,000,000 shares authorized, actual; 13,281,608 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 14,387,608 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma

   133   

Additional paid-in capital

   88,026   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

   (931 

Accumulated deficit

   (3,034 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

   84,194   
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total capitalization

  $87,062   $              
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

(1)Reflects the completion of the Reorganization as of January 1, 2013, including the issuance of 5,800,000 shares of our common stock and 18,983,602 shares of our preferred stock to the holders of limited liability company interests of The Ex One Company, LLC.
(2)Adjusts the pro forma information to give effect to this offering (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option) and the conversion of the Class A preferred stock into common stock on a 9.5 to 1 basis immediately prior to the consummation of. Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this offering.prospectus excludes:

(3)Assuming that we sell             shares of common stock, a $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price would increase or decrease, as applicable, our total capitalization by approximately $            million.
(4)(i)The table above excludes 500,000 shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our 2013 Equity Incentivethe Plan. Our 2013 Equity IncentiveThe Plan also provides for automatic annual increases in the reserve available annually on January 1 from 2014 through 2023 equal to the lesser of (i) 3.0% of the total outstanding shares of common stock as of December 31 of the immediately preceding year or (ii) a number of shares reserved thereunder,of common stock determined by our Board of Directors, provided that the maximum number of shares authorized under the Plan will not exceed 1,992,242 shares, subject to certain adjustments.
(ii)Options to certain employees to purchase 175,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of such options as more fully describedof June 30, 2013, at an exercise price of $18.00 per share, which options vest in “Executive Compensation — 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.”equal annual installments over three years from the date of grant.
(iii)20,000 shares of restricted stock that were unvested as of June 30, 2013.

DILUTION

Dilution is the amount by which the offering price paid by the purchasers of the common stock to be sold in this offering will exceed the net tangible book value per share of common stock after this offering. If you invest in our common stock, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering.

After giving effect to the Reorganization, ourOur pro forma net tangible book value as of SeptemberJune 30, 20122013 was $             million, or $per share of our common stock. We calculate net tangible book value per share by calculating our total tangible assets less liabilities, and dividing it by the number of outstanding shares of our common stock.

After giving effect to the sale of 1,106,000 shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initiala public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and the application of approximately $            million of the proceeds of this offering to repay certain indebtedness described in “Use of Proceeds,” our net tangible book value, which we refer to as our pro forma net tangible book value, as of June 30, 2013 would have been approximately $             million, or $             per share of our common stock.

This amount represents an immediate increase in our pro forma net tangible book value of $            per share to our existing stockholders who will receive shares in the Reorganization and an immediate dilution in our pro forma net tangible book value of $             per share to new investors purchasing shares of our common stock at the initial public offering price. We calculate dilution per share to new investors by subtracting the pro forma net tangible book value per share from the initial public offering price paid by the new investor. The following table illustrates the dilution to new investors on a per share basis:

 

Assumed initial publicPublic offering price

    $              

Net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2013

  $                

Increase per share attributable to new investors

  $  
  

 

 

   

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2013 after this offering

    $
    

 

 

 

Dilution per share to new investors

    $   
    

 

 

 

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our pro forma net tangible book value as of             by             approximately $            million, the pro forma net tangible book value per share by $            per share and the dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors by $            per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The table below sets forth, as of                     , 2013, the number of shares of our common stock issued, the total consideration paid and the average price per share paid by our existing stockholders and our new investors in this offering after giving effect toand the issuance of             shares of common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and our estimated offering expenses.

 

Shares PurchasedTotal Consideration

Average

Price

NumberPercentAmountPercentPer Share
(in millions)

Existing stockholders

$$

New investors

Total

$$

   Shares Purchased  Total Consideration  Average
Price
Per Share
 
   Number   Percent  Amount   Percent  

Existing stockholders

   13,281,608     92.3 $                    $              

New investors

   1,106,000     7.7       $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

Total

   14,387,608     100.0 $      100.0 $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

If the underwriters’ over-allotment option to purchase additional shares from us and the selling stockholderstockholders is exercised in full, the net tangible book value as of June 30, 2013 would have been $             million, or $             per share of our common stock, representing dilution of $             per share to new investors. Assuming such exercise, the number of shares held and the percentage of total consideration paid by the existing stockholders after this offering would be reduced to             % and             %, respectively, and the number of shares held and the percentage of total consideration paid by new investors would increase to             % or             %, respectively.

Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus excludes:

(i) 500,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the Plan. The Plan provides for automatic increases in the reserve available annually on January 1 from 2014 through 2023 equal to the lesser of (i) 3.0% of the total outstanding shares of common stock as of December 31 of the immediately preceding year or (ii) a number of shares of common stock determined by our Board of Directors, provided that the maximum number of shares authorized under the Plan will not exceed 1,992,242 shares, subject to certain adjustments.

(ii) Options to certain employees to purchase 175,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding options as of June 30, 2013, at an exercise price of $18.00 per share, which options vest in equal annual installments over three years from the date of grant.

(iii) 20,000 shares of restricted stock that were unvested as of June 30, 2013.

Except as otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock.

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

(dollars in thousands, except per-share amounts)

The following table setstables set forth certain of our summaryselected consolidated financial informationdata for the periods represented. The financial data as of June 30, 2013, and for the yearsquarter and six months ended December 31, 2010June 30, 2013 and 20112012 have been derived from our auditedunaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and notes thereto. The financial data as of and for the nine monthsyears ended September 30,December 31, 2012, 2011 and 20122010 have been derived from our unaudited condensedaudited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto. We have prepared the unaudited consolidated financial information set forth below on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements and have included all adjustments, consisting of only normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of our financial position and operating results of operations for such periods. The interim results set forth below are not necessarily indicative of expected results for the year ending December 31, 20122013 or for any other future period.

The data presented below should be read in conjunction with, and are qualified in their entirety by reference to “Capitalization,” “Prospectus Summary—Summary Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

   Twelve Months Ended  Nine Months Ended 
   December 31,  September 30, 
   2010  2011  2011  2012 
         (unaudited) 
   $ in thousands, except per common unit data 

Income Data:

     

Revenue

  $13,440   $15,290   $12,571   $15,913  

Cost of sales

   10,374    11,647    9,327    10,018  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Gross profit

   3,066    3,643    3,244    5,895  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Operating expenses

     

Research and development

   1,153    1,531    1,146    1,179  

Selling, general & administrative

   5,978    7,286    5,196    14,826  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   7,131    8,817    6,342    16,005  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loss from operations

   (4,065  (5,174  (3,098  (10,110
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Interest income

   (1  (3  (2  (2

Interest expense

   1,115    1,569    1,188    542  

Other (income) expense

   (197  (154  34    (71
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   917    1,412    1,220    469  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

   (4,982  (6,586  (4,318  (10,579

Provision for income taxes

   198    1,031    709    171  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to the controlling and the noncontrolling interests

   (5,180  (7,617  (5,027  (10,750

Less: Net income of noncontrolling interest

   328    420    244    320  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to the controlling interest (A)

  $(5,508 $(8,037 $(5,271 $(11,070
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net loss per common unit(B):

     

Basic

  $(0.55 $(0.80 $(0.53 $(1.21

Diluted

   (0.55  (0.80  (0.53  (1.21

Cash Flow Data:

     

Net cash used for operating activities

  $(5,912 $(2,435 $(3,333 $(9,084

Capital expenditures

   (1,795  (1,080  (232  (1,973

Cash provided by financing activities

   7,811    5,931    3,795    9,050  

   Twelve Months
Ended
  Nine Months Ended 
   December 31,  September 30, 
   2010  2011  2011  2012 
         (unaudited) 
   $ in thousands, except per common unit data 

Other Data (unaudited):

     

EBITDA (A)(7)

  $(2,993 $(4,005 $(2,267 $(8,852

Machine Units Sold(C)

     

S 15

   2    2    2    1  

S Max

   2    1    1    4  

S Print

   —      1    1    —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

   4    4    4    5  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  Quarter Ended
June 30,
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
  2013  2012  2013  2012  2012  2011  2010 
  

(unaudited)

  (unaudited)          

Statement of consolidated operations and comprehensive loss data:

       

Revenue

 $9,230   $4,676   $17,164   $7,398   $28,657   $15,290   $13,440  

Gross profit

 $4,181   $1,523   $7,019   $2,339   $12,143   $3,643   $3,066  

Research and development

 $1,276   $348   $2,132   $832   $1,930   $1,531   $1,153  

Selling, general and administrative*

 $3,908   $4,262   $7,476   $5,948   $18,285   $7,286   $5,978  

Interest expense

 $50   $110   $280   $308   $842   $1,570   $1,114  

Net loss attributable to ExOne*

 $(1,120 $(3,609 $(3,034 $(5,138 $(10,168 $(8,037 $(5,508

Net loss attributable to ExOne per common share:

       

Basic

 $(0.08  N/A**  $(0.27  N/A**   N/A**   N/A**   N/A** 

Diluted

 $(0.08  N/A**  $(0.27  N/A**   N/A**   N/A**   N/A** 

 

(A)*NetSelling, general and administrative expense and net loss attributable to the controlling interestExOne include $200 and EBITDA include a non-cash equity based$1,785 in equity-based compensation expense of $7.7 million for the ninequarters ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Selling, general and administrative expense and net loss attributable to ExOne include $311 and $1,785 in equity-based compensation expense for the six months ended SeptemberJune 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Selling, general and administrative expense and net loss attributable to ExOne includes $7,735 in equity-based compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2012. There was no equity-based compensation expense recorded during 2011 or 2010.
(B)**The loss per unit for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 reflects the effect of the dividend declared on the Class A preferred units of $1.0 million, or $0.10 per common unit.
(C)See “Business—Our Machines and Machine Platforms” for a description of the machines.

   December 31,  September 30, 2012
(unaudited)
   2010  2011  Actual  As adjusted
   $ in thousands

Financial Position Data:

     

Operating working capital(5)

  $4,998   $5,297   $9,335   

Cash and cash equivalents

   1,021    3,496    1,431   

Deferred revenue and customer deposits

   (1,098  (4,938  (2,994 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

   (2,345  (2,669  (3,954 

Dividends payable

   —      —      (1,031)   

Line of credit

   —      —      (900)(8)  

Current portion of long-term debt and capital lease obligations

   (808  (1,294  (2,464 

Demand note payable - member(1)

   (15,045  —  (1)   (7,266)(6)  

All other, net

   24    (1,224  499   
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

Working capital

  $(13,253 $(1,332 $(7,344 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

Property and equipment

  $7,990   $7,919   $12,708   

Total assets

  $15,233   $18,968   $27,436   

Long-term debt and capital lease obligations (excluding current portion)

  $3,031   $4,135   $6,541   

Redeemable Class A preferred units

   —     $18,984(1)   —  (3)  

Class A preferred units

    $18,984(3)  

Total members’ deficit

  $(8,277)  $(15,599)(2)  $(713 

(1)Demand Note Payable - majority member was converted into Redeemable Class A preferred units on December 31, 2011.
(2)Excludes Redeemable Class A preferred units whichAmounts are classifiednot comparable as a liability at December 31, 2011.
(3)Redeemable Class A preferred units were converted into Class A preferred units in February 2012, which are classified as equity at September 30, 2012.
(4)These amounts reflect balance sheet data as of September 30, 2012, as adjusted for the sale of              sharesresult of our common stock (excluding the additional shares offered by the selling stockholder) in this offering (basedReorganization as a corporation on an assumed offering price of $             per share and assuming the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option) underwriting discounts and commissions, estimated offering expenses payable by us and the application of the net proceeds received by us from this offering as described under “Use of Proceeds.”
(5)Operating working capital is a subset of total working capital and represents trade receivables plus related-party receivables plus inventories less trade payables.
(6)Borrowings from majority member since January 1, 2012.2013.

   June 30,
2013
   December 31, 
    
     2012   2011   2010 
   (unaudited)             

Consolidated balance sheets data:

        

Working capital (deficit)

  $72,675    $(4,682  $(979  $(13,253

Cash and cash equivalents

  $64,550    $2,802    $3,496    $1,021  

Property and equipment — net

  $14,309    $12,467    $7,919    $7,990  

Total assets

  $96,118    $33,075    $18,615    $15,233  

Line of credit

  $—      $528    $—      $—    

Demand note payable to member

  $—      $8,666    $—      $15,045  

Long-term debt and lease obligations

  $3,499    $10,566    $5,429    $3,839  

Redeemable preferred units

  $—      $—      $18,984    $—    

Preferred units

  $—      $18,984    $—      $—    

Common units

  $—      $10,000    $10,000    $10,000  

Common stock

  $133    $—      $—      $—    

Additional paid-in capital

  $88,026    $—      $—      $—    

Total stockholders’ / members’ equity (deficit)

  $84,194    $41    $(15,599  $(8,277

   Six Months Ended
June 30,
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
   2013  2012  2012  2011  2010 
   (unaudited)          

Statement of consolidated cash flows data:

      

Cash used for operating activities

  $(7,133 $(7,498 $(9,803 $(2,436 $(5,912

Cash used for investing activities

  $(3,875 $(1,518 $(1,724 $(1,080 $(1,795

Cash provided by financing activities

  $72,882   $6,142   $11,003   $5,931   $7,811  

Other data:

        
   Quarter Ended
June 30,
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
   2013  2012  2013  2012  2012  2011  2010 
   (unaudited)  (unaudited)  (unaudited)  (unaudited)  (unaudited) 

Machine units sold:

        

S-15

   —      —      —      —      1    2    2  

S-Max

   4    1    6    1    9    1    2  

S-Print

   —      —      1    —      3    1    —    

M-Lab

   —      —      1    —      —      —      —    

Orion

   —      —      1    —      —      —      —    

Other

   —      —      —      —      —      1    1  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

   4    1    9    1    13    5    5  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA*

  $(279 $(2,666 $(1,182 $(3,636 $(6,389 $(4,004 $(2,993

(7)*

We define Adjusted EBITDA (earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization) as net income (loss) attributable to the controlling interestExOne (as calculated under GAAPaccounting principles generally accepted in the United States)States of America (“GAAP”)) plus net income (loss) of the noncontrolling interests, provision (benefit) for income taxes, interest net interest income, income tax expense, (benefit), depreciation, equity-based compensation associated with our 2013 Equity

Incentive Plan and other (income) expense.expense — net. Disclosure in this prospectus of Adjusted EBITDA, which is a “non-GAAPnon-GAAP financial measure, as defined under the rules of the SEC,U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), is intended as a supplemental measure of our performance that is not required by, or presented in accordance with, GAAP. Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to net income income from continuing operations(loss) attributable to ExOne or any other performance measure derived in accordance with GAAP. Our presentation of Adjusted EBITDA should not be construed to imply that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or non-recurring items.

We believe Adjusted EBITDA is meaningful to our investors to enhance their understanding of our financial performance. Although Adjusted EBITDA is not necessarily a measure of our ability to fund our cash needs, we understand that it is frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties as a measure of financial performance and to compare our performance with the performance of other companies that report Adjusted EBITDA. Our calculation of Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies. The following table reconciles net

Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to Net loss attributable to EBITDA for the periods presented in this table and elsewhere in this prospectus.

ExOne:

 

   December 31,  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
  2010  2011  2011  2012 
   (unaudited) 
   $ in thousands 

Net loss attributable to the controlling interest

  $(5,508 $(8,037 $(5,271 $(11,070

Net income of noncontrolling interest

   328    420    244    320  

Taxes

   198    1,031    709    171  

Interest, net

   1,114    1,565    1,186    540  

Depreciation

   1,072    1,170    831    1,258  

Other (income) expense

   (197  (154  34    (71
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

EBITDA (A)(7)

  $(2,993 $(4,005 $(2,267 $(8,852
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  Quarter Ended
June 30,
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
  2013  2012  2013  2012  2012  2011  2010 
  (unaudited)  (unaudited)  (unaudited)  (unaudited)  (unaudited)  (unaudited)  (unaudited) 

Net loss attributable to ExOne

 $(1,120 $(3,609 $(3,034 $(5,138 $(10,168 $(8,037 $(5,508

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

  —      148    138    182    480    420    328  

Interest expense

  50    110    280    308    842    1,570    1,114  

Provision for income taxes

  72    246    91    234    995    1,031    198  

Depreciation

  524    421    1,096    805    1,683    1,170    1,072  

Equity-based compensation*

  200    —      311    —      —      —      —    

Other (income) expense — net

  (5  18    (64  (27  (221  (158  (197
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 $(279 $(2,666 $(1,182 $(3,636 $(6,389 $(4,004 $(2,993
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

(A)*Net loss attributableAs noted above, amounts reflected for equity-based compensation relate solely to expense incurred in connection with equity-based awards granted under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. During both the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2012, we incurred $1,785 of equity-based compensation expense related to the controlling interest and EBITDA include a non-cash equity basedsale of common units by the majority member of the former limited liability company to another existing member of the former limited liability company. During the year ended December 31, 2012, we incurred $7,735 of equity-based compensation expense related to the sale of $7.7 millioncommon units by the majority member of the former limited liability company to other existing members of the former limited liability company. As these transactions are not a part of our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, we have elected not to consider the related equity-based compensation in measuring Adjusted EBITDA for the nine months ended September 30, 2012.respective 2012 periods. There was no equity-based compensation expense recorded by ExOne during 2011 or 2010.

(8)We notified the bank in December 2012 that we are not in compliance with an equity-to-asset ratio covenant related to this facility. According to the terms of the agreement, the bank at its discretion may request additional security to maintain the facility.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

(dollars in thousands, except per-share data)

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunctiontogether with the “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewherethereto included in this prospectus. OurCertain statements contained in this discussion may constitute forward looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) and, Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. These statements involve a number of risks, uncertainties and other factors that could cause actual results mayto differ materially from those anticipatedreflected in these forward-lookingany forward looking statements, as a result of a variety of risks and uncertainties, including those described under “Cautionary Statements RegardingConcerning Forward Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors.” We assume no obligation to update any of these forward looking statements.

Overview

Business and Strategy

We are a global provider of 3Dthree dimensional (“3D”) printing machines and printed products, materials and other services to industrial customers. Our business primarily consists of manufacturing and selling 3D printing machines and printing products to specificationsspecification for our customers using our in-house 3D printing machines. We offer pre-production collaboration and print products for customers through our PSCs,six production service centers (“PSCs”), which are located in the United States, Germany and Japan. We build 3D printing machines at our facilities in the United States and Germany. We also supply the associated products,materials, including consumables and replacement parts, and other services, including training and technical support, necessary for purchasers of our machines to print products. We believe that our ability to print in a variety of industrial materials, as well as our industry-leading printing capacity (as measured by build box size and printhead speed), uniquely position us to serve the needs of industrial customers.

As an additive manufacturer, we are an early entrant into an evolving manufacturing technology and marketplace. Our strategy has been to position our manufacturing assets, both in terms of our ability and capacity, to prepare for an anticipated increase of customer acceptance of this form of manufacturing. We have made financial support of this growth strategy a priority, including in 2012 and the preceding two years.priority. We have invested in both our research and development and infrastructure, including capital investment in 3D printing machines, and hiring key personnel. This is reflected in our operating expense as operating expenses have continued to increase to support our anticipated growth.

As our infrastructure grows, we intend to shift our strategic focus to opening additional PSCs in order to broaden our potential global customer base and to expandingexpand our 3D printing capability in an increasing variety of industrial materials. We therefore plan on continuing to increase our operating expense to support the anticipated increase in revenue.

Business Strategy

Our growth strategy focuses on growing our PSCs in order to print more products for our existing customers and gain new customers,customers. By the end of 2015, we plan to expand our PSC network from the current six locations to fifteen locations. Like our current PSCs, we plan to locate the additional PSCs in major industrial centers near existing and potential customers. While we may adjust the final locations based upon market considerations, our 2013 plan includes announcing the opening of an additional location in the United States, in addition to the recent Auburn, Washington PSC announcement. Our current plan also includes opening two or more additional PSC locations in the first half of 2014.

Our growth strategy includes using our printed products as well as, using thisan introduction of our technology to facilitate 3D printing machine sales. An important part of reaching these goals is to increase our capability to print in a growing number of industrial materials and increase the job box sizes and production speeds (volumetric output) available to our potential customers, which will increase the efficiency and usefulness of our technology. In addition, we use our regional PSCs to educate our potential customers and the marketplace about the advantages of 3D printing.

We also believe expanding the location of our PSCs to high-growth economies and geographic regions that are readily accessible by a significant number of potential customers will help us to increase sales.

To better

balance our business, we intend to develop our customer base so that revenue is not dependent on any one region (North America, South America and Latin America (collectively the Americas), Europe and Asia). Likewise we intend to balance revenue between our machine sales3D printing machines and revenue from 3D printed products, consumablesmaterials and other.other services.

Our next generation 3D printing machine platforms have achieved the volumetric output rate and quality necessary to serve industrial markets on a production scale. We believe that there is an opportunity to similarly advance the pre-print and post-print processing phases of product materialization to more fully exploit the transformative power of our 3D printing machines and drive growth. These opportunities relate to both direct and indirect part materialization. For direct metal production, we believe that enhancing pre-print processes, notably design optimization tools and suitable print material availability, can greatly accelerate our capture of market share in the near-term. Additionally, enhancements to post-print processing will increase the applications for printed parts. Through ExMAL, we are developing post-print processing technologies to achieve fully dense metal product materialization without the need for infiltration, and we are exploring technology-sharing partnerships to further this initiative. In indirect production utilizing 3D printed molds and cores, advanced performance casting technologies can be leveraged to increase yields and reduce weight of casted products. To address the market opportunity and fill the execution gap, we have developed a suite of processes, many of which are proprietary, for producing high-quality castings through a process that we call ExCAST. ExCAST provides industry guidance and support through all stages of production, from CAD at the design stage, through the 3D materialization of molds and cores, metal casting of the end product and rapid delivery to the end-user.

Finally, we intend to opportunistically identify and, through acquisitions, alliances and/or strategic investment, integrate and advance complementary businesses, technologies and capabilities. Our goal is to expand the functionality of our products, provide access to new customers and markets, and increase our production capacity. We are in active discussions with parties that we believe can contribute to a superior end-to-end manufacturing process.

Operational Performance and Outlook

We believe that interest in 3D printing is increasing by virtue of the general commercialization of 3D printers generally and subsequent recent media attention. We occupy a defined space in the 3D printing market because of the size

of our 3D printing machines and their application for industrial products and qualified industrial materials. There are 3D printing companies in various sectors of the market, including art, home-printing, dental, biotech and other areas. While our 3D printing machines may differ from those of many other 3D printing companies in that our machines are designed to print industrial products from qualified industrial materials, we expect ana general increase in 3D printing to generally have a positive effect on the public’s awareness of our industry.

We have made investments in technology, material sciences, engineering resources, production capacity, marketing and sales force training and developing a global organization, as discussed above, in an attempt to improve our financial performance.

Our growth prospects for 2013 are dependent upon our ability to access funds for working capital, capital investment and on-going operating expenses, which we believe will be substantially achieved by the proceeds from this offering, and the followinga number of external and internal factors:factors, which are described in greater detail in “Business — Our Business Strategy.”

Market Expansion.Recent Developments Our ability to penetrate new and larger industrial markets will be determined

Several important corporate developments have occurred in part by our ability to qualify additional industrial materialsthe six months ended June 30, 2013 that may be desired by industrial companies to print products. We currently print in silica sand, ceramic, stainless steel, bronze and glass. By expanding into other materials such as titanium, tungsten carbide, aluminum and magnesium, we believe we can expand our market share and better serve our industrial customer base. We establishedhave had a new materials testing division called EXMAL, which may increasesignificant effect on the rate at which new materials will be qualified.

Customer Demand. Demand is primarily affected by the capital expenditure purchasing cyclepresentation of our machine customers. consolidated financial results.

ExOne was formed on January 1, 2013, when The Ex One Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, merged with and into a Delaware corporation, which survived and changed its name to The ExOne Company. As a result of our reorganization on January 1, 2013 (the “Reorganization”), The Ex One Company, LLC became ExOne, the common and preferred interest holders of The Ex One Company, LLC became holders of common stock and preferred stock, respectively, of ExOne, and the subsidiaries of The Ex One Company, LLC became the subsidiaries of ExOne.

We believehave considered the proforma effects of our Reorganization on the provision for income taxes for the periods prior to our Reorganization in our condensed statement of consolidated operations and comprehensive loss and concluded that demandthere would be no difference as compared to the amount reported, principally due to valuation allowances established against net deferred tax assets. In addition, we have omitted basic and diluted earnings per share for periods prior to January 1, 2013, as a result of our products in AsiaReorganization, as the basis for such calculation is likelyno longer comparable to continue to improve over time. However, ifpresentation of information on or after January 1, 2013.

The condensed consolidated financial statements include the threataccounts of a continued debt crisis in Europe lingers then industrial companies in that region may decrease capital spending. In theExOne, our wholly-owned subsidiaries, ExOne Americas (primarily the UnitedLLC (United States), the acceptance of the 3D printing of industrial products has not yet matured to the extent of the other regionsExOne GmbH (Germany) and Ex One KK (Japan), and through March 27, 2013, two variable interest entities in which we conduct business, butwere identified as the primary beneficiary, Lone Star Metal Fabrication, LLC (“Lone Star”) and Troy Metal Fabricating, LLC (“TMF”).

At December 31, 2012 and through March 27, 2013, we expect demand to increaseleased property and equipment from Lone Star and TMF. We did not have an ownership interest in Lone Star or TMF. We were identified as awarenessthe primary beneficiary of Lone Star and acceptanceTMF in accordance with the guidance issued by the FASB on the consolidation of 3D printing of industrial products increases.

Capacity. Our installed capacity at our PSCs is increasing every yearvariable interest entities, as we add additional machinesguaranteed certain long-term debt of both Lone Star and replace first generation machinesTMF and governed these entities through common ownership. This guidance requires certain variable interest entities to be consolidated when an enterprise has the power to direct the activities of the variable interest entity that most significantly impact the variable interest entity’s economic performance and has the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits of the variable interest entity that could potentially be significant to the variable interest entity. Our condensed consolidated financial statements therefore include the accounts of Lone Star and TMF through March 27, 2013. The assets of Lone Star and TMF could only be used to settle obligations of Lone Star and TMF, and the creditors of Lone Star and TMF did not have recourse to our general credit.

On March 27, 2013, ExOne Americas LLC acquired certain assets, including property and equipment (principally land, buildings and machinery and equipment) held by the two variable interest entities, and assumed all outstanding debt of such variable interest entities. See the note to the consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus for more information. Following this transaction, neither of the entities continued to meet the definition of a variable interest entity with more efficientrespect to the Company, and productive second generation machines. We anticipateas a higher utilizationresult, the remaining assets and liabilities of both entities were deconsolidated following the transaction.

On February 6, 2013, we commenced an initial public offering of 6,095,000 shares of our installed capacitycommon stock at our facilities in expectationa price to the public of higher current and future demand.

New Machines. We expect the M Flex machine to satisfy the demand$18.00 per share, of a large range of industrial customers that are interested in directly printing metal, ceramic and glass products. We plan to increase our production output at our German manufacturing facility to produce the new S Print machine and manufacture a greater number of S Max machines. Our S Print machine has been completely redesigned and is our current mid-sized machine platform. The S Print machine provides the same cutting edge technology available in the S Max platform, with an average price point of $800,000 (based upon average model options and exchange rates). The S Print machine is used by customers interested in printing objects made from silica sand, metals, glass and ceramics, with a particular focus on industrial applications for smaller casting cores that are often required for the aerospace industry, especially in hydraulic applications. The build box size of the S Print permits the use of exotic and expensive print materials, such as cerabeads, that are required for high heat/high strength applications.

PSCs.Our PSCs are centers for customer collaboration and provide customers with a direct contact point to learn about our 3D printing technology, buy products printedwhich 5,483,333 shares were sold by us and purchase611,667 were sold by a selling stockholder (including consideration of the exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option). Following completion of the offering on February 12, 2013, we received net proceeds after expenses of approximately $90,371 (net of underwriting commissions and associated offering costs, including approximately $712 in offering costs deferred by us at December 31, 2012). The proceeds from our machines. Byinitial public offering have been earmarked or spent in order to (1) expand our PSC network to fifteen global locations by the end of 2015 we plan(total amount is estimated to be approximately $20,000 to $25,000), (2) increase capacity and upgrade technology in our production facilities in Germany, including consolidating our operations from five buildings located throughout the district of Augsburg to one purpose-built facility (total amount is estimated to be approximately $20,000), (3) expand our PSC networkmaterials development initiatives and achieve our plan of one new industrial material qualified every six months (total amount is estimated to be approximately $2,000 to $3,000), (4) select and deploy an ERP system to promote operational efficiency and financial controls globally, (total amount is estimated to be approximately $3,000) and (5) deploy working capital to support growth (total amount is estimated to be approximately $21,000 to 27,000, with approximately $7,400 deployed through June 30, 2013). We have also used approximately $18,400 of the net proceeds from the current five locations. Likeinitial public offering to repay our current PSCs, we planindebtedness existing prior to locate the additional PSCsinitial public offering and to acquire certain assets (and assume and repay indebtedness) held by Lone Star and TMF.

References to the majority member in major industrial centers near existingthe “Management Discussion and potential customers. While we may adjustAnalysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” refer to affiliates of S. Kent Rockwell, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, who is the final locations based upon market considerations, our initial plan includes opening a new PSC in South Americaindirect, sole stockholder of RHI and on the west coastRFP. Each of the United States by the third quarter of 2013RHI and opening two additional locations in Asia and WesternRFP provided funding to us prior to 2013.

Europe by the second quarter of 2014. We will continue to explore additional worldwide opportunities for PSC locations.

How We Measure Our Business

We use several financial and operating metrics to measure our business. We use these metrics to assess the progress of our business, make decisions on where to allocate capital, time and technology investments, and assess longer-term performance ofwithin our marketplace. The key metrics are as follows:

RevenueRevenue.. Our revenue consists primarily of sales of our 3D printing machines and micromachinery and 3D printed products, produced atmaterials and other services.

3D printing machines and micromachinery.3D printing machine and micromachinery sales are influenced by a number of factors including, among other things, (i) the adoption rate of our 3D printing technology, (ii) end-user product design and manufacturing activity, (iii) the capital expenditure budgets of end-users and potential end-users and (iv) the mix of products sold, all of which may be significantly influenced by macroeconomic factors. Purchases of our 3D printing machines and micromachinery, especially our higher-end, higher-priced systems, typically involve long sales cycles. Our 3D printing machine and micromachinery prices generally include machine installation, training, maintenance and the value of a warranty. Several factors can significantly affect revenue reported for our 3D printing machines and micromachinery for a given period including, among others, (i) the overall low unit volume of 3D printing machine and micromachinery sales, (ii) the long lead times of our customers’ purchasing decisions and (iii) the acceleration or delay of orders and shipments of a small number of machines.

3D printed products, materials and other services.3D printed products revenue is derived from our network of PSCs located in the United States (4), Germany (1) and consumables usedJapan (1). The PSCs utilize our 3D printing machine technology to print products. Other sourcesIn addition, our PSCs are also full-service operations that provide support and services such as pre-production collaboration prior to printing products for a customer. Revenue of materials depends upon the volume of consumables that we sell. Sales of our consumables are linked to the number of our 3D printing machines that are installed and active worldwide. Sales of consumables are also driven by our customers’ machine usage, which is generally a function of the size of the particular machine and the habits and budget of the particular end-user. Larger machines generally use larger amounts of consumables due to their greater capacity and the higher levels of design and manufacturing activity that are typical of an end-user who utilizes a larger machine.

Cost of Sales and Gross Profit. Our cost of sales include services, spare parts and other ancillary items.

Machines.Machine sales are influenced by a number of factors, including, among other things, (i) the adoption rate of our machines, (ii) end-user product design and manufacturing activity, (iii) the capital expenditure budgets of end-users and potential end-users and (iv) the mix of products sold, all of which may be significantly influenced by macroeconomic factors. Purchases of our machines, especially our higher-end, higher-priced systems, typically involve long sales cycles. Our machine prices include machine installation, training, maintenance and the value of the warranty. Several factors can significantly affect revenue reported for our machines for the period involved, such as the overall low unit volume of machine sales in any particular period combined with the long lead times of our customers’ purchasing decisions, the acceleration or delay of orders and shipments of a small number of machines from one period to another. Revenue recognition rules prescribed by GAAP can also affect our reported revenue for machine sales in any particular period.

3D printed products, materials and other.3D printed products revenue derive from our network of PSCs located in the Americas (3), Europe (1) and Asia (1). The PSCs utilize our machines to print products but are also full-service operations that provide support and services such as pre-production collaboration prior to printing the product. Revenue of materials depend upon the volume of consumables that we sell. Sales of our consumables are linked to the number of our machines that are installed and active worldwide. Sales of consumables are also driven by our customers’ machine usage, which is generally a function of the size of the particular machine and the habits and budget of the particular end-user. Larger machines generally use larger amounts of consumables due to their greater capacity and the higher levels of design and manufacturing activity that are typical of an end-user who utilizes a larger machine.

Costs of sales.Our costs of sales consistconsists primarily of labor (including service labor), parts (including consumables and spare parts) and overhead to produce 3D printing machines and 3D printed products. We also incur costsproducts, materials and other services. Also included in cost of consumables, services and spare parts. Thesales are license feefees (based upon a percentage of revenue)revenue of qualifying products and processes) for the use of intellectual properties, warranty costs as well as under-absorbed fixed manufacturingand other overhead are also included inassociated with our cost of sales.production processes. The production capacity at our PSCs (as well as our 3D printing machine and micromachinery manufacturing facilities) presently exceeds the current customer demand and as such a portion of theour fixed overhead associated with these facilities is being recognized as a period expense rather than being capitalized as a product cost (“under-absorbed overhead”).cost. We expect our excess capacity to decrease as sales of 3D printing machines and micromachinery and 3D printed products, materials and other services increase. Our 3D printing machines and micromachinery are manufactured at our facilities in Germany and the United States, and theStates. The cost to manufacture machines consists of raw materials, components, productioncomponent parts, labor and direct and indirect production overhead. Each geographic region has an engineer dedicated to on-site installation, training and support. The direct cost of the engineers, as well as their travel costs, are included in our cost to manufacture machines. Our costs for a 3D printed productproducts, materials and other services consist primarily of the facilities and personnel at our PSCs and the material of the printed product. The material cost of theour printed product includes the purchase required for the consumableproducts, labor and theoverhead (including facilities expense and other conversion cost to ready it for production.costs).

Gross profit.Our gross profit and gross margin for our products areis influenced by a number of factors. Mostfactors, the most important of thesewhich is the volume and mix of our machines sold, 3D products printed and consumables sold. Specifically, the

direct product margins on ourprinting machines and on our consumables are typically higher than the direct product margins formicromachinery, products, materials and other services sold.

As 3D products printed at our PSCs. Although an increase in the percentage of sales by our PSCs may cause our profit margins to decrease, we believe that our new machines currently being introduced are more efficient, which should improve overall margins in the future.

Also, becauseprinting machine and micromachinery sales are cyclical, we will seek to have a 50/50achieve an equal balance in revenue offrom 3D printing of product,machines and micromachinery and 3D printed products, materials and other with machines so that we canservices in order to maximize absolute margin in dollarsgross profit while managing business risk.

Another important factor (mentioned above) is that a portion of the fixed overhead associated with our production facilities is being recognized as a period expense (“under-absorbed overhead”) rather than being capitalized into the product cost.

We will also seek In addition, we expect to reduce our cost of sales over time by continued research and development activities directed towards achieving increased efficiencies in the production of machines.3D printing machines and micromachinery. Our PSCs will also seek to achieve lower material cost and improve throughput.

In addition, we will be

We are continuously analyzing our supply chain to identify opportunities for better management, of that process in partnership with our customers, in order to reduce the overall cost as a percentage of revenue in this area.

Operating expenses.Expenses.Our operating expenses consist of three components: research and development expenses and selling, general and administrative expenses.

Research and development expenses.Our research and development expenses consist primarily of salaries and related personnel expenses aimed at developing new machinery and materials. Additional costs include the related software and materials, laboratory supplies, and costs for facilities and equipment. We charge all research and development expenses to operations as they are incurred, with the exception of expenses for specific equipment that we capitalize.

Selling, general and administrative expenses.Our selling, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of employee-related costs (salaries, benefits, equity-based compensation, education and equity based compensation.

Research and development expenses.Our research and development expenses consist primarily of salaries and related personnel expenses aimed at developing new machinery and materials. Additional costs include the related software and materials, laboratory supplies, and costs for facilities and equipment. We charge all research and development expenses to operations as they are incurred, with the exception of expenses for specific equipment that we capitalize.

Selling, general and administrative expenses.Our selling, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of employee-related costs (salaries, employee benefits, equity based compensation, audit and professional services fees, education and training and travel and entertainment)training and travel) of our managerial and administrative personnel, including executive officers, and sales and marketing, finance, accounting, information technology and human resources personnel. Other significant general and administrative costs include the facility costs related to our headquarters in North Huntingdon, Pennsylvania (and the other four facilities where administrative personnel are located) and external costs for legal, accounting, consulting and other professional services.

We expect our administrativeoperating expenses to continue to increase in absolute termsfuture periods as we pursue our growth strategies. We expect our operating expenses for the year ending December 31, 2013 to be between approximately $18,000 and as a percentage of revenues as a result of$21,000. Based on our current plans, we further expect our operating expenses for the additional costs that we expectyear ending December 31, 2014 to incur as a result of being a public company. This will include, among other things, increased auditing and legal fees, reporting requirements, director fees, director and officer’s liability insurance and hiring additional accounting and legal personnel (or outsourcing the services required). However, we expect theseexceed our 2013 operating expenses will decrease as a percentage of revenues over the long term.by 20% to 25%.

Interest expense.Expense. Interest expense consists of the interest cost associated with outstanding long-term debt and financing lease arrangements.

We expect our interest expense to continue to decrease as our outstanding debt is lowered over time. Included in our business strategy is the consideration of early retirement of debt (where practicable).

Provision for Income Taxes. Prior to our Reorganization, we operated as a limited liability company whereby our members were taxed on a proportionate share of our taxable income. As such, no provision has been recorded for U.S. federal or state income taxes. For the equipment, building loansquarter and six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, and the redeemable Class A preferred units (until February 2012). These preferred units were classified as a liability through February 2012, at which time they were reclassified into equity. Upon consummation of the Reorganization, the Class A preferred units will convert into Class A preferred stock. Immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, the Class A preferred stock will convert into common stock.

Currency exchange rates. Due to our international operations, currency exchange rates impact our financial performance. For example, in the yearyears ended December 31, 2012, 2011 approximately 30.0% ofand 2010 our sales were denominated in U.S. dollars and approximately 37.1% and 32.9% were denominated in Euros and Yen, respectively.entire provision for income taxes was attributed to our German operations.

Income taxes. Prior to January 1, 2013,Following our Reorganization, we were treatedare taxed as a partnershipcorporation for U.S. federal and most applicable state and local income tax purposes. As a partnership, our taxable income or loss was passed through to and included in the tax returns of our members. Accordingly, the accompanying consolidated financial statements do not include a provision for federal and most state and local income taxes. We were subject to entity-level taxation in certain states, and certain domestic and foreign subsidiaries are subject to entity-level U.S. and foreign income taxes. As a result, the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss include tax expense related to foreign jurisdictions where those subsidiaries operate. On January 1, 2013, The Ex One Company, LLC converted to a C-Corporation, The ExOne Company, which will be subject to U.S. federal, state, local and foreign income taxes at the prevailing applicable corporate tax rates. As a result, for periods following the Reorganization, we will determine if apurposes. Current statutory tax provision on our income, which will include U.S. federal income taxes and each state, local and foreign jurisdiction, will be required. The highest statutory rates in the jurisdictions in which we operate, the United States, (including state and local), Germany and Japan, are currently 44%approximately 40.0% (including state taxes), 31%29.5% and 40%38.0%, respectively. In addition, as

Results of January 1,Operations — Quarter and Six Months Ended June 30, 2013 we recognized deferred taxes equalCompared to the tax effect of the difference between the bookQuarter and tax basis of our assets and liabilities as of that date. The amount of additional deferred tax assets if the Reorganization was completed as of SeptemberSix Months Ended June 30, 2012 would have been approximately $0.6 million, assuming

Net Loss Attributable to ExOne

Net loss attributable to ExOne for the quarter ended June 30, 2013, was $1,120, or $0.08 per basic and diluted share, compared with a 40% tax rate. However,net loss attributable to ExOne of $3,609 for the quarter ended June 30, 2012. The decrease in our net loss was principally due to increases in our revenue and gross profit as a historyresult of operating losses, a valuation allowance of 100% of the deferred tax asset would be established.

Critical Accounting Policies, Significant Estimates and Judgements

The discussion and analysis of our results of operations and financial condition set forthsignificant increase in this prospectus are based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make critical accounting estimates that directly impact our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

Critical accounting estimates are estimates that meet two criteria:

The estimates require that we use judgment about matters that are uncertain at the time the estimates are made; and

There exist different estimates that could reasonably be used in the current period, or changes in the estimates used are reasonably likely to occur from period to period, both of which would have a material impact on our results of operations or financial condition.

On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates, including those related to equity based compensation, accrued license fees, the allowance for doubtful accounts, income taxes, inventories, long-lived assets and contingencies.

We base our estimates and assumptions on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

The following paragraphs discuss the items that we believe are the critical accounting policies most affected by significant management estimates and judgments. Management has discussed and periodically reviews these critical accounting policies, the basis for their underlying assumptions and estimates and the nature of our related disclosures herein with the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors.

Revenue Recognition

We earn revenue primarily from the sale of 3D printing machines and 3D printed products. Revenue from the sale of 3D printing machines is recognized upon transfer of title, generally upon shipment. Revenue from the performance of contract services or production services is generally recognized when either the services are

performed or the finished product is shipped. Revenuemachine and micromachinery sales for all deliverables in a sales arrangement is recognized provided that persuasive evidence of a sales arrangement exists, both title and risk of loss have passed2013 compared to the customer and collection is reasonably assured. Persuasive evidence of a sales arrangement exists upon execution of a written sales agreement or signed purchase order that constitutes a fixed and legally binding commitment between the us and our customer. In instances where revenue recognition criteria are not met, amounts are recorded as deferred revenue and customer deposits.

We enter into sales arrangements that may provide for multiple deliverables to a customer. Sales of machines may include consumables, maintenance services, and training and installation. We identify all goods and services that are to be delivered separately under a sales arrangement and allocate revenue to each deliverable based on relative fair values. Fair values are generally established based on the prices charged when sold separately by us. In general, revenues are separated between machines, consumables, maintenance services and installation and training services. The allocated revenue for each deliverable is then recognized ratably based on relative fair values of the components of the sale. We also evaluate2012. Offsetting the impact of undelivered items on the functionality of delivered items for each sales transactionincreases in revenue and where appropriate, defer revenue on delivered items when that functionality has been affected. Functionality requirements are determinedgross profit was a net increase in our operating expenses from 2013 compared to be met if the delivered products or services represent a separate earnings process. Revenue from maintenance services as well as installation is recognized at the time of performance.

We provide customers with a standard warranty agreement on all machines for up2012 attributed to one year. The warranty is not treated as a separate service because the warranty is an integral part of the sale of the machine. The liabilityincreased research and development spending, mostly associated with these warranty obligations was not significant(i) our continued efforts in the periods presented. After the initial one-year warranty period, we offer machine customers optional maintenance contracts. Deferred maintenance service revenue is recognized when the maintenance services are performed because we have historical evidence that indicates that the costs of performing the services under the contracts are not incurred on a straight-line basis.

We sell equipment with embedded software toqualifying materials for our customers. The embedded software is not sold separately and it is not a significant focus of our marketing effort. We do not provide post-contract customer support specific to the software or incur significant costs that are within the scope of FASB guidance on accounting for software to be leased or sold. Additionally, the functionality that the software provides is marketed as part of the overall product. The software embedded in the equipment is incidental to the equipment as a whole such that the FASB guidance referenced above is not applicable. Sales of these products are recognized in accordance with FASB guidance on accounting for multiple-element arrangements.

Shipping and handling costs billed to customers for machine sales and sales of consumables are included in revenue in the consolidated statements of3D printing operations and other comprehensive loss. Costs incurred by us associated with shipping(ii) investments in enhancing our 3D printing machine and handling is included in cost of sales in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

Our terms of sale generally require payment within 30 to 60 days after shipment of a product, although we also recognize that longer payment periods are customary in some countries where we transact business. To reduce credit risk in connection with machine sales, we may, depending upon the circumstances, require significant deposits prior to shipment. In some circumstances, we may require payment in full for our products prior to shipment and may require international customers to furnish letters of credit. These deposits are reported as deferred revenue and customer deposits in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Production and contract services are billed on a time-and-materials basis. Services under maintenance contracts are billed to customers upon performance of services in accordance with the contract.

We incur a fee to third parties for the license of technology for certain of our products. We estimate our accrued license fees based upon net sales of licensed products.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

In evaluating the collectability of our accounts receivable, we assess a number of factors, including a specific client’s ability to meet its financial obligations to us, such as whether a customer has declared bankruptcy. Other factors include the length of time the receivables are past due and historical collection experience. Based on these assessments, we record a reserve for specific customers as well as a general reserve based on our historical experience for bad debts. If circumstances related to specific customers change, or economic conditions deteriorate such that our past collection experience is no longer relevant, our estimate of the recoverability of our accounts receivable could be further reduced from the levels provided for in the consolidated financial statements.

Our estimate for the allowance for doubtful accounts related to trade receivables is based on two methods. The amounts calculated from each of these methods are combined to determine the total amount reserved.

First, we evaluate specific accounts for which we have information that the customer may have an inability to meet their financial obligations (for example, aging over 90 days past due or bankruptcy). In these cases, we use our judgment, based on available facts and circumstances, and record a specific reserve for that customer against amounts due to reduce the receivable to the amount that is expected to be collected. These specific reserves are re-evaluated and adjusted as additional information is received that impacts the amount reserved. Second, a general reserve is established for all customers based on historical collection and write-off experience.

Our bad debt expense in 2010 and 2011 was not significant, while our allowance for bad debts was $0.1 million at each of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011.

We believe that our allowance for doubtful accounts is a critical accounting estimate because it is susceptible to change and dependent upon events that may or may not occur and because the impact of recognizing additional allowances for doubtful accounts may be material to the assets reported on our balance sheet and in our results of operations.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value, cost being determined predominantly on the first-in, first-out method. An inventory allowance is provided for slow-moving and obsolete inventory based on historical experience and current product demand. Our inventory allowance is $1.3 million at December 31, 2010 compared with $1.4 million at December 31, 2011.

We evaluate the adequacy of this allowance quarterly. Our determination of the inventory allowance is subject to change because it is based on management’s current estimates of the allowance required and potential adjustments.

We believe that the inventory allowance is a critical accounting estimate because it is susceptible to change and dependent upon events that may or may not occur and because the impact of recognizing an additional allowance may be material to the assets reported on our balance sheet and in our results of operations.

Long-lived Assets

We evaluate long-lived assets (primarily property, plant and equipment) other than goodwill that we have for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. If the estimated future cash flows (undiscounted and without interest charges) from the use of an asset are less than the carrying value, a write-down is recorded to reduce the related asset to its estimated fair value.

Income Taxes

We are organized as a Delaware limited liability company. Under the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code and similar state provisions, we are taxed as a partnership and are not liable for income taxes. Instead, our earnings and losses are included in the tax returns of our members. Therefore, the consolidated financial statements do not reflect a provision for U.S. federal or state income taxes.

Our subsidiaries in Germany and Japan are taxed as corporations under the taxing regulations of Germany and Japan, respectively. As a result, the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss include tax expense related to those foreign jurisdictions.

We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax basis of assets and liabilities of our wholly-owned subsidiaries in Germany and Japan using enacted tax rates in effect in the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. A valuation allowance is established against the deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred taxes may not be realized. Changes in the level and composition of earnings, tax laws or the deferred tax valuation allowance, as well as the results of tax audits, may materially impact our effective tax rate.

The calculation of the deferred tax assets and liabilities, as well as the decision to recognize a tax benefit from an uncertain position and to establish a valuation allowance, require management to make estimates and assumptions. We believe that our assumptions and estimates are reasonable, although actual results may have a positive or negative material impact on the balances of deferred tax assets and liabilities, valuation allowances or net income.

Equity Based Compensation

During 2012, our majority member sold 1,300,000 common units to two employees and an existing unitholder for $1.25 per unit. Due to our majority member’s controlling interest in us, the sale of common units is deemed to be an action of the company. The excess of the fair market value on the measurement date over the sale price per unit was recognized as non-cash compensation expense. Determining the fair value of the common units required complex and subjective judgments. We used the sale of a similar security in an arms-length transaction with two separate unrelated parties to estimate the value of the enterprise at the measurement date, which included assigning a value to the similar security’s rights, preferences and privileges relative to the common units. The enterprise value was then allocated to our outstanding equity securities using the option pricing method. The option pricing method involves making estimates of the anticipated timing of a potential liquidity event, such as a sale of the company or an initial public offering (“IPO”), and estimates of the volatility of our equity securities. The anticipated timing is based on the plans of management. The volatility of the units was based on available information on the volatility of stocks of publicly traded companies in the industry. Change in these assumptions could materially impact the value assigned to the common units.

We met with a prospective underwriter in March of 2012 to initiate discussions regarding a potential IPO in the summer of 2012 which led to an organizational meeting in April 2012 to initiate this process. The underwriter spoke with us about what they believed was an initial and preliminary valuation at that time based on three factors: current projections, comparable company analysis and market conditions. Accordingly, we did not believe that it was proper to rely on the merely preliminary discussions about the possible pricing of a potential IPO to establish the fair value of common units in transactions entered into by third parties. The process continued into the summer and early fall with the underwriter performing due diligence during this period. The financial projections also changed over time, as well as the representation of historical financials based on a audit in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, as well as market conditions and the valuation of the comparable companies. The current valuation, which was performed in early November by the underwriter, is based on it being substantially complete with due diligence, having audited financials as well as having a current financial forecast.

For the purpose of determining the value per common unit as of January 1, 2011, we performed a valuation as of that date, which coincides with our year-end. The following table sets forth the measurement date value per common unit as determined based on the valuation methods discussed above for each valuation period:

January 1,
2011
  June 30,
2012
 
$1.25   $7.20  

Because our common units will be exchanged in the Reorganization for common shares on a 1 to 0.58 basis, the pro-forma valuation for the aboved reference value given the effect of the Reorganization is:

January 1,
2011
  June 30,
2012
 
$2.16   $12.41  

Contingencies

We account for contingencies in accordance with accounting guidance for contingencies, which requires that we record an estimated loss from a loss contingency when information available prior to issuance of our financial statements indicates that it is probable that an asset has been impaired or a liability has been incurred at the date of the financial statements and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Accounting for contingencies, such as legal matters, requires us to use our judgment. We are not aware of any such contingencies.

JOBS Act

We qualify as an “emerging growth company” pursuant to the JOBS Act. The JOBS Act contains provisions that, among other things, reduce certain reporting requirements for qualifying companies. As defined in the JOBS Act, a company whose initial public offering of common equity securities occurred after December 8, 2011 and whose annual gross revenues are less than $1.0 billion will, in general, qualify as an “emerging growth company” until the earliest of:

the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of its initial public offering of common equity securities;

the last day of the fiscal year in which it has annual gross revenue of $1.0 billion or more;

the date on which it has, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt; or

the date on which it is deemed to be a “large accelerated filer,” which will occur at such time as the company (a) has an aggregate worldwide market value of common equity securities held by non-affiliates of $700 million or more as of the last business day of its most recently completed second fiscal quarter, (b) has been required to file annual and quarterly reports under the Exchange Act for a period of at least 12 months, and (c) has filed at least one annual report pursuant to the Securities Act.

Under this definition, we will be an “emerging growth company” upon completion of this offering and could remain an “emerging growth company” until as late as December 31, 2018. Pursuant to Section 107(b) of the JOBS Act, as an “emerging growth company” we are electing to delay adoption of accounting pronouncements newly issued or revised after April 5, 2012 applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are made applicable to private companies.

As a result, our financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of issuers who are required to comply with the effective dates for new or revised accounting standards that are applicable to public companies. Additionally, we are in the process of evaluating the benefits of relying on the other reduced reporting requirements provided by the JOBS Act.

Changes in Financial Reporting of Future Results of Operations

Prior to the Reorganization, we were a limited liability company, and our owners elected to be taxed at the member unitholder level rather than at the company level. In connection with this offering, we are reorganizing our corporate structure to be a corporation. Following the Reorganization, we will be taxed as a corporation for federal income tax purposes.

Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

As a private company, we have relied on outside service providers for certain of our administrative support functions. In connection with this offering, we expect that we will incur annual incremental expenses to develop the infrastructure to design, implement and maintain a system of internal controls that is adequate to satisfy the reporting and compliance requirements necessitated by being a public company. These expenses will include: annual and quarterly reporting; Sarbanes-Oxley compliance expenses; expenses associated with listing on the Nasdaq Global Market; independent auditor fees; legal fees; investor relations expenses; registrar and transfer agent fees; director and officer liability insurance costs; and director compensation. The full year effect of these incrementalmicromachinery technology. Selling, general and administrative expenses cannot yet be estimatedwere down slightly based on a net decrease in equity-based compensation offset by (i) higher professional service fees and are not reflectedpersonnel costs in making the transition from a private company to a publicly traded company and (ii) increased selling costs (principally selling commissions for machine sale transactions). Refer to the sections below for further description of these changes.

Net loss attributable to ExOne for the six months ended June 30, 2013, was $3,034, or $0.27 per basic and diluted share, compared with a net loss attributable to ExOne of $5,138 for the six months ended June 30, 2012. The decrease in our historical consolidated financial statements located elsewherenet loss was principally due to increases in this prospectus.

There can be no assurance that any actions we take will be completely successful. We will continueour revenue and gross profit as a result of a significant increase in 3D printing machine and micromachinery sales for 2013 compared to evaluate2012. Offsetting the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting on an ongoing basis. We have not begun testing or documenting our internal control procedures in order to comply with the requirements of Section 404(a)impact of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. However, we have been made aware of a material weaknessincreases in revenue and gross profit was an increase in our internal controls over financial reportingoperating expenses from 2013 compared to 2012 attributed to increased research and development spending, mostly associated with (i) our continued efforts in qualifying materials for our 3D printing operations and (ii) investments in enhancing our 3D printing machine and micromachinery technology. In addition, we incurred selling, general and administrative expenses which include (i) higher professional service fees and personnel costs in making the transition from a private company to a publicly traded company and (ii) increased selling costs (principally selling commissions for machine sale transactions), both offset by our independent registered public accounting firm. We have taken stepsa net decrease in equity-based compensation. Refer to remediate this material weakness and plan to takethe sections below for further steps in the future. Section 404 requires annual management assessmentsdescription of these changes.

Revenue

The following table summarizes revenue by product line for each of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Assuming that we continue to qualify as an emerging growth companyquarter and six month periods ended June 30:

   Quarter Ended
June 30,
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
   2013  2012  2013  2012 

3D printing machines and micromachinery

  $5,798     62.8 $1,527     32.7 $10,053     58.6 $1,527     20.6

3D printed products, materials and other services

   3,432     37.2  3,149     67.3  7,111     41.4  5,871     79.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $9,230     100.0 $4,676     100.0 $17,164     100.0 $7,398     100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenue for the next five years, we will be required to complyquarter ended June 30, 2013, was $9,230 compared with Section 404(b) at the time we file our annual report for 2018 with the SEC. As partrevenue of this process, we may identify specific internal controls as being deficient.

Results of Operations$4,676 for the Nine Monthsquarter ended September 30, 2011 and 2012

   Nine months ended
September 30, 2011
  Nine months ended
September 30, 2012
  Period-over-period change 
   (unaudited)  Nine months ended 
   Amount  of Revenue  Amount  of Revenue  September 30,2011 vs 2012 
         $ in thousands       

Statement of Income Data:

       

Revenue

  $12,571    100.0 $15,913    100.0 $3,342    26.6

Cost of sales

   9,327    74.2  10,018    63.0  691    7.4
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Gross profit

   3,244    25.8  5,895    37.0  2,651    81.7
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Operating expenses

       

Research and development

   1,146    9.1  1,179    7.4  33    2.9

Selling, general and administrative (includes non-cash equity based compensation of $7.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012)

   5,196    41.4  14,826    93.2  9,630    185.3
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   6,342    50.4  16,005    100.6  9,663    152.4
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loss from operations

   (3,098  (24.6)%   (10,110  (63.6)%   (7,012  (226.3)% 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Interest income

   (2  —      (2  —      —      —    

Interest expense

   1,188    9.5  542    3.4  (646  (54.4)% 

Other expense (income)

   34    0.3  (71  (0.4)%   (105  —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

   (4,318  (34.4)%   (10,579  (66.6)%   (6,261  (145.0)% 

Provision for income taxes

   709    5.6  171    1.1  (538  (75.9)% 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to the controlling and the noncontrolling interests

   (5,027  (40.0)%   (10,750  (67.7)%   (5,723  (113.8)% 

Less: Net income of noncontrolling interests

   244    1.9  320    2.0  76    31.1
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to the controlling interest

  $(5,271  (41.9)%  $(11,070  (69.7)%  $(5,799  (110.0)% 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net loss per unit(A):

       

Basic

  $(.53  $(1.21   

Diluted

  $(.53  $(1.21   

Machine Units Sold(B)

       

S 15

   2     1     

S Max

   1     4     

S Print

   1     —       
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total

   4     5     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

(A)The loss per unit for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 reflects the effect of the dividend accruing on the Class A preferred units of $1.0 million, or $0.10 per common unit, since February 2012.
(B)See “Business—Our Machines and Machine Platforms” for a description of the machines.

Summary

Revenues for the nine months ended SeptemberJune 30, 2012, increased $3.3 million compared to the same period in 2011an increase of $4,554, or 97.4%. This increase was principally due to a higher volume of machine sales of 3D printing machines and 3D printed parts These results reflected an increase of one machine sale period over period and higher volume sales at all our PSC locations. These changes are explained in greater detail in the “Revenues by Type” and “Revenue by Geographic Region”sections below.

Our gross profitmicromachinery (four for the nine monthsquarter ended SeptemberJune 30, 2012 of $5.9 million improved by $2.7 million compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2011. Our gross profit margin percentage also improved to 37.0% for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 from 25.8% for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. See “Gross Profit and Gross Profit Margins.”

For the nine months ended September 30, 2012, our loss from operations of $10.1 million increased $7.0 million from $3.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, due to a $7.7 million non-cash charge for equity based compensation. Excluding this charge, our performance improved by $0.7 million primarily attributable to higher revenues and gross margins that were partially offset by our operating expense increase. See “Loss from Operations.”

Revenue

The volume of both our machines and 3D printed products produced at our PSCs is currently the primary driver of our revenue growth. For nine months ended September 30, 2012 we sold five units2013 as compared to four units for nine months ended September 30, 2011. Price increases have affected our revenue to a lesser degree than volume however as a result of the introduction of our new higher priced S-Max model, our average revenue per machine has increased. During the nine months ended September 30, 2012 we sold 4 S-Max machines as compared to 1 S-Max machine sold during the same period in 2011. As used in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditions and Results of Operation, the price and mix effects below relate to changes in revenues that are not able to be specifically related to changes in unit volume.

Revenue by Type

The table below sets forth the major components of the change in revenues by typeone for the nine monthsquarter ended SeptemberJune 30, 2012 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2011:

   Machines  3D Printed Parts
Materials & Other
  Total 
   

$ in thousands

 

Revenue for the nine monthsended September 30, 2011

  $5,147    40.9 $7,424    59.1 $12,571    100.0

Change in Revenue -

       
       

Volume

   1,534     1,994     3,528   
       

Price/Mix

   220     —       220   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  
   1,754     1,994     3,748   

Foreign currency translation

   (191   (215   (406 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

Net change

   1,563     1,779     3,342   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

Revenue for thenine months ended September 30, 2012

  $6,710    42.2 $9,203    57.8 $15,913    100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

Revenue for machines increased by $1.6 million from $5.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 to $6.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012. The increase is primarily a result of one additional machine sale in the Americas for the nine months ended September 2012. We also saw an increase in price/mix of approximately $0.2 million2012) as result of higher priced S-Max models being sold during the nine months ended September 30, 2012. The price/mix was enough to offset the negative impact of a $0.2 million decrease in foreign currency, which resulted from a relative decline in the Euro from nine months ended 2011 to nine months ended 2012.

The revenue forwell as 3D printed products, materials and other for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 increased $1.8 million to $9.2 million from $7.4 million for the same period in 2011. Theservices based on a continued increase in non-machine revenue was due to increased volume of customer 3D printed products at our PSCs of $1.8 million, which increased in all threeacceptance of our global regions, the Americas, Europe and Asia, as further discussed below.

Revenue by Geographic Regionadditive manufacturing technologies.

The following table below sets forthsummarizes the majorsignificant components of the change in revenue by geographic regionproduct line for the nine monthsquarter ended SeptemberJune 30, 20112012 compared to the ninequarter ended June 30, 2013:

   3D printing
machines and
micromachinery
  3D printed
products,
materials and
other services
  Total 

Quarter Ended June 30, 2012

  $1,527   $3,149   $4,676  

Change in revenue attributed to:

    

Volume

   4,581    345    4,926  

Pricing and sales mix

   (310  —      (310

Foreign currency

   —      (62  (62
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   4,271    283    4,554  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Quarter Ended June 30, 2013

  $5,798   $3,432   $9,230  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Revenue for the six months ended SeptemberJune 30, 2012:

Revenue Variance – Geography

   Americas  Europe  Asia  Total 
             $ in thousands          

Revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2011

  $3,455     27.5 $4,580    36.4 $4,536    36.1 $12,571    100.0

Change in revenue -

          

Volume

   2,425      463     640     3,528   

Price/Mix

   —        798     (578   220   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  
   2,425      1,261     62     3,748   

Foreign currency translation

   —        (490   84     (406 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

Net change

   2,425      771     146     3,342   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

Revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2012

  $5,880     37.0 $5,351    33.6 $4,682    29.4 $15,913    100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

Our2013, was $17,164 compared with revenue of $7,398 for the ninesix months ended SeptemberJune 30, 2012, an increase of $9,766, or 132.0%. This increase was approximately even amongst all three key geographic regions. The Americas accountedprincipally due to a higher volume of sales of 3D printing machines and micromachinery (nine for a larger percentage of revenue for ninethe six months ended SeptemberJune 30, 2012 as result of higher 3D printed product volume and one more machine sale. Europe’s contribution remained relatively stable, with higher volume and price/mix being offset by unfavorable foreign currency translation. Asia’s contribution to revenue declined to less than 30.0% for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 from 36.1% for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 because it sold one used S-15 machine for less favorable pricing2013 as compared to the same period in 2011.

Machine production has increased during the first nine months of this year at our German facility, both for machines being installed at our PSCs and third party sales. At September 30, 2012, our deferred revenue and customer deposits was approximately $3.0 million, compared to $4.9 million at December 31, 2011. Deferred revenue reflects customer requested deliveries and prepaid deposits and would approximate the minimum backlog for machines only. We estimate the backlog at our Americas PSCs to be $2.8 million at September 30, 2012 and $2.4 million at September 30, 2011.

Gross Profit and Gross Profit Margins

The gross profit improved significantly from $3.2 millionone for the ninesix months ended SeptemberJune 30, 2011 to $5.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012, which was an 81.7% period over period improvement. The gross profit margin increased from 25.8% to 37.0% for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and September 30, 2012, respectively. The stronger performance was due to a heavier mix of higher margin machines and 3D printed products sales that were partially offset by lower overhead absorption2012) as discussed below.

The table below shows gross profit and gross profit margin for our machines and 3D printed product, consumables and other.

Gross Margin by Type

   Nine months ended
September 30, 2011
  Nine months ended
September 30, 2012
  Period-over-period change 
   Amount   Percentage
of Revenue
  Amount   Percentage
of Revenue
  Nine months ended
September 30, 2011 vs 2012
 
          $ in thousands        

Machines

  $2,876      55.9 $4,237      63.1 $1,361      47.3

3D printed parts, materials and other

   2,567      34.6  4,507      49.0  1,940      75.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal - Gross profit

   5,443      43.3  8,744      54.9  3,301      60.6

Underabsorbed overhead and all other(1)

   (2,199)     (17.5)%   (2,849)     (17.9)%   (650)     29.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total - Gross profit

  $3,244      25.8 $5,895      37.0 $2,651      81.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)“Other” represents warranty, license fees, commissions and production variances.

Excluding overhead absorption, product margin increased $3.3 million, from $5.4 million, or 43.3% of revenue, to $8.7 million, or 54.9% of revenue, for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and September 30, 2012, respectively.

The improvement in gross profit forwell as 3D printed products, materials and other was due to increased printingservices based on a continued increase in customer acceptance of 3D products at our PSCs as gross profit improvedadditive manufacturing technologies.

The following table summarizes the significant components of the change in revenue by $1.8 million from $0.9 million to $2.7 millionproduct line for the ninesix months ended September 30, 2011 and September 30, 2012 respectively. The primary reason for this improvement was the installation of more efficient machines (the new S-Max) at the PSCs to replace the first generation S-15 machines.

The increase in machine gross profit from 55.9% for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 to 63.1% for the nine months ended September 30, 2012, was due to the mix of machines sold. This resulted from the higher margin earned on the new S-Max as compared to the older S-15 model.

The under-absorbed overhead and all other was higher by $0.7 million, an increase of 29.5%, for the nine months ended SeptemberJune 30, 2012 compared to $2.2 millionthe six months ended June 30, 2013:

   3D printing
machines and
micromachinery
  3D printed
products,
materials and
other services
  Total 

Six Months Ended June 30, 2012

  $1,527   $5,871   $7,398  

Change in revenue attributed to:

    

Volume

   12,216    1,448    13,664  

Pricing and sales mix

   (3,690  —      (3,690

Foreign currency

   —      (208  (208
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   8,526    1,240    9,766  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Six Months Ended June 30, 2013

  $10,053   $7,111   $17,164  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The following table summarizes 3D printing machines and micromachinery sold by type for each of the quarter and six month periods ended June 30 (refer to the “Our Machines and Machine Platforms” section of “Business” for a description of 3D printing machines and micromachinery by type):

   Quarter Ended
June 30,
   Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
   2013   2012   2013   2012 

Machine units sold:

        

S-Max

   4     1     6     1  

S-Print

   —       —       1     —    

M-Lab

   —       —       1     —    

Orion

   —       —       1     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   4     1     9     1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of Sales and Gross Profit

Cost of sales for the ninequarter ended June 30, 2013 was $5,049 compared with cost of sales of $3,153 for the quarter ended June 30, 2012, an increase of $1,896, or 60.1%. Cost of sales as a percentage of revenue was 54.7% for the quarter ended June 30, 2013 compared with 67.4% for the quarter ended June 30, 2012, a decrease of 12.7%.

Gross profit for the quarter ended June 30, 2013 was $4,181 compared with gross profit of $1,523 for the quarter ended June 30, 2012, an increase of $2,658, or 174.5%. Gross profit percentage was 45.3% for the quarter ended June 30, 2013, compared with 32.6% for the quarter ended June 30, 2012, an increase of 12.7%. This increase was principally due to volume increases in sales of 3D printing machines and an increase in productivity for the quarter ended June 30, 2013, compared with June 30, 2012 (see table above).

Cost of sales for the six months ended SeptemberJune 30, 2011. Additionally,2013 was $10,145 compared with cost of sales of $5,059 for the unfavorable under-absorbed overhead variancesix months ended June 30, 2012, an increase of $0.7 million is$5,086, or 100.5%. Cost of sales as a percentage of revenue was 59.1% for the six months ended June 30, 2013 compared with 68.4% for the six months ended June 30, 2012, a decrease of 9.3%.

Gross profit for the six months ended June 30, 2013 was $7,019 compared with gross profit of $2,339 for the six months ended June 30, 2012, an increase of $4,680, or 200.1%. Gross profit percentage was 40.9% for the six months ended June 30, 2013, compared with 31.6% for the six months ended June 30, 2012, an increase of 9.3%. This increase was principally due to volume increases in sales of 3D printing machines and an increase in productivity for the production capacity at our PSCs (as well as our machine manufacturing facilities in Germany and the United States) exceeding the current customer demand. Some PSC overcapacity is the result of installing new, high-capacity S-Max machines at our PSCs. While the short-term impact of S-Max machine installations is excess capacity, the new machines will enable us to take advantage of growing demand over time. A portion of the fixed overhead associatedsix months ended June 30, 2013, compared with these facilities is being recognized as a period expense rather than being capitalized into the product cost. We expect our volume of machines produced and 3D products printed to increase as our expected customer demand reduces excess capacity over time.June 30, 2012 (see table above).

Operating Expenses

As shown inThe following table summarizes the table below, totalsignificant components of operating expenses increased by $9.7 million to 100.6%for each of revenue ($2.0 million or 52.2%, excluding the non-cash charge for equity based compensation)quarter and six month periods ended June 30:

   Quarter Ended
June 30,
   Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
   2013   2012   2013   2012 

Research and development

  $1,276    $348    $2,132    $832  

Selling, general and administrative

   3,908     4,262     7,476     5,948  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $5,184    $4,610    $9,608    $6,780  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses for the nine monthsquarter ended SeptemberJune 30, 2013, were $5,184 compared with operating expenses of $4,610 for the quarter ended June 30, 2012, compared to 50.4% in for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, largely due to a $7.7 million non-cash charge for equity based compensation. Excluding this charge, total operatingan increase of $574, or 12.5%. Operating expenses

increased by $1.9 million to $8.3 million or 52.0% of revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to 50.4% or $6.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, reflecting higher selling, general and administrative expenses discussed below.

   Nine months ended  Nine months ended       
   September 30, 2011  September 30, 2012  Period-over-period  change
Nine months ended
September 30, 2011 vs 2012
       Percentage      Percentage  
   Amount   of Revenue  Amount   of Revenue  
   $ in thousands

Research and Development

  $1,146     9.1 $1,179     7.4 $33        2.9%

Selling, General and Administrative

   5,196     41.3  14,826     93.2  9,630    185.3%
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

Total

  $6,342     50.4 $16,005     100.6 $9,663    152.4%
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased by $9.6 million to $14.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 primarily due to the $7.7 million non-cash charge for equity based compensation. As as a percentage of revenue selling, general and administrative expenses were 93.2% (47% excluding the non-cash charge for equity based compensation) and 41.3%56.2% for the nine monthsquarter ended SeptemberJune 30, 2013, compared with 98.6% for the quarter ended June 30, 2012, a decrease of 42.4%.

Research and development expenses for the nine monthsquarter ended SeptemberJune 30, 2011, respectively. Additionally,2013, were $1,276 compared with research and development expenses of $348 for the quarter ended June 30, 2012, an increase of $928, or 266.7%. This increase was primarily due to (i) increased costs associated with our materials qualification activities, including additional research and development headcount and facilities costs associated with our new materials development laboratory in selling,the United States and (ii) continued investment in enhancing our 3D printing machine and micromachinery technology.

Selling, general and administrative expenses for the nine monthsquarter ended SeptemberJune 30, 2012 is due to non-recurring audit and professional services fees of $0.7 million and employee related benefits (salary, benefits, training and travel and entertainment), as a result of the increase in2013, were $3,908 compared with selling, general and administrative expenses of $4,262 for the quarter ended June 30, 2012, a decrease of $354, or 8.3%. This decrease was principally due to the absence of an equity-based compensation expense of $1,785 during the quarter ended June 30, 2012 associated with the sale of common units by the majority member of the former limited liability company to another existing member of the former limited liability company. Offsetting this amount were increases in (i) professional service fees (including legal, audit and other consulting expenses), (ii) personnel costs associated with an increased headcount (including salaries and related benefits) in making the transition from 54 at December 31, 2011a private company to 66 at September 30, 2012.a publicly traded company and (iii) selling costs (principally selling commissions for machine sale transactions).

Loss from Operations

ForOperating expenses for the ninesix months ended SeptemberJune 30, 2013, were $9,608 compared with operating expenses of $6,780 for the six months ended June 30, 2012, our loss from operationsan increase of $10.1 million increased by $7.0 million compared to$2,828, or 41.7%. Operating expenses as a percentage of revenue were 56.0% for the ninesix months ended SeptemberJune 30, 2011. This reflects2013, compared with 91.6% for the six months ended June 30, 2012, a decrease of 35.6%.

Research and development expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2013, were $2,132 compared with research and development expenses of $832 for the six months ended June 30, 2012, an increase of $1,300 or 156.3%. This increase was primarily due to (i) increased costs associated with our materials qualification activities, including additional research and development headcount and facilities costs associated with our new materials development laboratory in operating costs of $9.7 million (including the $7.7 million non-cash equity based compensation change) partially offset by the improved gross profit of $2.7 million.United States and (ii) continued investment in enhancing our 3D printing machine and micromachinery technology.

The following table shows the loss from operations by geographic areaSelling, general and administrative expenses for the ninesix months ended SeptemberJune 30, 20122013, were $7,476 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2011:

Income (Loss) from Operations

   Nine months ended
September 30,
  Period-over-period change 
   2011  2012  Amount  Percentage
of Revenue
 
   $ in thousands 

Americas

  $(3,684 $(10,834 $(7,150  (194.1)% 

Europe

   1,840    1,400    (440  (23.9)% 

Asia

   (37  (133  (96  (259.5)% 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Subtotal

   (1,881  (9,567  (7,686  (408.6)% 

Inter-segment elimination

   (1,217  (543  674    55.4
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  $(3,098 $(10,110 $(7,012  (226.3)% 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

All three geographic regions were impacted by continuing infrastructure investment, as additional resources continue to be added, resulting in higherwith selling, general and administrative costs. Additionally, the following factors are specific to the regions:

Americas: The higher operating lossexpenses of $10.8 million$5,948 for the ninesix months ended SeptemberJune 30, 2012, compared to $3.7 million for the same period in 2011, an increase of $7.2 million, includes a non-cash equity based compensation charge of $7.7 million. Excluding this charge, the operating loss improved $0.6 million,$1,528, or 25.7%. This increase was principally due to (i) higher professional service fees (including legal, audit and other consulting expenses), (ii) increased personnel costs associated with an increased headcount (including salaries and related benefits) in making the transition from a higher volumeprivate company to a publicly traded company and (iii) increased selling costs (principally selling commissions for machine sale transactions).

Offsetting these increases were the absence of machines and 3D printed product foran equity-based compensation expense of $1,785 during the ninesix months ended SeptemberJune 30, 2012.

Europe and Asia: In general, variances resulted primarily from changes in machine sales volume, transfer pricing and foreign currency translation.

Factors specific2012 associated with the sale of common units by the majority member of the former limited liability company to another existing member of the regions include:

Europe — The lower income from operations was primarily the result of an increase in production and selling, general and administrative costs as resources were increased during 2012 to support the increasing demand for machines and 3D printed product.

Asia — The increase in the loss from operations was the result of a lower priced machine sale and an increase in production and selling, general and administrative costs as resources were increased during 2012 to support the increasing demand machines and 3D printed product.

The inter-region eliminations relate to the profit on inter-company sales of machines and 3D printed product and other between Europe, Americas, and Asia.former limited liability company.

Interest Expense

Interest expense amounted to $0.5 million for the nine monthsquarter ended SeptemberJune 30, 2013, was $50 compared with interest expense of $110 for the quarter ended June 30, 2012, a decrease of $0.6 million from$60, or 54.5%. This decrease was principally due to a lower average outstanding debt balance for the ninequarter ended June 30, 2013, as compared to the quarter ended June 30, 2012, mostly due to the absence of advances on the demand note payable to member during the quarter ended June 30, 2013.

Interest expense for the six months ended SeptemberJune 30, 2011. The primary reason2013, was $280 compared with interest expense of $308 for the six months ended June 30, 2012, a decrease of $28, or 9.1%. This decrease was principally due to a lower average outstanding debt balance for the conversionsix months ended June 30, 2013, as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2012, mostly due to decreased average amounts outstanding on the demand note payable to member.

Other (Income) Expense — Net

Other (income) expense — net for the quarter ended June 30, 2013 was ($5) compared with other (income) expense — net of $18 for the Redeemable Class A preferred unitsquarter ended June 30, 2012. The change of $23 was mostly due to Class A preferred unitsan increase in interest income during the quarter ended June 30, 2013 based on a higher average depository balance of cash on-hand following completion of our initial public offering in February 2012. This was partially offset by the interest on the $2.7 million in loans2013.

Other (income) expense — net for the purchasesix months ended June 30, 2013 was ($64) compared with other (income) expense — net of ($27) for the six months ended June 30, 2012. The increase of ($37) was mostly due to an increase in interest income during the first half of 2013 based on a higher average depository balance of cash on-hand following completion of our North Huntingdon, Pennsylvania headquarters facility and demand notes issued pursuant to the Rockwell Line of Credit. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”initial public offering in February 2013.

Provision for Income Taxes

We recordedThe provision for income tax expense of $0.7 million and $0.2 milliontaxes for the nine monthsquarters ended SeptemberJune 30, 20112013 and 2012 was $72 and $246, respectively, and related entirely to the taxable income of ExOne GmbH. The effective tax rate for the quarters ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 was 106.9% and107.7%, respectively. For the quarter ended June 30, 2013, the effective tax rate differs from the U.S. federal statutory rate of 34.0% primarily due to our German operations, which reportednet changes in valuation allowances for the period. For the quarter ended June 30, 2012, the effective tax rate differs from the U.S. federal statutory rate of 34.0% primarily due to the effects of (i) limited liability company losses not subject to tax and (ii) net changes in valuation allowances for the period.

The provision for income taxes for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 was $91 and $234, respectively, and related entirely to the taxable income of ExOne GmbH. The effective tax rate for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 was 103.2% and 105.0%, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2013, the effective tax rate differs from the U.S. federal statutory rate of 34.0% primarily due to net changes in both periods. The United States experienced significantvaluation allowances for the period. For the six months ended June 30, 2012, the effective tax rate differs from the U.S. federal statutory rate of 34.0% primarily due to the effects of (i) limited liability company losses not subject to tax and (ii) net changes in valuation allowances for the period.

We have provided a valuation allowance for our net deferred tax assets as a result of our inability to generate consistent net operating losses (see above) but there wereprofits in jurisdictions in which we operate. As such, any benefit from deferred taxes in either quarterly period has been fully offset by changes in the valuation allowance for net deferred tax assets. We continue to assess our future taxable income by jurisdiction based on (i) our recent historical operating results (ii) the expected timing of reversal of temporary differences (iii) various tax planning strategies that we

may be able to enact in future periods (iv) the impact of potential operating changes on our business and (v) our forecast results from operations in future periods based on available information at the end of each reporting period. To the extent that we are able to reach the conclusion that deferred tax assets are realizable based on any combination of the above factors, a reversal of existing valuation allowances may occur.

Noncontrolling Interests

There was no net income tax benefitsattributable to noncontrolling interests for statethe quarter ended June 30, 2013 following the acquisition of net assets in the related variable interest entities, completed during the quarter ended March 31, 2013. Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests was $148 for the quarter ended June 30, 2012.

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests for the six months ended June 30, 2013, was $138 compared with net income attributable to noncontrolling interests of $182 for the six months ended June 30, 2012, a decrease of $44, or 24.2%. This decrease was principally the result of the acquisition of net assets of the variable interest entities referenced above.

Other Financial Information

We define Adjusted EBITDA (earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and federalamortization) as net income taxes(loss) attributable to ExOne (as calculated under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”)) plus net income (loss) of noncontrolling interests, provision (benefit) for income taxes, interest expense, depreciation, equity-based compensation associated with our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan and other (income) expense — net. Disclosure in either year becausethis prospectus of Adjusted EBITDA, which is a non-GAAP financial measure, as defined under the rules of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), is intended as a supplemental measure of our performance that is not required by, or presented in accordance with, GAAP. Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to net income (loss) attributable to ExOne or any other performance measure derived in accordance with GAAP. Our presentation of Adjusted EBITDA should not be construed to imply that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or non-recurring items.

We believe Adjusted EBITDA is meaningful to our investors to enhance their understanding of our financial performance. Although Adjusted EBITDA is not necessarily a measure of our ability to fund our cash needs, we areunderstand that it is frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties as a measure of financial performance and to compare our performance with the performance of other companies that report Adjusted EBITDA. Our calculation of Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies.

Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to Net Loss Attributable to ExOne

   Quarter Ended
June 30,
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
   2013  2012  2013  2012 

Net loss attributable to ExOne

  $(1,120 $(3,609 $(3,034 $(5,138

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

   —      148    138    182  

Interest expense

   50    110    280    308  

Provision for income taxes

   72    246    91    234  

Depreciation

   524    421    1,096    805  

Equity-based compensation*

   200    —      311    —    

Other (income) expense — net

   (5  18    (64  (27
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $(279 $(2,666 $(1,182 $(3,636
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

*As noted above, amounts reflected for equity-based compensation relate solely to expense incurred in connection with equity-based awards granted under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. During both the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2012, we incurred $1,785 of equity-based compensation expense related to the sale of common units by the majority member of the former limited liability company to another existing member of the former limited liability company. We have elected not to consider the related equity-based compensation in measuring Adjusted EBITDA for the respective 2012 periods.

The significant changes in the reconciling items between Adjusted EBITDA and net loss attributable to ExOne for the quarter ended June 30, 2013, compared to the quarter ended June 30, 2012, include (i) a decrease in net income attributable to noncontrolling interests as a result of the acquisition of the related variable interest entities during the quarter ended March 31, 2013, (ii) a decrease in interest expense of $60 associated with a lower average outstanding debt balance for the quarter ended June 30, 2013, (iii) a decrease in the provision for income taxes of $174 associated with changes in the taxable income of ExOne GmbH, (iv) an increase in depreciation expense of $103 attributed to an increase in 3D printing machines in-service in 2013 as compared to 2012 and (v) an increase in equity-based compensation of $200 based on the adoption of the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan and subsequent issuance of incentive stock options and restricted stock during the quarter ended March 31, 2013.

The significant changes in the reconciling items between Adjusted EBITDA and net loss attributable to ExOne for the six months ended June 30, 2013, compared to the six months ended June 30, 2012, include (i) a decrease in the provision for income taxes of $143 associated with changes in the taxable income of ExOne GmbH, (ii) an increase in depreciation expense of $291 attributed to an increase in 3D printing machines in-service in 2013 as compared to 2012 and (iii) an increase in equity-based compensation of $311 based on the adoption of the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan and subsequent issuance of incentive stock options and restricted stock during the quarter ended March 31, 2013.

Impact of Inflation

Our results of operations and financial condition are presented based on historical cost. While it is difficult to accurately measure the impact of inflation due to the imprecise nature of the estimates required, we believe the effects of inflation, if any, on our results of operations and financial condition are not significant.

Results of Operations — Year Ended December 31, 2012 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2011 and Year Ended December 31, 2011 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2010

Net Loss Attributable to the Controlling InterestExOne

We experiencedNet loss attributable to ExOne for 2012 was $10,168 compared with a net loss attributable to ExOne of $5.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, compared to a net loss of $11.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012.$8,037 in 2011. The principal reasons for the $5.8 million increase in our net loss for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 are discussed in more detail above. Excluding the non-cash equity based compensation charge of $7.7 million, the net loss would be $3.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012. Our basic and diluted net loss per unit was ($0.53) and $1.21 for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012, respectively.

Results of Operations for 2010 and 2011

The following table sets forth certain consolidated statements of income data as a percentage of revenues for the periods indicated:

   Twelve Months Ended       
   December 31, 2010  December 31, 2011       
      Percentage     Percentage  Period-over-period change 
   Amount  of Revenues  Amount  of Revenues  2011 vs 2010 
   $ in thousands    

Statement of Income Data:

       

Revenue

  $13,440    100.0 $15,290    100.0 $1,850    13.8

Cost of sales

   10,374    77.2    11,647    76.2    1,273    12.3  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Gross profit

   3,066    22.8    3,643    23.8    577    18.8  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Operating expenses

       

Research and development

   1,153    8.6    1,531    10.0    378    32.8  

Selling, general and administrative

   5,978    44.5    7,286    47.7    1,308    21.9  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   7,131    53.1    8,817    57.7    1,686    23.6  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loss from operations

   (4,065  (30.2  (5,174  (33.8  (1,110  (27.3

Interest income

   (1  —      (3  —      (2  (288.6

Interest expense

   1,115    8.3    1,569    10.3    455    40.8  

Other income

   (197  (1.5  (154  (1.0  42    21.5  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

   (4,982  (37.1  (6,586  (43.1  (1,604  (32.2

Provision for income taxes

   198    1.5    1,031    6.7    833    420.7  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to the controlling and the noncontrolling interests

   (5,180  (38.5  (7,617  (49.8  (2,437  (47.1

Less: Net income of noncontrolling interest

   328    2.4    420    2.7    92    28.0  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to the controlling interest

  $(5,508  (41.0)%  $(8,037  (52.6)%  $(2,529  (45.9)% 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loss per unit:

       

Basic

  $(0.55  $(0.80   

Diluted

  $(0.55  $(0.80   

Machine Units Sold(A)

       

S 15

   2     2     

S Max

   2     1     

S Print

   —       1     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total

   4     4     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

(A)See “Business — Our Machines and Machine Platforms” for a description of the machines.

Summary

Revenue for 2011 increased primarily due to higher sales of the 3D printed products, materials and other. Our revenues increased by $1.8 million or 13.8% to $15.3 million in 2011 from $13.4 million in 2010. We believe that the increased demand for our 3D printed products was principally due to an increase in familiarity withour operating expenses from 2012 compared to 2011 principally due to a non-recurring equity-based compensation charge and professional service fees incurred in preparation for our initial public offering. Offsetting the impact of the increase in operating expenses, were (i) increases in our revenue and gross profit as a result of a significant increase in 3D printing duemachine sales for 2012 compared to 2011 and a reduction in license fee expense as a result of the amendment to our educational efforts. Also, we saw strong results fromagreement with MIT and (ii) a decrease in interest expense as a result of a lower average outstanding debt balance. Refer to the automotive, energy and aerospace industries becausesections below for further description of these industries were early adopters of this technology andchanges.

Net loss attributable to a lesser degree because of the continued worldwide economic recovery in those sectors in 2011. These changes are explained in greater detail in the“Revenue by Type” and“Revenue by Geographic Region,” below.

Our gross profitExOne for 2011 increased by $0.6 million or 18.8%was $8,037 compared with a net loss attributable to $3.6 million from $3.1 millionExOne of $5,508 in 2010. Our higher gross profit for 2011 arose primarily from an increase in sales. In addition, our gross profit margin percentage increased a full percentage point to 23.8% in 2011 from 22.8% in 2010. See “Gross Profit and Gross Profit Margins,” below.

For 2011, our loss from operations increased by $1.1 million to $5.2 million compared to an operating loss of $4.1 million in 2010. This was primarily due to the $1.7 million increase in spending for operating expenses. See “Loss from Operations,” below.

Revenue by Type

The table below sets forth the major components of the change in Revenue by Type for 2010 compared to 2011:

   Machines  Percentage
of revenue
  3D Printed Parts
Materials &
Other
   Percentage
of Revenue
  Total  Percentage
of Revenue
 
   $ in thousands    

2010 Revenue

  $5,622    41.8 $7,818     58.2 $13,440    100.0

Change in revenue -

        

Volume

   —       1,962      1,962   

Price/Mix

   (487   —        (487 
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

  
   (487   1,962      1,475   

Foreign currency translation

   271     104      375   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

  

Net change

   (216   2,066      1,850   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

  

2011 Revenue

  $5,406    35.4 $9,884     64.6 $15,290    100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

  

Revenue of machines for 2011 decreased to $5.4 million from $5.6 million for 2010. The total number of units sold were the same in both periods (Asia sold one more machine and Europe one less machine), but a higher priced unit was purchased by a customer in 2010.

Revenue of 3D printed products, consumables and other for 2011 increased to $9.9 million from $7.8 million for 2010. The increase in non-machine revenuesour net loss was principally due to increased volumeincreases in operating expenses (mostly personnel costs associated with a higher headcount), an increase in interest expense as a result of customer 3D printed products, totaling $1.2 million at our PSCs as all three of our geographic regions experienced increases.

Revenue by Geographic Region

The table below sets forth the major components of the change in revenues by geographic area for 2010 compared to 2011:

   Americas  Europe  Asia  Total 
   $ in thousands 

2010 Revenue

  $3,936     29.3 $6,909    51.4 $2,595     19.3 $13,440     100.0

Change in revenue -

            

Volume

   651      (1,212   1,811      1,250    

Price/Mix

   —        —          —      
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   
   651      (1,212   1,811      1,250    

Foreign currency translation

   —        (19   619      600    
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Net change

   651      (1,231   2,430      1,850    
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

2011 Revenue

  $4,587     30.0 $5,678    37.1 $5,025     32.9 $15,290     100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Our revenue mix was almost equally balanced among our three geographic regions in 2011, while in 2010 Europe comprised more than half of revenue. Asia’s revenue increased $2.4 million due to the sale of one more machine ($1.6 million) in 2011 compared to 2010a higher average outstanding debt balance and higher production of customer products at its PSC ($0.4 million). This resulted in part from the installation of an additional machine at our Asia PSC. Also, the foreign currency translation of the Japanese Yen for the Asia region resulted in a favorable foreign currency impact. Revenueincrease in the Americas improved by $0.7 millionprovision for income taxes due to higher production of customer 3D printed products at the region’s PSCs ($1.3 million) resultingtaxable income for our German operations. These increases were offset by improvements in part from the installation of three additional machines. Europe’s decline in revenue of 17.8% or $1.2 million after a strong 2010 wasour gross profit as a result of the sale of one less machine (at a price of $1.6 million)an increase in 2011 compared to 2010.

Gross Profit and Gross Profit Margins

Total gross profit for 2011 increased by $0.6 million, reflecting the higher volume of 3D printing for customers at our PSCs in 2011 compared to 2010. Our gross profit margin increased by 1.0 percentage point from 2010 to 2011 becausesales of the higher mix of 3D printing, materials and other in 2011 compared to 2010, the mix of machines purchased by customers in 2010 compared to 2011 partially offset by higher under-absorbed overhead in 2011 compared to 2010.

The table below sets forth gross profit and gross profit margin for our machines and services and consumables.

   Twelve Months Ended  
   December 31, 2010 December 31, 2011  
      Gross Margin    Gross Margin Period-over-
   Amount  Percentage Amount  Percentage period change
   $ in thousands

Machines

  $2,740   48.7% $2,482   45.9% $(258)

3D printed parts, materials and other

   2,765   35.3%  3,811   38.6% 1,046
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Subtotal - Gross profit

   5,505   41.0%  6,293   41.2% 788

Underabsorbed overhead & other(1)

   (2,439 (18.1)%  (2,650 (17.3)% (211)
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total - Gross profit

  $3,066   22.8% $3,643   23.8% $577
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)Other includes production variances, licensing fees and warranty costs.

Gross profit for machines decreased to $2.5 million in 2011 from $2.7 million in 2010, while the gross profit margin declined by 2.8 percentage points in 2011 to 45.9% from 48.7% in 2010. This decrease in gross profit margin resulted from the sale of a lower-priced, lower-margin machine in 2011.

Gross profit for 3D printed products, materials and other improvedservices. Refer to the sections below for further description of these changes.

Revenue

The following table summarizes revenue by $1.0 millionproduct line for each of the years ending December 31:

   2012  2011  2010 

3D printing machines and micromachinery

  $15,668     54.7 $5,406     35.4 $5,622     41.8

3D printed products, materials and other services

   12,989     45.3  9,884     64.6  7,818     58.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $28,657     100.0 $15,290     100.0 $13,440     100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenue for 2012 was $28,657 compared with revenue of $15,290 in 2011, an increase of $13,367, or 87.4%. This increase was principally due to a higher volume of sales of 3D printing machines (13 in 2012 as compared to 5 in 2011) as well as 3D printed products, materials and other services.

The following table summarizes the significant components of the change in revenue by product line for 2012 compared to 2011:

   3D printing
machines and
micromachinery
  3D printed
products,
materials and
other services
  Total 

2011

  $5,406   $9,884   $15,290  

Change in revenue attributed to:

    

Volume

   10,360    3,388    13,748  

Pricing and sales mix

   95    —      95  

Foreign currency

   (193  (283  (476
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   10,262    3,105    13,367  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

2012

  $15,668   $12,989   $28,657  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Revenue for 2011 was $15,290 compared with revenue of $13,440 in 2010, an increase of $1,850, or 13.8%. This increase was principally due to a higher volume of sales of 3D printed products, materials and other services.

The following table summarizes the significant components of the change in revenue by product line for 2011 compared to 2010:

   3D printing
machines and
micromachinery
  3D printed
products,
materials and
other services
   Total 

2010

  $5,622   $7,818    $13,440  

Change in revenue attributed to:

     

Volume

   —      1,962     1,962  

Pricing and sales mix

   (487  —       (487

Foreign currency

   271    104     375  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   (216  2,066     1,850  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

2011

  $5,406   $9,884    $15,290  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table summarizes 3D printing machines sold by type for each of the years ending December 31 (see “Business — Our Machines and Machine Platforms” for a description of 3D printing machines by type):

    2012   2011   2010 

Machine units sold:

      

S-15

   1     2     2  

S-Max

   9     1     2  

S-Print

   3     1     —    

Other

   —       1     1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   13     5     5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of Sales and Gross Profit

Cost of sales for 2012 was $16,514 compared with cost of sales of $11,647 in 2011, an increase of $4,867, or 41.8%. Cost of sales as a percentage of revenue was 57.6% for 2012 compared with 76.2% in 2011, a decrease of 18.6%.

Cost of sales for 2011 was $11,647 compared with cost of sales of $10,374 in 2010, an increase of $1,273, or 12.3%. Cost of sales as a percentage of revenue was 76.2% for 2011 compared with 77.2% in 2010, a decrease of 1.0%.

Gross profit for 2012 was $12,143 compared with gross profit margin increasing 3.3of $3,643 in 2011, an increase of $8,500, or 233.4%. Gross profit percentage points to 38.6% from 35.3%was 42.4% for 2012 compared with 23.8% in 2010.2011, an increase of 18.6%. This increase was primarilyprincipally due to the increase in sales3D printing machine volume for 2012 compared with 2011 (see table above) and lower production costsa reduction in our license fees of 3D printed parts for customers at our PSCs.

The under-absorbed overhead was$625 mostly due to the production capacity atamendment to our agreement with MIT. See “Business — Intellectual Property — Patents and MIT Licenses.”

Gross profit for 2011 was $3,643 compared with gross profit of $3,066 in 2010, an increase of $577, or 18.8%. Gross profit percentage was 23.8% for 2011 compared with 22.8% in 2010, an increase of 1.0%. This increase was principally due to (i) a favorable mix of sales in our PSCs (as(lower cost) as well as our machine manufacturing facilities in Germany and the United States) exceeding current customer demand. A portion of the fixed overhead associated with these facilities is being recognized as a period expense rather than being capitalized into the product cost. We expect our(ii) increased volume of machines produced and 3D products printed to increase asactivity in our expected customer demand reduces this excess capacity over time.PSCs resulting in more efficient use of our fixed overhead.

Operating Expenses

As shown inThe following table summarizes the table below, totalsignificant components of operating expenses increased by $1.7 million to $8.8 million for each of the years ending December 31:

   2012   2011   2010 

Research and development

  $1,930    $1,531    $1,153  

Selling, general and administrative

   18,285     7,286     5,978  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $20,215    $8,817    $7,131  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses for 2012 were $20,215 compared with operating expenses of $8,817 in 2011, from $7.1 million for 2010, and increased to 57.7%an increase of $11,398, or 129.3%. Operating expenses as a percentage of revenue were 70.5% for 2012 compared to 53.1%with 57.7% in 2010. This2011, an increase was due to a $0.4 million increase inof 12.8%.

Research and development expenses for 2012 were $1,930 compared with research and development expenses of $1,531 in 2011, an increase of $399, or 26.1%. This increase was mostly due to (i) continued investment in our 3D printing machine technology and a $1.3 million increase in(ii) increased costs associated with our materials qualification activities.

Selling, general and administrative expenses for 2012 were $18,285 compared with selling, general and administrative expenses whichof $7,286 in 2011, an increase of $10,999, or 150.1%. This increase was principally due to an equity-based compensation charge of $7,735 associated with the sale of common units of the former limited liability company to certain members of executive management. In addition, we incurred professional service fees (including legal, audit and other consulting expenses) of $2,328 in 2012 as compared to $469 in 2011. This increase is discussed below. mostly attributable to costs incurred in preparation for our initial public offering, finalized in February 2013.

Operating expenses for 2011 were $8,817 compared with operating expenses of $7,131 in 2010, an increase of $1,686, or 23.6%. Operating expenses as a percentage of revenue were 57.7% for 2011 compared with 53.1% in 2010, an increase of 4.6%.

Research and development spending increasedexpenses for 2011 were $1,531 compared with research and development expenses of $1,153 in 2010, an increase of $378, or 32.8%. This increase was mostly due to continued investment to further developin our 3D printing machine technology.

   Twelve Months Ended        
   December 31, 2010  December 31, 2011        
       Percentage      Percentage  Period-over-period
change
 
   Amount   of Revenue  Amount   of Revenue  Amount   Percentage 
   $ in thousands     

Operating expenses

          

Research and development

  $1,153     8.6 $1,531     10.0 $   378     32.8

Selling, general and administrative

     5,978     44.5    7,286     47.7    1,308     21.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $7,131     53.1  $8,817     57.7  $1,686     23.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased by $1.3 million to $7.3 million infor 2011 from $6.0 million in 2010. As a percentage of revenue,were $7,286 compared with selling, general and administrative expenses were 44.5% and 47.7%of $5,978 in 2010, and 2011, respectively.

The $1.3 millionan increase in selling, general and administrative expenses in 2011of $1,308, or 21.9%. This increase was primarilyprincipally due to a $1.0 million increase in employee relatedemployee-related costs (salary,(salaries, benefits training and travel and entertainment) partially due to the increase in selling, general and administrative headcount.

Loss from Operations

Operating losses increased $1.1 million to $5.2 million in 2011 from $4.1 million in 2010. This was primarily due to the $1.3 million increase in selling, general and administrative expenses (see above)travel) as we continue to invest in intellectual capital by recruiting, hiring, training and retaining personnel who will contribute to the planned growth of the company in the long-term.

The following table sets forth income (loss) from operations by geographic region for 2010 and 2011.

   Twelve Months Ended  Period-over-
period
change
 
   December 31,  
   2010  2011  
   $ in thousands 

Americas

  $(4,772 $(3,532 $1,240  

Europe

   1,695    1,237    (458

Asia

   (490  (420  70  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Subtotal

   (3,567  (2,715  852  

Inter-region elimination

   (498  (2,459  (1,961
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  $(4,065 $(5,174 $(1,109
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

All three geographic regions are being impacted by our continuing infrastructure investment as additional resources continue to be added to the organization resulting in higher selling, general and administrative expenses, but with respect to factors specific to the individual regions:

Americas. The improvement of $1.2 million is a result of revenues from the printing of 3D parts increasing by over 50% as the PSCs’ operations are beginning to mature.

Europe and Asia. In general, variances resulted primarily from changesan increase in machine sales volume, transfer pricing and foreign currency translation. Factors specific to the regions include:

Europe – The lower income from operations was the result of the sale of one less machine in 2011 compared to 2010.

Asia – The reduction in the loss from operations was the result of the sale of an additional machine in 2011 compared to 2010.

The inter-region eliminations relate to the profit on the sale of machines from Europe to Asia and the Americas.headcount.

Interest Expense

Interest expense amountedfor 2012 was $842 compared with interest expense of $1,570 in 2011, a decrease of $728, or 46.4%. This decrease was principally due to $1.6 milliona lower average outstanding debt balance in 2012 as compared to 2011, mostly due to the conversion of amounts payable on our demand note payable to member to redeemable preferred units.

Interest expense for 2011 was $1,570 compared with interest expense of $1,114 in 2010, an increase of $456, or 40.9%. This increase was principally due to a higher average outstanding debt balance in 2011 as compared to 2010, mostly due to (i) additional equipment loans added in 2011 and (ii) increased borrowings from our majority member of approximately $3,939. The demand note payable to member accrued interest at 8.0% during both 2011 and 2010.

Other (Income) Expense — Net

Other (income) expense — net for 2012 was ($221) compared with other (income) expense — net of ($158) in 2011, an increase of $0.5 million from $1.1 million$63, or 39.9%. Other (income) expense — net for 2011 was ($158) compared with other (income) expense — net of ($197) in 2010. The primary reason for the increase was additional equipment loans2010, a decrease of $39, or 19.8%. Changes in 2011 and an increaseother (income) expense — net were mostly due to net changes in outstanding borrowings from our majority member.foreign currency exchange impacts.

Provision for Income Taxes

We recordedThe provision for income taxes for 2012 was $995 compared with a provision for income taxes of $1,031 in 2011, a decrease of $36, or 3.5%. This decrease was due to a reduction in expense associated with uncertain tax expensepositions in 2012 compared to 2011 for our German operations.

The provision for income taxes for 2011 was $1,031 compared with a provision for income taxes of $0.2 million and $1.0 million$198 in 2010, and 2011, respectively, primarilyan increase of $833, or 420.7%. This increase was due to Germany as it reportedan increase in taxable income in both periods. Japan experienced operating losses2011 compared to 2010 for our German operations.

Noncontrolling Interests

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests for 2012 was $480 compared with net income attributable to noncontrolling interests of $420 in both periods2011, an increase of $60, or 14.3%. This increase was principally due to additional rental income (rental expense for us) associated with 3D printing machines purchased by our variable interest entities, Lone Star and isTMF.

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests for 2011 was $420 compared with net income attributable to noncontrolling interests of $328 in a2010, an increase of $92, or 28.0%. This increase was principally due to an increase in rental income by the noncontrolling interests (rental expense for us) associated with 3D printing machines purchased by our variable interest entities, Lone Star and TMF.

Other Financial Information

We define Adjusted EBITDA (earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization) as net operating loss carryforward position. The United States experienced significant operating losses (see above), but there were no income tax benefits(loss) attributable to ExOne (as calculated under GAAP) plus net income (loss) of noncontrolling interests, provision (benefit) for state and federal income taxes, interest expense, depreciation, and other (income) expense — net. Disclosure in this prospectus of Adjusted EBITDA, which is a non-GAAP financial measure, as defined under the United Statesrules of the SEC, is intended as a supplemental measure of our performance that is not required by, or presented in either year becauseaccordance with, GAAP. Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to net income (loss) attributable to ExOne or any other performance measure derived in accordance with GAAP. Our presentation of Adjusted EBITDA should not be construed to imply that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or non-recurring items.

We believe Adjusted EBITDA is meaningful to our investors to enhance their understanding of our financial performance. Although Adjusted EBITDA is not necessarily a measure of our ability to fund our cash needs, we areunderstand that it is frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties as a limited liability company.measure of financial performance and to compare our performance with the performance of other companies that report Adjusted EBITDA. Our calculation of Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies.

Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to Net Loss Attributable to the Controlling InterestExOne

In 2011 we experienced a

   2012  2011  2010 

Net loss attributable to ExOne*

  $(10,168 $(8,037 $(5,508

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

   480    420    328  

Interest expense

   842    1,570    1,114  

Provision for income taxes

   995    1,031    198  

Depreciation

   1,683    1,170    1,072  

Other (income) expense — net

   (221  (158  (197
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $(6,389 $(4,004 $(2,993
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

*For 2012, net loss attributable to ExOne includes approximately $7,735 in equity-based compensation expense. There was no equity-based compensation expense recorded by ExOne during 2011 or 2010.

The significant changes in the reconciling items between Adjusted EBITDA and net loss of $8.0 million,attributable to ExOne for 2012 compared to 2011 include (i) a decrease in interest expense of $728 due to a lower average outstanding debt balance in 2012 as compared to 2011, including the conversion of demand note payable to member borrowings at the end of 2011 to redeemable preferred units and (ii) an increase in depreciation expense of $513 attributed to an increase in 3D printing machines in-service in 2012 as compared to 2011.

The significant changes in the reconciling items between Adjusted EBITDA and net loss of $5.5 million in 2010. The principal reasonsattributable to ExOne for the $2.5 million2011 compared to 2010 include (i) an increase in our net lossinterest expense of $456 due to a higher average outstanding debt balance in 2011 are discussed in more detail above. Our basic and diluted net loss per unit was ($0.80)as compared to 2010, mostly due to additional equipment loans added in 2011 and ($0.55)increased borrowings from our majority member of approximately $3,939 and (ii) an increase in 2010, respectively.the provision for income taxes of $833 due to increased taxable income for our German operations.

SeasonalityImpact of Inflation

Our results can be subjectof operations and financial condition are presented based on historical cost. While it is difficult to seasonal factorsaccurately measure the impact of inflation due to our customers’ capital expenditure budget cycles resulting in machine orders being placed in the second halfimprecise nature of the year (primarilyestimates required, we believe the effects of inflation, if any, on our fourth quarter).results of operations and financial condition are not significant.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

We have continuously operated with negative working capital. This deficit has generally resulted from our inability to generate sufficient cash from our operations to offset our current liabilities, which consist primarily of obligations to vendors and other accounts payable, deferred revenues and borrowings required to be paid within 12 months from the date of determination. We are continuing our efforts to increase revenues from our operations and improve our gross margins, but to date these efforts have not been successful to eliminate our working capital deficit. We have been able to operate since inception due primarily to cash advances made on a regular basis by affiliates of our majority member. For the year ended December 31, 2011, our working capital deficit decreased by $12.0 million from $13.3 million to $1.3 million, primarily as a result of the conversion of the Demand Note Payable-Member (Rockwell Holdings, Inc.) to Redeemable Class A preferred units during the fiscal year. For the nine months ended September 30, 2012, our working capital deficit increased by $6.0 million from $1.3 million at December 31, 2011 to $7.3 million, primarily as a result of inventory increases due to higher production.

Our primary sources of cash are existing cash, a bank line of credit for our German operations and additional funding by the Rockwell Line of Credit provided by RFP (See Demand note payable member, below). A summary of the components of our liquidity is shown below.

   December 31,   September 30 
   2010   2011   2012 
   $ in thousands 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $1,021    $3,496    $1,431  

Bank facility credit availability(A)

   600     600     100  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $1,621    $4,096    $1,531  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(A)We notified the bank in December 2012 that we are not in compliance with an equity-to-asset ratio covenant related to this facility. According to the terms of the agreement, the bank at its discretion may request additional security to maintain the facility. In the event that the bank exercises its discretion and requests additional security related to the credit facility, we expect to fund this security through either existing cash, additional loans from the majority stockholder, or a combination thereof. There are no related impacts on other existing lending agreements and we do not expect an impact to our future financing capabilities as a result of our noncompliance.

The most significant components of our working capital are accounts receivable, inventories (the production of machines for sale to customers), current portion of long term debt, accrued expenses, and deferred revenue. We also require cash to fund capital expenditures for the production of machines to be used in our PSCs.

    December 31,  September 30 
   2010  2011  2012 
   $ in thousands 

Our primary cash needs are for:

    

Normal working capital requirements

  $771   $(4,828 $(1,509

Demand note payable member

   (15,045  —      (7,266
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  $(14,274 $(4,828 $(8,775
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Going Concern

Since our inception, we have incurred net losses of $1,120 and negative cash flows from our operations. We incurred net losses of $5.2 million$2,896 for the quarter and $7.6 millionsix months ended June 30, 2013 and $9,688, $7,617 and $5,180 for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, and December 31, 2011, respectively, resulting in an accumulated deficit of $15.6 million as of December 31, 2011. The conversion of the redeemable Class A preferred units (classifiedrespectively. Prior to our Reorganization as a corporation on January 1, 2013, we operated as a limited liability as of December 31, 2011) in February 2012, of $19.0 million to Class A preferred units (classified as members’ deficit as of September 30, 2012) combined with a $11.1 million net loss forcompany and were substantially supported by the nine months ended September 30, 2012 has narrowed the accumulated deficit to $0.7 million as of September 30, 2012. Also, negative working capital of ($1.3) million as of December 31, 2011 has increased to ($7.3) million as of September 30, 2012.

As a result, there is stillcontinued financial support provided by our majority member. These conditions raised substantial doubt as to our ability to continue as a going concern. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might resultIn connection with the completion of our initial public offering in February 2013, we received unrestricted net proceeds after expenses from the outcome of this uncertainty. Our ability to continue as a going concern is dependent upon the continued financial supportsale of our majority member and the ability to generate sufficient cash flows to meet our obligations on a timely basis and ultimately to attain sustainable profitable operations. However, there is no assurance that profitable operations or sufficient cash flows will occur in the future.

Ascommon stock of September 30, 2012, we had cash balances of $1.4 million, and $0.1 million was available under a bank line of credit to meet current obligations.approximately $90,371. We cannot provide certainty that our cash position and net cash provided by operating activities will be adequate to finance working capital needs and planned capital expenditures expected to be in the range of $15.0 million to $20.0 million for at least the next twelve months. We anticipate that we will have increased access to external funding sources, through equity financing or the incurrence of indebtedness or we will use additional investment from our majority owner or a combination of these potential sources of liquidity. Excluding the proceeds from this offering, we believe that wethe unrestricted net proceeds obtained through this transaction have alleviated the substantial doubt and will be able to raise additional capital or debt sufficient to support our operations. If we raise additional funds by issuing equity or convertible debt securities,operations through July 1, 2014.

The following table summarizes the ownership percentagessignificant components of existing stockholders would be reduced. In addition,cash flows for the equity or debt securities that we may issue may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those ofsix month periods ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, and years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, and our common stock.

Cash Flow

A summary of operating, investing and financing activities are shown in the following table:

   December 31,  Period-over-  September 30,  Period-over-
period change
 
   2010  2011  period change  2011  2012  
   $ in thousands 

Cash used for operating activities

  $(5,912 $(2,435 $3,477   $(3,333 $(9,084 $(5,751

Cash used for investing activities

   (1,795  (1,080  715    (232  (1,973  (1,741

Cash provided by financing activities

   7,811    5,931    (1,880  3,795    9,050    5,255  

Effect of currency translation on cash

   273    59    (213  201    (58  (259
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

  $377   $2,475   $2,099   $431   $(2,065 $(2,496
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The period-over-period change in cash and cash equivalents of $(2.5) million, from $0.4 million for the nine months ended Septemberbalance at June 30, 2013, and December 31, 2012, 2011, to ($2.1) million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012, reflects our continuing investment in the business. Our primary uses of cash are for funding working capital including component inventory for the increased production of machines and additions to property and equipment, which includes the cash portion of our purchase of the North Huntingdon facility.

2010:

   Six Months Ended
June 30,
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
   2013  2012  2012  2011  2010 

Cash used for operating activities

  $(7,133 $(7,498 $(9,803 $(2,436 $(5,912

Cash used for investing activities

   (3,875  (1,518  (1,724  (1,080  (1,795

Cash provided by financing activities

   72,882    6,142    11,003    5,931    7,811  

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

   (126  (28  (170  60    273  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

  $61,748   $(2,902 $(694 $2,475   $377  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   June 30,
2013
     December 31, 
       2012  2011  2010 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $64,550    $2,802   $3,496   $1,021  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Operating Activities

Below isCash used for operating activities for the six months ended June 30, 2013, was $7,133 compared with $7,498 for the six months ended June 30, 2012. The decrease of $365, or 4.9%, was mostly attributed to decreases in net changes in assets and liabilities as a reconciliationresult of (i) increased collections activity on accounts receivable (mostly due to fourth quarter 2012 machine unit sales) and (ii) a reduction in net outflows associated with inventories (as the net loss attributableincrease in machine production activity has leveled off from the six months ended June 30, 2012) offset by (i) an increase in outflows associated with prepaid expenses and other current assets (attributed mostly to vendor prepayment activity), (ii) an increase in outflows associated with accounts payable (based on increased purchasing activity and the controlling interest adjusted for non-cash items including depreciationtiming of payment) and equity based compensation with the effect of working capital changes,(iii) a decrease in deferred revenue and other assets/liabilitiescustomer prepayments as a result of an increase in product delivery to determine the net cashcustomers.

Cash used for operating activities.activities for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $9,803 compared with $2,436 for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase of $7,367, or 302.4%, was attributed to increases in net working capital of $13,544 (mostly increases in accounts receivable and inventories as a result of increased selling and production activity) slightly offset by increases to accounts payable and accrued expenses, also linked to selling and production activity. The increase in net working capital was offset by an increase of cash earnings in 2012 of $6,177 (net loss less non-cash items).

   December 31,  Period-over-
period
change
  September 30,  Period-over-
period
change
 
   2010  2011   2011  2012  
   $ in thousands 

Net loss attributable to the controlling interest

  $(5,180 $(7,617 $(2,437 $(5,027 $(10,750 $5,723  

Depreciation

   1,072    1,170    98    831    1,258    (427

Equity based compensation

   —      —      —      —      7,735    (7,735

Changes in assets and liabilities -

       

Deferred revenue and customer deposits

   (538  3,839    4,377    1,251    (2,178  3,429  

Changes in operating working capital

   (1,434  (341  1,093    (771  (5,024  4,253  

Accrued income taxes

   200    1,007    807    532    (955  1,486  

Other current assets and liabilities

   (156  (385  (229  142    546    (403

Other assets and liabilities, net

   124    (108  (232  (291  284    (575
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   (1,804  4,012    5,816    863    (7,327  8,190  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash used for operating activities

  $(5,912 $(2,435 $3,477   $(3,333 $(9,084 $5,751  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cashCash used byfor operating activities increased by $5.8 million to ($9.1) million for the nine monthsyear ended September 30, 2012,December 31, 2011 was $2,436 compared to ($3.3) millionwith $5,912 for the nine monthsyear ended September 30, 2011. ThisDecember 31, 2010. The decrease of $3,476, or 58.8%, was primarily dueattributed to a $5.3 million increase in inventory, as production continued for machines ordered by customers for delivery in the fourth quartersources of 2012 and first quartercash of 2013.

Although the net loss in 2011 increased $2.4 million from 2010, net cash used by operating activities decreased by $3.5 million in 2011 compared to 2010. This improvement was due to the(i) an increase in deferred revenue as $4.4 millionand customer prepayments of $4,377 mostly due to increased prepayments from customers on 3D printing machine sales, (ii) an increase in cash was received from customers before December 31,accounts receivable of $2,902 as a result of collections of outstanding amounts due and (iii) an increase in amounts attributable to accrued expenses and other liabilities of $1,076 mostly due to an increase in accrued income taxes. Offsetting these sources were uses of cash of (i) $2,437 attributed to an increase in the net loss from 2011 for machines that will be recognized as revenuecompared to 2010, (ii) $1,982 in future periods.increases attributable to inventory (mostly due to additional raw material purchases and one 3D printing machine included in finished goods compared to zero in 2010).

Investing Activities

InvestingCash used for investing activities consistfor the six months ended June 30, 2013, was $3,875 compared with $1,518 for the six months ended June 30, 2012. The increase of $2,357, or 155.3%, was primarily attributed to the cash flow effect of deconsolidating certain variable interest entities previously under our control. Remaining cash outflows for both periods related to capital expenditures, for internally manufacturedprincipally costs incurred to support the construction of 3D printing machines that are installed and usedmicromachinery at our PSCs. In Mayfacilities in the United States and Germany.

Beginning in the second half of 2013, we intend to commence an expansion of our facilities in Germany to increase our 3D printing machine manufacturing, PSCs and other administrative facilities located there. Included in our expansion plans are the purchase of land and construction of a new facility comprising approximately 175,000 square feet. Estimated costs of the acquisition of land and construction of the new facility are approximately $20,000 and are expected to be incurred through 2014.

Separately, we also plan to establish two new PSCs in the second half of 2013 (one in Auburn, Washington and a second in a yet to be determined location). We estimate the cost associated with opening such PSCs to range from $2,000 to $4,000 for each location.

Cash used for investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2012 we acquiredwas $1,724 compared with $1,080 for the year ended December 31, 2011 and $1,795 for the year ended December 31, 2010. The use of cash for each of the three years was attributed to capital expenditures, principally to support the construction of 3D printing machines at our Pennsylvania Facility from a third party for $3.3 million, of which $2.7 million was financed (see “facilities in the United States and Germany.

Financing Activities” below). Capital expenditures

Cash provided by financing activities for the ninesix months ended SeptemberJune 30, 20112013, was $72,882 compared with $6,142 for the six months ended June 30, 2012.

The principal source of cash for the six months ended June 30, 2013, was net proceeds from our initial public offering of $91,083. Offsetting this source of cash were outflows of (i) $528 associated with the repayment of amounts outstanding on a line of credit facility held by our German subsidiary, (ii) $9,885 associated with the repayment of amounts outstanding on the demand note payable to member (which was subsequently retired by us), (iii) $7,332 associated with the repayment of other outstanding debt and Septemberprincipal payments on financing leases, including repayment of all of the debt assumed from our VIEs in connection with the acquisition of net assets on March 27, 2013 and settlement of our financing lease obligation with a related

party for a cash payment of approximately $1,372 during the quarter ended June 30, 2013, and (iv) $456 in preferred stock dividends paid prior to conversion of preferred stock to common stock upon closing of our initial public offering.

The principal sources of cash for the six months ended June 30, 2012, were $0.2 million(i) net borrowings on the demand note payable to member of approximately $5,479 to support operations, (ii) net borrowings on a line of credit facility held by our German subsidiary of approximately $913 to support operations, and $2.0 million,(iii) proceeds from financing leases of $985 used to finance 3D printing machine production. Offsetting these sources of cash were long-term debt and financing lease repayments of approximately $1,235.

Cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $11,003 compared with $5,931 for the year ended December 31, 2011 and $7,811 for the year ended December 31, 2010.

The principal sources of cash in 2012 were (i) net borrowings on our line of credit of $528 to support operations, (ii) net borrowings on the demand note payable to member of $8,629 to support operations, and (iii) proceeds from long-term debt and financing leases of $4,707 used to finance 3D printing machine production. Offsetting these sources of cash were long-term debt and financing lease repayments of $2,063.

At December 31, 2012, we identified that we were not in compliance with the annual cash flow-to-debt service ratio covenant associated with our ExOne building note payable to a bank. We requested and were granted a waiver related to compliance with this covenant through December 31, 2013. Related to our 2012 noncompliance, there were no cross default provisions or related impacts on other lending agreements.

The principal sources of cash in 2011 were (i) net borrowings on the demand note payable to member of $3,939 to support operations, (ii) proceeds from long-term debt of $2,398 used to finance 3D printing machine production and (iii) contributions from noncontrolling interests of $402. Offsetting these sources of cash were long-term debt repayments of $808.

The principal source of cash in 2010 was the net borrowings on the demand note payable to member of $12,290 to support operations. Offsetting this source of cash were long-term debt repayments of $4,479.

At December 31, 2011, we identified that we were not in compliance with the annual minimum equity-to-asset ratio covenant associated with our line of credit. The bank did not take action related to this noncompliance. At December 31, 2012, we were in compliance with this covenant. Related to our 2011 noncompliance, there were no cross default provisions or related impacts on other lending agreements.

Contractual Obligations

We are required to make future payments under various contracts, including debt agreements, financing lease agreements and operating lease agreements. At June 30, 2013, a summary of our outstanding contractual obligations is as follows:

                                                                                                         
   Total   1 Year   1-3 Years   3-5 Years   Thereafter 

Operating activities:

          

Operating leases

  $558    $395    $141    $22    $—    

License fee obligations

   731     531     200     —       —    

Deferred revenue and customer prepayments

   2,170     1,980     190     —       —    

Financing activities:

          

Long-term debt

   2,270     124     264     282     1,600  

Capital and financing leases

   1,229     507     636     86     —    

Interest

   850     145     194     155     356  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $7,809    $3,682    $1,626    $   545    $1,956  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Leases

Operating leases consist of various lease agreements of manufacturing facilities, office and warehouse spaces, equipment and vehicles, expiring in various years through 2017.

License Fee Obligations

License fee obligations include amounts contractually due to third parties for use of patented technology, expiring in various years through 2016.

Deferred Revenue and Customer Prepayments

Deferred revenue and customer prepayments require us to deliver 3D printing machines or other products or services to customers over a specified contract period. While these obligations are not expected to result in cash payments, they represent contractual obligations for which we would be obligated if the specified deliveries could not be made. Excluded from these amounts are approximately $4,800 in firm orders received from customers which we expect to deliver in the next twelve months.

Long-Term Debt

As of June 30, 2013, long-term debt consists of the following instruments (i) a line of credit held by our German subsidiary; and (ii) the current and noncurrent portion of notes payable used to finance the acquisition of a building. Maturity of our long-term debt extends to 2027.

Capital and Financing Leases

Capital and financing leases consist of obligations associated with (i) leased assets or (ii) sale-leaseback transactions required to be accounted for as financings. Maturity of our capital and financing leases extends to 2017.

Interest

Interest related to long-term debt and capital and financing leases is based on interest rates in effect at June 30, 2013, and is calculated on instruments with maturities that extend to 2027.

Other

Excluded from contractual obligations are the estimated costs associated with (i) our planned PSC expansion (approximately $20,000 to $25,000), (ii) our planned facility expansion in Gersthofen, Germany (approximately $20,000), (iii) expansion of our material development activities (approximately $2,000 to $3,000) and (iv) our planned selection and deployment of an ERP system (approximately $3,000), as amounts currently estimated do not represent firm purchase commitments.

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

We are not a party to any off balance sheet arrangements.

Recently Issued and Adopted Accounting Guidance

In February 2013, the FASB issued guidance changing the requirements of companies’ reporting of amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). These changes require an entity to report the effect of significant reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) on the respective line items in net income (loss) if the amount being reclassified is required to be reclassified in its entirety to net income (loss). For other amounts that are not required to be reclassified in their entirety to net income (loss) in the same reporting period, an entity is required to cross-reference other disclosures that provide additional detail about those amounts. These requirements are to be applied to each component of accumulated other

comprehensive income (loss). This change becomes effective for the Company on January 1, 2014. Other than the additional disclosure requirements, management has determined that the adoption of these changes will not have an impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In July 2013, the FASB issued guidance clarifying the presentation of unrecognized tax benefits when a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss or a tax credit carryforward exists. The amendment requires that unrecognized tax benefits be presented in the consolidated financial statements as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward, unless certain exceptions exist. This change becomes effective for the Company on January 1, 2015. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

On January 1, 2012, we adopted changes issued by the FASB to conform existing guidance regarding fair value measurement and disclosure between GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards. These changes both clarify the FASB’s intent about the application of existing fair value measurement and disclosure requirements and amend certain principles or requirements for measuring fair value or for disclosing information about fair value measurements. The clarifying changes relate to the application of the highest and best use and valuation premise concepts, measuring the fair value of an instrument classified in a reporting entity’s equity, and disclosure of quantitative information about unobservable inputs used for Level 3 fair value measurements. The amendments relate to measuring the fair value of financial instruments that are managed within a portfolio; application of premiums and discounts in a fair value measurement; and additional disclosures concerning the valuation processes used and sensitivity of the fair value measurement to changes in unobservable inputs for those items categorized as Level 3, a reporting entity’s use of a nonfinancial asset in a way that differs from the asset’s highest and best use, and the categorization by level in the fair value hierarchy for items required to be measured at fair value for disclosure purposes only. Other than the additional disclosure requirements, the adoption of these changes had no impact on our consolidated financial statements.

On January 1, 2012, we adopted changes issued by the FASB to the presentation of comprehensive income (loss). These changes give an entity the option to present the total of comprehensive income (loss), the components of net income (loss), and the components of other comprehensive income (loss) either in a single continuous statement or in two separate but consecutive statements. The option to present components of other comprehensive income (loss) as part of the statement of changes in members’ equity was eliminated. The items that must be reported in other comprehensive income (loss) or when an item of other comprehensive income (loss) must be reclassified to net income (loss) were not changed. Additionally, no changes were made to the calculation and presentation of earnings per share (unit). We elected to present the single continuous statement option. Other than the change in presentation, the adoption of these changes had no impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are exposed to market risk from fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates which may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. We seek to minimize these risks through regular operating and financing activities and, when we consider it to be appropriate, through the use of derivative financial instruments. We do not purchase, hold or sell derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.

The local currency is the functional currency for significant operations outside of the United States. The determination of the functional currency of an operation is made based on the appropriate economic and management indicators.

Foreign currency assets and liabilities are translated into their U.S. dollar equivalents based on year end exchange rates, and are included in stockholders’ equity (deficit) as a component of comprehensive income (loss). Revenues and expenses are translated at average exchange rates. Transaction gains and losses that arise

from exchange rate fluctuations are charged to operations as incurred, except for gains and losses associated with intercompany receivables and payables for which settlement is not planned or anticipated in the foreseeable future, which are included in accumulated other comprehensive loss in the consolidated balance sheets.

We transact business globally and are subject to risks associated with fluctuating foreign exchange rates. The geographic areas outside the United States in which we operate are generally not considered to be highly inflationary. Approximately 63.8% and 34.0% of our consolidated revenue was derived from transactions outside the United States for the quarters ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Capital expendituresApproximately 65.0% and 44.1% of our consolidated revenue was derived from transactions outside the United States for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Approximately 72.8%, 70.0% and 70.7% of our consolidated revenue was derived from transactions outside the United States for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

This revenue is generated primarily from wholly-owned subsidiaries operating in their respective countries and 2011 were $1.8 millionsurrounding geographic areas. This revenue is primarily denominated in each subsidiary’s local functional currency, including the Euro and $1.1 million,Japanese Yen. A hypothetical change in foreign exchange rates of+/-10.0% for the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2013, would result in an increase (decrease) in revenue of approximately $600 and $1,100, respectively. A hypothetical change in foreign exchange rates of+/-10.0% for the year ended December 31, 2012, would result in an increase (decrease) in revenue of approximately $2,100. These subsidiaries incur most of their expenses (other than intercompany expenses) in their local functional currencies.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The consolidated financial statements of the Company are prepared in conformity with GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires management to make certain judgments, estimates and assumptions regarding uncertainties that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Areas that require significant judgments, estimates and assumptions include accounting for inventories (including the allowance for slow moving and obsolete inventory); product warranty reserves; equity-based compensation (including the fair value of common units used to measure equity-based compensation); income taxes (including the valuation allowance on certain deferred tax assets) and future cash flow estimates associated with long-lived assets for purposes of impairment testing. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable, the results of which forms the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

Financing ActivitiesRevenue Recognition

Financing activities consist principally of borrowings and payments on our outstanding debt and proceeds from sale-leaseback transactions.

   December 31,  

Period-over-

  September 30,  

Period-over-

 
   2010  2011  period change  2011  2012  period change 
   $ in thousands 

Borrowings under line-of-credit

  $—     $—     $—     $—     $905   $905  

Proceeds from sale leaseback transactions

   —      —      —      —      2,252    2,252  

Proceeds from long-term debt

   —      2,399    2,399    1,108    —      (1,108

Payments on long-term debt

   (4,479  (808  3,671    (603  (1,373  (770

Proceeds from borrowing on demand note payable to majority member

   12,290    3,938    (8,352  3,290    7,266    3,976  

Owners contributions

   —      402    402    —      —      —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

  $7,811   $5,931   $(1,880 $3,795   $9,050   $5,255  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash of $9.1 million was provided by financing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to $3.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. The increase reflects the funds drawnRevenue from the demand note payablesale of 3D printing machines and related 3D printed products and materials is recognized upon transfer of title, generally upon shipment. Revenue from the performance of contract services or production services is generally recognized when either the services are performed or the finished product is shipped. Revenue for all deliverables in a sales arrangement is recognized provided that persuasive evidence of a sales arrangement exists, both title and risk of loss have passed to the majority member which was needed for additional working capitalcustomer and proceedscollection is reasonably assured. Persuasive evidence of $2.3 million from sale-leaseback transactions.

Net casha sales arrangement exists upon execution of $5.9 million was provided by financing activities in 2011 compared to $7.8 million in 2010, reflecting less funding required from the majority owner for working capital needed to produce new machines for installation ata written sales agreement or signed purchase order that constitutes a fixed and legally binding commitment between us and our PSCscustomer. In instances where revenue recognition criteria are not met, amounts are recorded as deferred revenue and delivery to third-party customers.

Financing Agreements

Rockwell Line of Credit. During 2012, we entered into the Rockwell Line of Credit (a demand note payable to majority member) with RFP (also referred tocustomer prepayments in the financials asconsolidated balance sheets.

We enter into sales arrangements that may provide for multiple deliverables to a demand note payablecustomer. Sales of machines may include consumables, maintenance services, and training and installation. We identify all goods and services that are to member), which is unlimited in amount. It provides for borrowing, repaymentbe delivered separately under a sales arrangement and reborrowing from timeallocate revenue to time. Borrowings under the Rockwell Line of Credit bear interest at the rate of 8% per annum andeach deliverable based on relative fair values. Fair values are repayable, in whole or part, upon demand of RFP. As of September 30, 2012, we had aggregate borrowing of $7.3 million, outstanding under the Rockwell Line of Credit.

Line of Credit.We have a line of credit and security agreement with a German bank guaranteed by our majority member for $1.9 million (€1.5 million). Of this amount, $1.0 million (€0.8 million) is available for cash advances or for short-term loans. Interest rates for the overdraft (6.2% as of September 30, 2012) or short-term loans (1.8% as of September 30, 2012) are variablegenerally established based on the current market rates establishedprices charged when

sold separately. In general, revenues are separated between machines, consumables, maintenance services and installation and training services. The allocated revenue for each deliverable is then recognized ratably based on relative fair values of the components of the sale. We also evaluate the impact of undelivered items on the functionality of delivered items for each sales transaction and, where appropriate, defer revenue on delivered items when that functionality has been affected. Functionality is determined to be met if the delivered products or services represent a separate earnings process. Revenue from maintenance services as well as installation is recognized at the time of performance.

We provide customers with a standard warranty on all machines generally over a period of twelve months from the date of installation at the customer’s site. The warranty is not treated as a separate service because the warranty is an integral part of the sale of the machine. After the initial one year warranty period, we offer our customers optional maintenance contracts. Deferred maintenance service revenue is recognized when the maintenance services are performed since we have historical evidence that indicates that the costs of performing the services under the contract are not incurred on a straight-line basis.

We sell equipment with embedded software to our customers. The embedded software is not sold separately and it is not a significant focus of our marketing effort. We do not provide post-contract customer support specific to the software or incur significant costs that are within the scope of FASB guidance on accounting for software to be leased or sold. Additionally, the functionality that the software provides is marketed as part of the overall product. The software embedded in the equipment is incidental to the equipment as a whole such that the FASB guidance referenced above is not applicable. Sales of these products are recognized in accordance with FASB guidance on accounting for multiple-element arrangements.

Shipping and handling costs billed to customers for machine sales and sales of consumables are included in revenue in the consolidated statement of operations and other comprehensive loss. Costs incurred by us associated with shipping and handling is included in cost of sales in the German bank. Amountsconsolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss.

Our terms of sale generally require payment within 30 to 60 days after shipment of a product, although we also recognize that longer payment periods are customary in some countries where we transact business. To reduce credit risk in connection with machine sales, we may, depending upon the circumstances, require certain amounts be prepaid prior to shipment. In some circumstances, we may require payment in full for our products prior to shipment and may require international customers to furnish letters of credit. These prepayments are reported as deferred revenue and customer prepayments in the consolidated balance sheets. Production and contract services are billed on a time-and-materials basis. Services under maintenance contracts are billed to customers upon performance of services in accordance with the contract.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

We consider all highly liquid instruments with maturities when purchased of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Our policy is to invest cash in excess of short-term operating and debt-service requirements in such cash equivalents. These instruments are stated at cost, which approximates fair value because of the $1.0 million (€0.8 million) are available for additional bank transactions requiring security (i.e. bank guarantees, leasing, lettersshort maturity of credit, etc.)the instruments. We maintain cash balances with financial institutions located in the United States, Germany, and additionalJapan. We place our cash borrowings are availablewith high quality financial institutions and believe our risk of loss is limited; however, at an increased interest rate (16% as of September 30, 2012). There are no feestimes, account balances may exceed international and federally insured limits. We have not experienced any losses associated with these cash balances.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable are reported at their net realizable value. Our estimate of the unused portionallowance for doubtful accounts related to trade receivables is based on our evaluation of either line. Borrowingscustomer accounts with past-due outstanding under this agreement were $0.9 millionbalances or specific accounts for which we have information that the customer may be unable to meet its

financial obligations. Based upon review of these accounts, and management’s analysis and judgment, we record a specific allowance for that customer’s accounts receivable balance to reduce the outstanding receivable balance to the amount expected to be collected. The allowance is re-evaluated and adjusted periodically as additional information is received that impacts the allowance amount reserved. At June 30, 2013, December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the allowance for doubtful accounts was approximately $75, $83 and $43, respectively.

Inventories

We value all of September 30, 2012. There were no outstanding borrowingsour inventories at the lower of cost, as determined on the agreement atfirst-in, first-out (FIFO) method or market value. Overhead is allocated to work in progress and finished goods based on normal capacity of our production facilities. Fixed overhead associated with production facilities that are being operated below normal capacity are recognized as a period expense rather than being capitalized as a product cost. An allowance for slow-moving and obsolete inventories is provided based on historical experience and current product demand. These provisions reduce the cost basis of the respective inventory and are recorded as a charge to cost of sales. At June 30, 2013, December 31, 2011. 2012 and December 31, 2011, the allowance for slow-moving and obsolete inventories was approximately $859, $891 and $1,401, respectively.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, generally three to twenty-five years. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of (i) their estimated useful lives or (ii) the estimated or contractual lives of the related leases. Gains or losses from the sale of assets are recognized upon disposal or retirement of the related assets and are generally recorded in other (income) expense — net on the statement of consolidated operations and comprehensive loss. Repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred.

We notifiedevaluate long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the bank in December 2012 that we arecarrying amount of such assets (asset group) may not in compliance with an equity-to-asset ratio covenantbe recoverable. Recoverability of assets is determined by comparing the estimated undiscounted net cash flows of the operations related to this facility. Accordingthe assets (asset group) to their carrying amount. An impairment loss would be recognized when the termscarrying amount of the agreement,assets (asset group) exceeds the bankestimated undiscounted net cash flows. The amount of the impairment loss to be recorded is calculated as the excess of carrying value of assets (asset group) over their fair value, with fair value determined using the best information available, which generally is a discounted cash flow model. The determination of what constitutes an asset group, the associated undiscounted net cash flows, and the estimated useful lives of assets require significant judgments and estimates by management. We recorded no impairment losses during the six months ended June 30, 2013 or years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 or 2010.

Product Warranty Reserves

Substantially all of our 3D printing machines are covered by a warranty, generally over a period of twelve months from the date of installation at its discretion may request additional securitythe customer’s site. A liability is recorded for future warranty costs in the same period in which the related revenue is recognized. The liability is based on anticipated parts and labor costs using historical experience. We periodically assess the adequacy of the product warranty reserves based on changes in these factors and record any necessary adjustments if actual experience indicates that adjustments are necessary. Future claims experience could be materially different from prior results because of the introduction of new, more complex products, a change in our warranty policy in response to maintain the facility.industry trends, competition or other external forces, or manufacturing changes that could impact product quality. In the event that we determine that our current or future product repair and replacement costs exceed estimates, an adjustment to these reserves would be charged to cost of sales in the bank exercises its discretionstatement of consolidated operations and requests additional securitycomprehensive loss in the period such a determination is made. At June 30, 2013, December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, product warranty reserves were approximately $616, $554 and $117, respectively, and were included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.

Income Taxes

Prior to our Reorganization as a corporation on January 1, 2013, we were organized as a limited liability company. Under the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code and similar state provisions, we were taxed as a partnership and were not liable for income taxes. Instead, earnings and losses were included in the tax returns of our members. Therefore, the consolidated financial statements do not reflect a provision for U.S. federal or state income taxes.

Our subsidiaries in Germany and Japan are taxed as corporations under the taxing regulations of Germany and Japan, respectively. As a result, the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss includes tax expense related to these foreign jurisdictions.

We recognize the credit facility, we expect to fund this security through either existing cash, additional loanstax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the majority stockholder, ortax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such positions are then measured based on the largest amount that has a combination thereof. There are no related impacts on other existing lending agreements and wegreater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon settlement. Tax benefits that do not expect an impactmeet the more likely than not criteria are recognized when effectively settled, which generally means that the statute of limitations has expired or that appropriate taxing authority has completed its examination even through the statute of limitations remains open. Interest and penalties related to our future financing capabilitiesuncertain tax positions are recognized as a resultpart of the provision for income taxes and are accrued beginning in the period that such interest and penalties would be applicable under relevant tax law until such time that the related tax benefits are recognized.

We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax basis of assets and liabilities of our noncompliance.

Capital Lease. We have two capital lease obligations as of nine months yearwholly-owned subsidiaries in Germany and Japan using enacted tax rates in effect in the years in which the differences are expected to date September 30, 2012 for equipment financing. One is with a third party bank with monthly payments through May 2015 and the other is with a related party with monthly payments through August 2017.

Facility Financing. We financed the purchase of the Pennsylvania facility through a mortgage with a commercial bank for $2.4 million, a third-party note for $0.3 million and cash. The mortgage loan matures in May 2027, bearing interest at 4% for the first five years, and adjustsreverse. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce foreign deferred tax assets to the monthly average yield on U.S. Treasury securities plus 0.325% for the remaining ten years. Monthly payments including principal and interest are $18,000 for the first five years. The third-party note matures in June 2014, requires minimum monthly payments of $2,000, and bears interest at 6% per annum.amount expected to be realized.

Notes Payable.Our variable interest entities (Lone Star and TMF) have entered into loan agreements to finance the purchase of our machines that we placed at our PSCs in the United States. They also entered into loan agreements to fund the purchase of our PSC’s. We have the following building and equipment notes outstanding as of September 30, 2012:

Lone Star Metal Fabrication, LLC.

Building note payable – to a bank. The note is payable upon demand, with monthly payments including interest of 7% amortizing through July 2014. Unpaid principal balance is approximately $736,000 at September 30, 2012. The debt is guaranteed by our majority member.

Troy Metal Fabricating, LLC

Building note payable – to a bank. The note is payable upon demand with monthly payments including interest at Daily BBA LIBOR plus 2.45% (2.7% at September 30, 2012) through April 2013. Interest is fixed at 6.8% under an interest rate swap (see below). Unpaid principal balance is approximately $765,000 at September 30, 2012.

Equipment note payable – to a bank. The note is payable upon demand and bears interest at LIBOR plus 2.75% through April 2013. Unpaid principal balance is approximately $280,000 at September 30, 2012.

Equipment note payable – to a bank. The note is payable upon demand with monthly payments including interest of Daily BBA LIBOR, plus 2.75% (2.9% at September 30, 2012) through January 2014. Interest is fixed at 6.68% under an interest rate swap (see below). Unpaid principal balance is approximately $280,000 at September 30, 2012.

Equipment note payable – to a bank. The note is payable upon demand with monthly payments including interest of 4.83% through December 2016. Unpaid principal balance is approximately $1,116,000 at September 30, 2012.

Equipment line of credit – to a bank. The equipment line of credit converted to term debt at January 2012; monthly payments including interest of Daily BBA LIBOR plus 2.75% through December 2016 (3.0% at September 30, 2012). Unpaid principal balance is $941,375 at September 30, 2012.

The debt is guaranteed by us and related parties that are controlled by our majority member. It is collateralized by the machines at our PSCs and a building.

Interest rate swap agreementsDerivative Financial Instruments

We entered intoare exposed to market risk from changes in interest rate swap agreements in June 2008.rates and foreign currency exchange rates, which may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. We utilizeseek to minimize these risks through regular operating and financing activities and, when we consider it to be appropriate, through the use of derivative financial instruments.

Prior to March 27, 2013, we held interest rate swaps for the purpose of managing risks related to the variability of future earnings and cash flows caused by changes in interest rates. UnderWe had elected not to prepare and maintain the terms of the agreement, we agreedocumentation required to payqualify for hedge accounting treatment and therefore, all gains and losses (realized or unrealized) related to derivative instruments were recognized as interest at the fixed rates and we will receive variable interest from the counterparty.

The significant terms of the interest rate swap agreements are presentedexpense in the following table:

   TMF Building note  TMF Equipment note 

Notional amount

  $860,000   $1,970,000  

Fixed rate

   6.80  6.68

Floating rate

   Daily BBA LIBOR plus 2.45  Daily BBA LIBOR plus 2.75

Maturity date

   April 2, 2013    April 2, 2013  

The fairstatement of consolidated operations and comprehensive loss. Fair value of the interest rate swap on the TMF Building note was a liability of approximately $40,000 at December 31, 2011 and $18,000 at December 31, 2012. The fair value of the interest rate swap on the TMF Equipment note was a liability of approximately $20,000 at December 31, 2011 and $5,000 at September 30, 2012. These obligations are presented withinswaps were reported as accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the condensed consolidated balance sheets. We do not purchase, hold or sell derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. At June 30, 2013, we held no interest rate swaps.

We held no foreign currency contracts during the six months ended June 30, 2013 or years ended December 31, 2012 or 2011. During 2010, we entered into a foreign currency contract to hedge our exposure arising from the sale of inventory. We recognized incomea loss of approximately $41,000$76 during 2010 in connection with this transaction and $37,000the termination of this contract.

Taxes on Revenue Producing Transactions

Taxes assessed by governmental authorities on revenue producing transactions, including sales, excise, value added and use taxes, are recorded on a net basis (excluded from revenue) in the nine months ended September 30, 2011consolidated statement of operations and September 30, 2012, respectively on these contracts, which is recognized as a reduction to interest expense. We recognized income of approximately $50,000 in 2011 and $18,000 in 2010 on these contracts, which is recognized as a reduction to interest expense.comprehensive loss.

Transactions with VIEsResearch and Development

We leaseare continuously involved in research and development of new methods and technologies relating to our products. All research and development costs are charged to expense as incurred.

Advertising

Advertising costs are charged to expense as incurred and were not significant for the real property used by our Houston, Texas PSC from Lone Star under a triple net lease with a base rent of approximately $95,000 per year through Marchsix months ended June 30, 2013 or the years ended December 31, 2019. We lease the real property used by our Troy, Michigan PSC from TMF under a triple net lease with a base rent of approximately $138,000 per year through March 31, 2018.

We lease certain equipment used at our Troy, Michigan PSC from TMF under various leases with aggregate rent of approximately $1,502,000 per year the last of which expires 2017. Neither of the equipment leases provides a purchase option for us with respect to the equipment.

The lease expense incurred by us and the lease income earned by the VIEs is eliminated in consolidation.2012, 2011 or 2010.

Other Financial InformationDefined Contribution Plan

We believe EBITDA is meaningful to our investors to enhance their understandingsponsor a defined contribution savings plan under section 401(k) of our financial performance. Although EBITDA is not necessarily a measure of our ability to fund our cash needs, we understand that it is frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties as a measure of financial performance and to compare our performance with the performance of other companies that report EBITDA. Our calculation of EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies.

We define EBITDA (earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization) as net income (loss) attributable toInternal Revenue Code. Under the controlling interest (as calculated under GAAPplan, participating employees in the United States) plus incomeStates may elect to defer a portion of noncontrolling interest, interest, net, income tax expense (benefit), depreciation, andother (income) expense. Disclosure in this prospectustheir pre-tax earnings, up to the Internal Revenue Service annual contribution limit. We make matching contributions of EBITDA, which is a “non-GAAP financial measure,” as defined under the rules50% of the SEC, is intended as a supplemental measurefirst 8% of our performance that isemployee contributions, subject to certain Internal Revenue Service limitations. Our matching contributions to the plan were not required by,significant for the six months ended June 30, 2013 or presented in accordance with, GAAP. EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to net income, income from continuing operationsthe years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 or any other performance measure derived in accordance with GAAP. Our presentation of EBITDA should not be construed to imply that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or non-recurring items.2010.

The following table reconciles net loss to EBITDA for the periods presented in this table and elsewhere in this prospectus.

Reconciliation of GAAP Financial Measures to Non-GAAP Financial MeasuresEquity-Based Compensation

We recognize compensation expense for equity-based grants using the straight-line attribution method, in which the expense (net of estimated forfeitures) is recognized ratably over the requisite service period based on the grant date fair value. Fair value of equity-based awards is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes pricing model. We recognized approximately $311 in equity-based compensation expense for the six months ended June 30, 2013. We recognized approximately $7,735 in equity-based compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2012. There was no equity-based compensation expense recognized during the years ended December 31, 2011 or 2010.

   December 31,  September 30, 
  2010  2011  2011  2012 
   

(unaudited)

$ in thousands

 

Net loss attributable to the controlling interest

  $(5,508 $(8,037 $(5,271 $(11,070

Net income of noncontrolling interest

   328    420    244    320  

Taxes

   198    1,031    709    171  

Interest, net

   1,114    1,565    1,186    540  

Depreciation

   1,072    1,170    831    1,258  

Other (income) expense

   (197  (154  34    (71
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

EBITDA(A)

  $(2,993 $(4,005 $(2,267 $(8,852
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Supplemental Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)

(dollars in thousands, except per-share amounts)

   Quarter Ended 
   June 30,
2013
  March 31,
2013
 

Revenue

  $9,230   $7,934  

Gross profit

  $4,181   $2,838  

Net loss attributable to ExOne*

  $(1,120 $(1,914

Net loss attributable to ExOne per common share**:

   

Basic

  $(0.08 $(0.20

Diluted

  $(0.08 $(0.20

   Quarter Ended 
   December 31,
2012
  September 30,
2012
  June 30,
2012
  March 31,
2012
 

Revenue

  $12,744   $8,515   $4,676   $2,722  

Gross profit

  $6,248   $3,556   $1,523   $816  

Net income (loss) attributable to ExOne*

  $902   $(5,932 $(3,609 $(1,529
   Quarter Ended 
   December 31,
2011
  September 30,
2011
  June 30,
2011
  March 31,
2011
 

Revenue

  $2,718   $6,021   $2,303   $4,248  

Gross profit

  $398   $2,219   $18   $1,008  

Net loss attributable to ExOne*

  $(2,766 $(839 $(2,988 $(1,444

 

(A)*Net loss attributable to the controlling interestExOne includes $200 and EBITDA includes a non-cash equity based$111 in equity-based compensation expense of $7.7 million for the nine monthsquarters ended June 30, 2013 and March 31, 2013, respectively. Net loss attributable to ExOne includes $5,950 and $1,785 in equity-based compensation expense for the quarters ended September 30, 2012.2012 and June 30, 2012, respectively. There was no equity-based compensation expense recorded by ExOne during any other quarter in 2012 or 2011.

Contractual Commitments.

This information has been omitted as the company qualifies as a smaller reporting company.

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

We are not a party to any off balance sheet arrangements.

Impact of Inflation

Our results of operations and financial condition are presented based on historical cost. While it is difficult to accurately measure the impact of inflation due to the imprecise nature of the estimates required, we believe the effects of inflation, if any, on our results of operations and financial condition have been immaterial.

Related Party Transactions

For a description of our related party transactions, see “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions.”

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

This information has been omitted as the company qualifies as a smaller reporting company.

**Per-share amounts are calculated independently for each quarter presented; therefore the sum of the quarterly per-share amounts may not equal the per-share amounts for the year. Per-share or per-unit amounts for 2012 and 2011 are not comparable as a result of our Reorganization as a corporation on January 1, 2013.

BUSINESS

The Company

We are a global provider of 3D printing machines and printed products, materials and other services to industrial customers. Our business primarily consists of manufacturing and selling 3D printing machines and printing products to specificationsspecification for our customers using our in-house 3D printing machines. We offer pre-production collaboration and print products for customers through our six PSCs, which are located in the United States, Germany and Japan. We build 3D printing machines at our facilities in the United States and Germany. We also supply the associated products,materials, including consumables and replacement parts, and other services, including training and technical support, necessary for purchasers of our machines to print products. We believe that our ability to print in a variety of industrial materials, as well as our industry-leading printing capacity (as measured by build box size and printhead speed), uniquely position us to serve the needs of industrial customers.

Our 3D printing machines use our binder jetting technology, powdered materials, chemical binding agents and integrated software to print 3D products directly from computer models by repeatedly depositing very thin layers of powdered materials and selectively placing chemical binding agents to form the finishedprinted product. One of our key industry advantages is that our machines are able to print products in materials which are desired by industrial customers. Currently, our 3D printing machines are able to manufacture casting molds and cores from specialty silica sand and ceramics, which are the traditional materials for these casting products. WeOf equal importance, our 3D printing machines are capable of direct product materialization by printing in silica sand, ceramics,industrial metals, including stainless steel, bronze, iron, and glass, and webonded tungsten. We are in varying stages of qualifying additional industrial materials for printing, such as titanium, tungsten carbide, aluminum, and magnesium.magnesium, and our current material development plan calls for an additional industrial material to be qualified every six months.

We believe that we are a leader in providing 3D printing machines, 3D printed products and related services to industrial customers in the aerospace, automotive, heavy equipment, energy/oil/gas and other industries. Our customersIn an effort to further solidify this position, the net proceeds from our initial public offering have been earmarked or spent in order to (1) expand our PSC network to fifteen global locations by the aerospace industry include Magellan Aerospace Corporation, Boeingend of 2015, (2) increase capacity and Mitchell Aerospace Inc. Our customers in the automotive industry include Ford Motor Company, Bavarian Motor Works (“BMW”) and Tesla Motors, Inc. Our customers in the heavy equipment industry include Caterpillar, Inc., Deere & Company, and Bosch Rexroth and our customers in the energy/oil/gas industry include ITT Corp. and the KSB Group.

Our business began as the advanced manufacturing business of Extrude Hone Corp., which manufactured its first 3D printing machine in 2003 using licensedupgrade technology developed by researchers at MIT. In 2005, our business assets were transferred into The Ex One Company, LLC, when Extrude Hone Corp. was purchased by another company. In 2007, S. Kent Rockwell acquired our business assets through Ex One Acquisition Company, a Delaware limited liability company, for $3.3 million in cash and the assumption of $3.9 million in debt through RFP and changed our name to The Ex One Company, LLC. As of January 1, 2013, that LLC was merged with and into a newly created Delaware corporation, which changed its name to The ExOne Company. Mr. Rockwell (through RFP and affiliated entities) and our other owners have invested another $31.1 million in equity and $9.6 million in debt in our companyproduction facilities in Germany, including consolidating our operations from five buildings located throughout the district of Augsburg to one purpose-built facility, (3) expand our materials development initiatives and related entities through December 15, 2012. (Our owners initially capitalized the company with a $10.1 million equity investment. Mr. Rockwell through his indirectly wholly-owned company Rockwell Holdings Inc. has invested another $18.9 million in the formachieve our plan of preferred interests issued through December 31, 2011one new industrial material qualified every six months, (4) select and $2.1 million in equity of related entities. Under the Rockwell Line of Credit, Mr. Rockwell has also lentdeploy an Enterprise Resource Planning (“ERP”) system to us $9.6 million as of December 15, 2012, at 8% interest, payable on demand.) The primary goals of these investments were to: increase the scale, speedpromote operational efficiency and efficiency of our 3D printing machines; expand the range of qualified materials in which our machines can print;financial controls globally, (5) payoff existing debt, and position us to compete in the rapidly evolving 3D printing market. As a result, we have significantly reduced our unit cost of production over time, thereby expanding the potential market for our machines and products.

Our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2011 were $15.3 million, as compared to $13.4 million for the prior year period, and for the first nine months of 2012 were $15.9 million, as compared to $12.6 million for the same period in 2011. Our EBITDA was ($8.9) million for the first nine months of 2012, as compared to ($2.3) million for the same period in 2011. Our EBITDA for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 includes

a non-cash equity based compensation expense of $7.7 million. See note 7 to the table set forth in “—Summary Consolidated Financial Data” for a reconciliation of EBITDA to net loss.

                                    
   Twelve Months Ended
December 31,
   Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
   2010   2011   2011   2012 
   (unaudited) 

Machine Units Sold(A)

        

S 15

   2     2     2     1  

S Max

   2     1     1     4  

S Print

   —       1     1     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   4     4     4     5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(A)See “Business—Our Machines and Machine Platforms” for a description of the machines.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012 and the twelve months ended December 31, 2010 and 2011, we conducted a significant portion of its business with a limited number of customers. Our top five customers represented approximately 46% and 42% of total revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012, respectively, and approximately 43% and 47% of total revenue in 2010 and 2011, respectively. These customers primarily purchased 3D printing machines. Sales of 3D printed parts and consumables tend to be from repeat customers that may utilize the capability of our PSCs for three months or longer. Sales of 3D printing machines are low volume and generate significant revenue but the same customers do not necessarily buy machines in each period. Timing of customer purchases is dependent on the customer’s capital budgeting cycle, which may vary from period to period. The nature of the revenue from 3D printing machines, as described above does not leave us dependent upon a single or a limited number of customers. Rather, the timing of the sales can have a material effect on period to period financial results.

We incurred net losses of approximately $5.2 million and $7.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively, and had an accumulated deficit of approximately $15.6 million as of December 31, 2011. As shown in the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements, we incurred a net loss of approximately $10.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012, and had a(6) deploy working capital deficitto support growth. These uses of approximately $7.3 million. These conditions raise substantial doubt asproceeds and priorities are consistent with the plan outlined by us during our initial public offering and communicated to our ability to continue as a going concern. The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from doubt as to our ability to continue as a going concern. Our ability to continue as a going concern is dependent upon the continued financial support of our majority member, our ability to generate sufficient cash flow to meet our obligations on a timely basis, to obtain additional financing as may be required, and ultimately to attain profitable operations. stockholders thereafter.

We believe that we will be ablecan accelerate our growth through the integration of related technologies and services that expand or complement our current 3D printing capabilities. We are continually evaluating potential acquisitions, alliances, and strategic investments that would enhance our growth profile. These integration opportunities include, but are not limited to, raise additional capital or debt sufficient to supportdriving customer demand for our operations. However, we can give no assurance that profitable operations or sufficient cash flows will occur in the future.

Mr. Rockwell serves as our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Rockwell previously served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of McEvoy Oilfield Equipment (1978-1982), Appalachian Timber Services (1986-2012), Special Metals Corp. (1987-1989), Astrotech International, which was a public company (1989-1997), SenSyTech Inc., which was a public company (from 1998 until its sale to Argon ST, Inc. in 2005), and Strata Products Worldwide (1992-2010).

Our management team also includes David Burns, our President and Chief Operating Officer, who has been with ExOne since 2005. He is the former Chief Executive Officer of Gleason Corp. (2001-2005). He is a membertechnology by improving all phases of the board of directors and former Chairman of The Association for Manufacturing Technology, a national association dedicatedproduction cycle, including enhancements to promoting innovative manufacturing technologiespre-print, such as 3D printing. We believe that our management team,CAD, simulation, and design optimization, as well as post-print processing, including Mr. Rockwellmetal finishing technologies and Mr. Burns, has the skills to continue to grow our business. See “Management.”

We intend to use a portion of the proceeds of this offering to further improve the efficiency and capacity of our machines, to expand the number of materials from which we can make products and to increase the number and locations of our PSCs. See “Use of Proceeds” and “— Customers and Sales — Production Service Centers.”precision casting capabilities.

The Additive Manufacturing Industry and 3D Printing

3D printing is the most common type of an emerging manufacturing technology broadly referred to as AM.additive manufacturing (“AM”). In general, AM is a term used to describe a manufacturing process that produces 3D objects directly from digital or computer models through the repeated deposit of very thin layers of material. 3D printing is the process of joining materials from a digital 3D model, usually layer by layer, to make objects using a printhead, nozzle or other printing technology. The terms “AM” and “3D printing” are increasingly being used interchangeably as the media and marketplace have popularized the term 3D printing rather than AM, the industry term.

AM represents a transformational shift from traditional forms of manufacturing (e.g., machining or tooling) sometimes referred to as subtractive manufacturing. We believe that AM and 3D printing are poised to displace traditional manufacturing methodologies in a growing range of industrial applications. Our 3D printing process differs from other forms of 3D printing processes in that we use a chemical binding agent and focus on industrial products and materials.

The following uses of AM are described byIDA Science and Technology Policy Institute, Additive Manufacturing: Status and Opportunities, March 20122012::

 

Casting Patterns and Tooling.Tooling. A broad application of AM is creating patterns for casting molds and for tooling. Casting molds are used to make metal parts by pouring molten metal into the casting mold. We print molds directly from CAD data. In contrast, the traditional process requires a wooden pattern to be built to create the mold.

 

Direct Part Manufacturing.Manufacturing.Direct part manufacturing is the creation of products for an end user. We expect direct part production to be the fastest growing application for AM industrial applications. Direct part manufacturing grew to nearly 20%more than 28% of total AM product and service revenues in 2010,2012, up from approximately 4% in 2003, according to the 20112013 Wohlers Report.

 

PrototypingPrototyping..AM is used for the creation of prototypes, 3D models and functional models as part of a product design process whereby a product is printed, evaluated, redesigned and printed again. Many of our competitors print prototypes in resin polymers or other plastics. Our advantage in prototyping over our competitors who use resin polymers is that we are able to make a prototype for our industrial customers in industrial materials so that their function may be more accurately tested.

Our 3D printing process provides several benefits over traditional design methods and manufacturing processes, the most critical of which are:

 

Design Freedom.3D printing allows designers and engineers the freedom to manufacturemanufacturing a part that very closely matches their optimal design and expands design possibilities. Traditionally, designers of products have had to make design compromises based on the limitations of how products are created through subtractive manufacturing (i.e., the removal of material from a solid object). 3D printing, on the other hand, permits the manufacture of intricate and complex products which would not be possible or economically feasible to design and produce using subtractive manufacturing.

 

Reduced Cost of Complexity.3D printing technology makes complex products in the same way, and at essentially the same cost, as simple ones. The 3D printing process of building parts by layering very small amounts of material can just as easily make a simple solid product as a highly complex and intricate product. Because a complex product can require less material than a simple solid product, the complex product may be even less expensive to make using 3D printing technology than a simple product. In contrast, in subtractive manufacturing, the cost of production generally increases with the complexity of the manufactured product.

Mass Customization.3D printing allows products to be customized with little or no incremental cost because their manufacture is directed by CAD designs without the need for substantial retooling between prints. Each product printed using 3D printing can be identical to, or radically different from, other products that are printed concurrently. Subtractive manufacturing, by contrast, does not provide this flexibility. For example, 3D printing permits us to manufacture products that are identical except each part can have a unique quick response code inscribed on the part to support product tracking.

 

Co-Located/Just-in-Time ManufacturingManufacturing.. 3D printing facilities are able to be located in close geographic proximity to customers because, unlike traditional manufacturing methods, 3D printing is not labor intensive and has low tooling and set-up costs. When establishing a manufacturing facility for subtractive manufacturing, labor is often the most important cost variable. As a result, manufacturing operations are often located offshore or in geographically remote locations where labor is cheaper. The proximity of 3D printing operations to customers’ facilitates improves integration and collaboration with product engineers and designers and reduces shipping costs. This proximity also provides customers with an important supply chain management tool by supporting just-in-time availability of products without large inventory buildup.

proximity of 3D printing operations to customers’ facilitates improves integration and collaboration with product engineers and designers and reduces shipping costs. This proximity also provides customers with an important supply chain management tool by supporting just-in-time availability of products without large inventory buildup.

 

Reduced Time Between Design and Production.3D printing reduces the time required between product conception and production. 3D printing designs can be altered quickly, remotely and inexpensively without costly extensive retooling as the design is refined. We believe that increasing the speed at which products can be designed, prototyped and integrated into full-scale production is a priority for our industrial customers.

According to estimates contained in the Wohlers Report, the market for AM, including 3D printing, will achieve a CAGR in excess of 18% over the coming eight years and exceed $6.5 billion in revenue annually by 2019, up from $1.7 billion in 2011. The Wohlers Report defines the market for AM as (1) products, including “AM systems, system upgrades, materials, and aftermarket products” and (2) services, specifically including “revenues generated from parts produced on AM systems by service providers, system maintenance contracts, training, seminars, conferences, expositions, advertising, publications, contract research, and consulting.”

We believe that our market opportunity is much larger than the Wohlers Report estimates. In addition to the market described in the Wohlers Report, we believe that our market opportunity includes both (1) the replacement of a substantial part of traditional manufacturing technology equipment sold globally, (2) the end market production of many industrial products and (3) tooling, parts made from tooling, and castings for industrial end markets.

The global market for machine tools totaled $92.7 billion in 2011, according to the2012 World Machine Tool Output & Consumption Survey. In addition, according to the American Foundries Society, the U.S. market for metal castings was $29.5 billion in 2011. The American Foundries Society forecasts 15.2% growth for motor vehicle castings (aluminum), 4.8% growth for construction machinery equipment castings (steel), and 14.4% growth for pump and pump compressor castings (copper alloy) between 2011 and 2014. We have supplied sand casting molds and cores produced using our 3D printing technology to each of these key industrial end markets.

In subtractive manufacturing, the cost of production generally increases with the complexity of the manufactured part. With 3D printing, however, the complexity of products printed can be increased without a related increase in cost. As a result, by achieving product efficiency, we are able to reduce our unit cost of production for simple and complex products alike. As technological advances shift our unit cost of production curve down, we are increasingly able to compete with subtractive manufacturing processes, particularly for complex parts, effectively expanding our addressable market.

The chart below provides a general illustration of our potential market opportunity. The upward sloping curve represents the cost to manufacture products using subtractive manufacturing processes, which require the removal of material from solid stock. With increasing complexity, subtractive manufacturing requires additional machining and processing, resulting in increasing costs. The ExOne cost curve is flat relative to complexity, as products are printed or produced based on a CAD drawing, and the actual cost to produce a simple part is the same as a more complex part as no incremental machining or processing is required with complexity. We have demonstrated over time that through utilizing new technology to increase both build box size as well as speed of the printhead, the costs per unit to produce parts has declined with each new generation of machine. As this occurs, there is a larger addressable market of potential customers that see the cost advantage of using this technology relative to subtractive manufacturing processes.

LOGO

TheIDA Science and Technology Policy Institute, Additive Manufacturing: Status and Opportunities, March 2012, maintains that “the fasting growing application for AM parts is as end-use parts (i.e., direct part production). As opposed to rapid prototyping and tooling, where additive manufacturing is used as a step in the design or production process, in direct part production, additive manufacturing creates a final good for sale or use.” We believe that we are well positioned to capitalize on this forecasted growth trend.

ExOne and 3D Printing

We provide 3D printing primarily to industrial customers and end-market users. We believe that we are an early entrant into the AM industrial products market and are one of the few providers of 3D printing solutions to industrial customers, including in the aerospace, automotive, heavy equipment and power fluid handlingenergy/oil/gas industries.

Our binder jetting 3D printing technology was developed over 15 years ago by researchers at MIT. Our machines build or print products from CAD designs by depositing successive very thin layers of particles of materials such as silica sand or metal powder in a “build box.” A moveable printhead passes over each layer and deposits a chemical binding agent in the selected areas where the finished product will be materialized. Each layer can be unique.

 

LOGO

LOGO

Depending on the industrial material used in printing, printed products may need post-production processing. We generally use silica sand or foundry sand for casting, which requires no additional processing. PartsProducts printed in other materials, such as glass or metals, need varying amounts of heat treating or other post-processing.

Pre-Print.We believe that our customers have the opportunity to take greater advantage of the design freedom that our 3D printing technology provides. While we collaborate with our customers to develop and refine CAD designs that meet our customers’ specifications and can be read and processed by our 3D printing machines, we believe that additional pre-print capabilities would empower our customers to fully exploit the design freedom of 3D printing. As a result, we are exploring ways to develop, through a combination of acquisitions, strategic investments, and/or alliances, advanced CAD, simulation, and design optimization tools. With these enhanced pre-print capabilities, our customers will be able to imagine, design, optimize and produce their ideal products, unconstrained by the limitations imposed by traditional manufacturing technologies.

LOGO

Industrial Materials. As we experience increased demand for our products globally, it is essential that the material supply chain and distribution channels match and be in close proximity to our current and prospective customers. To ensure that such a supply chain exists or quickly develops, we may vertically integrate the supply of our print media. In addition, for the highest quality printed products, the sand grains and metal particles used in the 3D printing process must be uniform in size and meet very specific tolerances. Vertically integrating would have the additional advantage of ensuring that our PSCs and machine customers have certainty of access to the highest quality print media, meeting the exact specifications of our 3D printing machines.

Our Machines.Our 3D printing machines consist of a build box that includes a machine platform and a computer processor controlling the printheads for applying layers of industrial materials and binding agents. We currently build our machines in both Germany and the United States. See “— Our Machines and Machine Platforms.” Our machines are used to produce molds for castings, products for end users and prototypes. In some situations, we can make prototypes in metal rather than resin polymer, or make a part from a mold for the casting of a newly designed part which we then cast at a qualified foundry. As a result, the prototype can be made from the same material as the final production part, which allows more accurate testing of the prototype. We provide a broad spectrum of qualified materials for direct part production and are continuing to qualify additional materials for use in our printing process. See “Competitive“— Competitive Strengths — Industrial Materials.”

Our machines are mostlyprimarily used to manufacture industrial products which are ordered in relatively low volumes, are highly complex, and have a high value to the customer. For example, the manufacture of an aircraft requires several complex parts, such as transmission housings (also known as gear-casings), which are needed in relatively low volume and which have a high performance value in the aircraft. There are also a variety of machine parts made in traditional machining processes that can be made more cheaply using those processes. Over time, we may be able to manufacture some of those parts more cost effectively. Our technology is not appropriate for the mass production of simple parts, such as injection molded parts or parts made in metal stamping machines. Traditional manufacturing technology is more economical in making those parts. While we expect over time to be able to increase the kinds of parts that we can make more economically than using subtractive manufacturing, we do not ever expect to use our technology to make simple, low-cost mass produced parts.

The bulk of our machines are used to make complex sand molds, which are used to cast these kinds of parts for several industries, although in some cases we make the end part directly. We intend to expand the direct part production segment of our business as we grow. In addition, as our technologies advance, and our unit cost of production decreases, we believe we can increase the type and number of products that our 3D printing machines can manufacture in a cost-effective manner, expanding our addressable market.

PostPost-Print Processing.After a part is 3D printed, the bound and unbound powder in the build box requires curing of the chemical binding agent. In the case of molds and cores, curing occurs at room temperature and the printed partproduct is complete after the binder is cured. The mold or core is then poured at a foundry, yielding the finished metal product. We have identified and work with high quality foundries, and we are exploring ways to enhance the quality of precision castings in order to drive additional demand for our molds and cores and the

machine platforms that print them. In the caseconjunction with precision foundry capabilities, we believe that our casting technology offers a number of advantages over traditional casting methods, including increased yield, weight reduction, and improved thermal range.

For other materials, such as stainless steel, bronze, iron, and metallic powders,bonded tungsten, the part needs to be sintered, or sintered and infiltrated. With sintering, the part is placed into a vacuum furnace in an inert atmosphere to sinter the bonded particles and form a strong bonded porous structure. The porous structure can be further infiltrated with an infiltrantanother material to fill the voids. After the sintering and infiltration, the part can be polished and finished with a variety of standard industrial methods and coatings. We believe that our direct materialization capabilities enable customers to develop the ideal design for products, free of the design constraints inherent in traditional manufacturing, in the industrial metal of choice and in a more efficient manner than traditional manufacturing methods.

Example of Product Enhancement through Pre-Print Design Optimization

A control arm is typically used in the automotive industry to connect wheels to the structural frame of a vehicle. In traditional manufacturing, control arms are cast with a solid internal structure in aluminum. Weight reduction is generally a design goal to improve a vehicle’s operating performance. We undertook a project to produce a control arm traditionally weighing 5.78 lbs. and then produced the same-sized control arm using both indirect part and direct part materialization using 3D printing. As part of its materialization process, we utilized Finite Element Analysis (“FEA”) Simulation to assess the optimal structures and analyze the achievable benefits using 3D printing.

First, using indirect part materialization and FEA Simulation, we determined that a 3D printed sand core and mold with a cellular structure would improve performance by reducing weight while maintaining the structural support and strength. The 3D printed sand core and mold was cast in aluminum at a foundry utilizing a low-pressure pour as opposed to traditional gravity pour to implement the cellular design. This indirect part materialization design resulted in a weight reduction in the control arm of 0.74 lbs. (5.04 lbs.) over the traditional structure.

Second, by using 3D direct part materialization, we determined that an even more advanced cellular structure, one that is pervaded throughout extended areas of the control arm, could create additional improvements beyond even those obtained in the indirect process. The control arm was 3D printed in stainless steel to evidence the more advanced cellular structure pervaded into additional areas of the control arm. The FEA Simulation evidenced an additional 10% decrease in the control arm weight if the part were printed in aluminum (4.57 lbs.), as compared to the indirect 3D printed process and 26% as compared to traditional manufacturing. We also believe that in applying these optimization techniques, cellular and other advanced structures can be used to enhance strength in design areas of 3D printed products. Our control arm project demonstrates the benefits of pre-print collaboration to determine optimal designs for traditional structures.

LOGOLOGOLOGO

Traditional control arm cast in
aluminum—solid internal structure

Indirect Part Materialization—
3D printed core and mold permits
addition of cellular structure

Direct Part Materialization—3D
printed part permits advanced
cellular structure pervaded into
additional areas of the control arm

ExOne Case Studies

The following case studies provide real world illustrations of how our products and services have provided valuable solutions to our customers at significant benefits over traditional subtractive manufacturing.

 

Printing Sand Molds Employing Patternless 3D Printing Process: We were able to produce lighter and more accurate magnesium castings for Sikorsky utilizing an “as-designed” CAD model in conjunction with digital modeling to assure a sound casting would be produced on the first attempt. Utilizing our pre-print services and 3D printing after the CAD design was completed, we were able to produce a finished casting within two to three weeks. Based on information provided by the customer, we estimate that producing the part would have taken six to eight months using traditional tooling methods.

  

Metal Printing for Significant Reduction in Unit Cost and Lead Time:A pump manufacturer needed to manufacture a new impeller design for performance testing, a process whereby a design is created, parts are then made with different configurations of the same part to determine which configuration performs best. We were able to utilize ourin-house 3D printing machines at our PSC to produce the impellers in 420 stainless steel from digital renderings provided by our customer. We shipped the impellers within 15 days of our receipt of the purchase order at a cost to the customer of $1,200. Based upon information provided by customers, we estimate that using traditional pattern-based methods of manufacturing to produce the impellers would have cost $5,000 to $15,000 and taken six to twelve weeks.

Digital Renderings:

 

LOGOLOGO  LOGOLOGO

Final Product:

 

LOGOLOGO  LOGOLOGO

  

Metal Printing at Lower Cost and Greater Wear Resistance: A manufacturer of down hole drilling equipment desired to extend the life of a down-hole application part that is subjected to pressurized abrasive slurry. At a unit-cost of between $75 and $150 (depending upon size), we were able to produce and ship the part in S4 stainless steel/bronze matrix in only 15 to 20 work days. Based on information provided by the customers, we estimate that conventional manufacturing methods would have cost between $400 and $500. In addition, because of our ability to print in stainless steel and bronze, our parts showed greater wear-resistance than parts made with traditional manufacturing methods.

Final Product:

 

LOGOLOGO

Greater Wear-Resistance:

 

LOGOLOGO  LOGOLOGO

Traditionally manufactured part showed

wear after 200-300 hours of use.

  

Metal Printing to Eliminate Custom Tooling and Significantly Reduce Prototype Production Cost and Lead Time: A manufacturerPart created through our metal printing technology showed no measurable wear after 600 hours of grill components needed to produce three broiler pan prototypes with a ceramic coating in four weeks. By using 3D printing based on computer designs instead of traditional stamping methods, we eliminated the need for custom tooling and were able to print the prototypes in 420 stainless steel/bronze in four weeks at a cost-per-unit of $2,300. Based on information provided by the customers, we estimate that using traditional stamping methods would have cost $7,900, and would have required between 12 to 20 weeks to complete.use.

Prototype Broiler Pan with Ceramic Coating

LOGOLOGO

  

Metal Printing to Reduce Cost and Provide Consistent Delivery Schedules for Complex Designs: A prosthetic device maker uses our 3D printing to produce intricate terminal ends, a component in prosthetic hands, in a cost-effective manner and on a consistent production schedule. Using additive manufacturing, we are able to produce intricate parts, like the terminal end shown below with stainless steel/bronze matrix parts, in batches of eight to 40 units, at acost-per-unit of between $25 and $150 (depending upon size) in two to three weeks. Based on information provided by the customer, we estimate that traditional manufacturing methods, such as investment casting or conventional machining, would cost between $250 and $1,500 per unit and require between two and eight weeks for production.

3D Printed Prosthetic Hand Component

 

LOGOLOGO  LOGO

LOGO

CAD Rendering of component

Printing Sand Molds to Achieve Faster Castings at Lower Costs and with Increased Flexibility for Design Changes:We were able to provide a German automaker with a method to quickly and economically produce complex aluminum alloy prototypes utilizing 3D printing of sand molds and cores. Our digital printing process offered significant time and cost advantages over conventional manufacturing methods, and accommodated changes in design rapidly, enabling product design improvements at a reduced cost. We were able to provide sand molds and cores in four hours at a cost per part of approximately $2,000. Based on information provided by the customer, we estimate that traditional methods of sand core forming would be approximately $20,000 to $25,000 per lot.

CAD Renderings

LOGO

3D Printed Sand Mold

LOGO

Customers and Sales

Educating Our Customers.

Educating our customers and raising awareness in our target markets about the many uses and benefits of our 3D printing technology is an important part of our sales process. We believe that customers who experience the efficiency gains, decreased lead-time, increased design flexibility, and decreased cost potential of 3D printing, as compared to subtractive manufacturing, are more likely to purchase our machines and be repeat customers of our products. We educate our customers on the design freedom, speed, and other benefits of 3D printing by providing printing and design services and support through our growing number of PSCs. We also seek to expose key potential users to our products through our PSCs, installed machines at customers’ locations, university programs, and sales and marketing efforts. See “Business —“— Our Business Strategy.”

Production Service Centers.

We have established a network of fivesix PSCs in North Huntingdon, Pennsylvania; Troy, Michigan; Houston, Texas; Auburn, Washington; Augsburg, Germany; and Kanagawa, Japan. Through our PSCs we provide sales and marketing and delivery of support and printing services to our customers. At our PSCs, our customers see our printing machines in operation and can evaluate their production capabilities before ordering a machine or a printed product. The PSCs are scalable and have a well-defined footprint that can be easily replicated to serve additional regional markets. As described below, placing our PSCs in strategic locations around the world is an important part of our business strategy. See “Business —“— Our Business Strategy.”

For all customers, we offer the following support and services through our PSCs:

 

  

Pre-production Collaboration. We provide pre-production collaboration services to both purchasers of our machines and to customers of products printed on our own machines through our PSCs. Our pre-print services include data capture using software that enables customers to translate their product vision into a digital design format that can be used as an input to our 3D printing equipment. We help our customers successfully move from the design stage to the production stage, and help customers evaluate the optimal design and industrial materials for their production needs. For example, we worked with a customer to design and manufacture parts that eliminated significant weight from a helicopter, which was possible because of the precision of our AM process. Our machines are also able to deliver a replacement for a product broken by the customer rapidly or often immediately because we will already have the production computer file. Using subtractive manufacturing would take much longer.

 

  

Consumables. We provide customers with the inputs used in our 3D printing machines, including tools, printing media/industrial materials, and bonding agents.

 

  

Training and Technical Support. Our technicians train customers to use our machines through hands-on experience at our PSCs and provide field support to our customers, including design assistance, education on industrial materials, operations and printing training, instruction on cleaning, and maintenance and troubleshooting.

 

  

Replacement Parts and Service. For the first year after purchase of one of our machines, we provide complimentary service and support. Thereafter, we offer a variety of service and support plans.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe that our competitive strengths include:

 

Volumetric Output Rate.Rate. We believe that our 3D printing machines provide us the highest rate of volume output per hourunit of time among competing AM technologies. Because of our early entrance into the industrial market for AM and our investment in our core 3D printing technology, we have been able to improve the printhead speed and build box size of our machines. As a result, we have made strides in improving the output efficiency of our machines, as measured by volume output per unit of time. For example, the machine cost per cubic inch for our mid-size Flex machine is approximately 5% of the comparable machine cost of its predecessor, the R 2, assuming a constant 80% utilization rate and five-year useful life. With continued advances in our core 3D printing technologies, we believe that our cost of production will continue to decline, increasing our ability to compete with subtractive manufacturing processes, particularly for complex products, effectively expanding our addressable market.

example, the machine cost per cubic inch for our mid-size Flex machine is approximately 5% of the comparable machine cost of its predecessor, the R 2, assuming a constant 80% utilization rate over a five-year period. With continued advances in our core 3D printing technologies, we believe that our cost of production will continue to decline, increasing our ability to compete with subtractive manufacturing processes, particularly for complex products, effectively expanding our addressable market.

 

Printing Platform Size.The size of the build box area and the platform upon which we construct a product is important to industrial customers, who may want to either make a high number of products per job run or make an industrial product that has large dimensions and is heavy in final form. Our 1,260-liter platform for our “S Max”S-Max machine is one of the largest commercially available 3D printing build platforms. We believe that our technology and experience give us the potential to develop even larger build platforms to meet the production demands of current and potential industrial customers. In addition, we have created machine platforms in four size ranges in order to cater to the varying demands of our customers. Our two largest platforms, the Max and Print machines, are differentiated from the machines of our competitors in their ability to print in an industrial size and scale. Our LabM-Lab size platform provides a small build box for lab work and experimentation.

 

Industrial Material. Currently, our 3D printing machines are able to manufacture casting molds and cores from specialty silica sand and ceramics, which are the traditional materials for these casting products. WeOf equal importance, our 3D printing machines are also capable of direct product materialization by printing in silica sand, ceramics,industrial metals, including stainless steel, bronze, iron, and glass, and webonded tungsten. We are in varying stages of qualifying additional industrial materials for printing, such as titanium, tungsten carbide, aluminum, and magnesium. There is significant demand for products made inof these materials. MostMany AM companies, however, cannot print industrial products in these materials and focus instead on polymer applications.

Chemical Binding.We use liquid chemical binding agents during the printing process. We believe that our unique chemical binding agent technology can more readily achieve efficiency gains over time than other AM technologies, such as laser-fusing technologies. For instance, in order to increase the print speed of laser-based technologies, another expensive industrial laser must be added to the manufacturing process, raising the unit cost of production.

 

International Presence. Since our inception, we have structured our business to cater to major international markets. We have established at one or more PSCPSCs in each of North America, Europe, and Asia. Because many of our current or potential customers are global industrial companies, it is important that we have a presence in or near the areas where these companies have manufacturing facilities.

 

Co-location of High Value Production. Over the last few years, many U.S. industrial manufacturers have out-sourced partsoutsourced products supply or otherwise created long, relatively inflexible supply chains for their high-complexity, high-value parts.products. We believe that over the next few years, many of these companies will need to build these partsproducts in the United States, near their main manufacturing facilities, in order to be competitive nationally and internationally. We believe we are well positioned to help these manufacturers co-locate the production of partsproducts so as to optimize our customers’ supply chains.

Our Business Strategy

The principal elements of our growth strategy include:

 

Expand the Network of Production Service Centers. Our PSCs provide a central location for customer collaboration and provide customers with a direct contact point to learn about our 3D printing technology, buy products printed by us, and purchase our machines. By the end of 2015, we plan to expand our PSC network from the current fivesix locations to fifteen locations. Like our current PSCs, we plan to locate the additional PSCs in major industrial centers near existing and potential customers. While we may adjust the final locations based upon market considerations, our initial plan includes opening a new PSC in South America and on the west cost of the United States by the third quarter of 2013, and opening two additional locations in Asia and Western Europe by the second quarter of 2014.

plan to locate the additional PSCs in major industrial centers near existing and potential customers. While we may adjust the final locations based upon market considerations, our 2013 plan includes announcing the opening of an additional location in the United States in addition to the recent Auburn, Washington announcement. Our current plan also includes opening two or more additional locations in the first half of 2014.

 

Qualify New Industrial Materials Printable In Our Systems.Currently, our 3D printing machines are capable of printing in silica sand, ceramics, stainless steel, bronze, iron, bonded tungsten, and glass, and we are in varying stages of qualifying additional industrial materials for printing, such as titanium, tungsten carbide, aluminum, and magnesium. By expanding into these other materials, we believe we can expand our market share and better serve our industrial customer base. We established EXMAL,ExMAL, which focuses on materials testing. We believe EXMALExMAL will assist us in increasing the rate at which we are able to qualify new materials. EXMALExMAL is led by our new Chief Technology Officer, Rick Lucas, whose background includes experience in materials testing and certification. See “Management.“Management — Executive Officers and Directors.

 

Increase the Efficiency of Our Machines to Expand the Addressable Market.We intend to invest in further developing our machine technology so as to increase the volume output per unit of time that our machines can produce. We recentlyIn 2011, we began selling a new second generation mid-sized platform, the S PrintS-Print machine. In addition, we are marketing our new M FlexM-Flex machine, and expectwe have a signed purchase order to accept orders beginningdeliver our first unit in the fourththird quarter of 2012.2013. See “Our Our Machines &and Machine Platforms.” In both cases, the new machines are designed to increase the volume output per hour over the machines that they will replaceunit of time through advances in printhead speed and build box size. Achieving improved production speed and efficiency will expand our potential market for our machines and for products made in our PSCs.

 

Focus Upon Customer Training and Education to Promote Awareness. We will use our regional PSCs to educate our potential customers. In addition, we have supplied 3D printing equipment to more than 20 universities and research institutions, in hopes of expanding the base of future adopters of our technology. We established EXTECExTEC in our North Huntingdon, Pennsylvania headquarters. At EXTEC,ExTEC, technicians will guide our current and prospective customers in the optimal use of 3D printing and customers gain digital access to our 3D printing knowledge database as it continues to evolve. We make ExTEC accessible to universities, individual customers, employees/trainees, designers, engineers, and others interested in 3D printing. We will continue to educate the marketplace about the advantages of 3D printing.

digital access to our 3D printing knowledge database as it continues to evolve. We make EXTEC accessible to universities, individual customers, employees/trainees, designers, engineers and others interested in 3D printing. We will continue to educate the marketplace about the advantages of 3D printing.

 

Achieve Revenue Balance and Geographic Diversification.Over the long-term, our goal is to balance revenue between machine sales and PSC production, service contracts, and consumables. Machine sales tend to be seasonal, less predictable, and generally more heavily impacted by the macroeconomic cycle, as compared to PSC production, service contracts, and consumables. We will focus on machine sales during up-swings in the economy and focusing on the sales of our other products and services during periods of decline in industrial capital investment. In addition, asAs we sell more machines, the machine sales portion of our business will be supplemented by related sales of service, replacement parts, and consumables. To avoid being overly dependent on economic conditions in one part of the world, we intend to develop our customer base so that our revenues are balanced across the Americas, Europe, and Asia. As overall revenues increase, maintaining this balance will largely be achieved by targeting specific customers and industries for machine sales and by establishing PSCs in each of our key regions.

Advance Pre-Print Design and Post-Print Processing Capabilities to Accelerate the Growth of Our 3D Printing Technology. Our next generation 3D printing machine platforms have achieved the volumetric output rate and quality necessary to serve industrial markets on a production scale. We believe that there is an opportunity to similarly advance the pre-print and post-print processing phases of product materialization to more fully exploit the transformative power of our 3D printing machines and drive growth. These opportunities relate to both direct and indirect part materialization. For direct metal production, we believe that enhancing pre-print processes, notably design optimization tools and suitable print material availability, can greatly accelerate our capture of market share in the near-term.

Additionally, enhancements to post-print processing will increase the applications for printed products. Through ExMAL, we are developing post-print processing technologies to achieve fully dense metal product materialization without the need for infiltration, and we are exploring technology sharing partnerships to further this initiative. In indirect production utilizing 3D printed molds and cores, advanced performance casting technologies can be leveraged to increase yields and reduce weight of casted products. To address the market opportunity and fill the execution gap, we have developed a suite of processes, many of which are proprietary, for producing high-quality castings through a process that we call ExCAST. ExCAST provides industry guidance and support through all stages of production, from CAD at the design stage, through the 3D materialization of molds and cores, metal casting of the end product and rapid delivery to the end-user.

Pursue Growth Opportunities Through Acquisitions, Alliances, and/or Strategic Investments. We intend to opportunistically identify and, through acquisitions, alliances and/or strategic investment, integrate and advance complementary businesses, technologies and capabilities. Our goal is to expand the functionality of our products, provide access to new customers and markets, and increase our production capacity. We are in active discussions with parties that we believe can contribute to a superior end-to-end manufacturing process.

Our Machines and Machine Platforms

We produce a variety of machines in order to enable designers and engineers to rapidly, efficiently, and cost-effectively design and produce industrial prototypes and production parts. The models of our machines differ based on the materials in which they print, build box size, and production speeds, but all utilize our advanced technology and designs. The variation in the models of machines that we produce allows for flexibility of use based on the needs of our customers.

We have created machine platforms in four size ranges in order to cater to the job sizes at the machine prices that the market demands. Our two largest platforms, the “Max” size platform and the “Print” size platform, are differentiated from those of our competitors in their ability to print on an industrial size and scale.

We further differentiate our model name by a prefix of either “M” or “S” before the platform name. The S prefix indicates that the machine is largely used for printing molds and cores for castings. The M prefix indicates that the machine is largely used for the direct printing of objects. The largest platform, the Max size, is generalgenerally used for castings, and therefore the current model in this platform is the S Max.S-Max. The Print size platform is broadly applicable in a variety of industrial uses, and therefore, we have introduced the platform with both M PrintM-Print and S PrintS-Print machines. We anticipateare currently offering the new Flex platform in an M FlexM-Flex machine. The Lab size platform is primarily sold and used as the M LabM-Lab machine.

Our machines come in a variety of sizes and are named for the size of print job they are able to produce. In descending order by capacity are our Max, Print, Flex, and Lab machines.

 

 LOGO LOGO LOGO LOGO LOGO LOGO LOGO LOGO
 

Max Platform

 

Print Platform

 

Flex Platform

 

Lab Platform

 

Max Platform

 

Print Platform

 

Flex Platform

 

Lab Platform

External Dimensions WxDxH (mm)

 7000 x 3586 x 2860 2252 x 2584 x 2114 1674 x 1278 x 1552 965 x 711 x 1066 7000 x 3586 x 2860 2252 x 2584 x 2114 1674 x 1278 x 1552 965 x 711 x 1066

*Hours Per Job Box

 24 hr print time (.28mm layers) 14.5 hrs 14 - 21 hrs 12 hrs 

24 hr print time

(.28mm layers)

 14.5 hrs 14- 21 hrs 12 hrs
 

13 hr print time (0.5mm layer)

    

13 hr print time

(0.5mm layer)

   
        

Print Box Dimensions WxDxH (mm)

 1800 x 1000 x 700 780 x 400 x 400 400 x 250 x 250 40 x 60 x 35 1800 x 1000 x 700 780 x 400 x 400 400 x 250 x 250 40 x 60 x 35
        

Print Box Size (L)

 1260 125 25 0.084 1260 125 25 0.084
        

Z Axis Resolution (mm)

 0.07 mm / 0.09 mm .15mm 0.10 mm 0.10 mm 0.07 mm / 0.09 mm .15mm 0.10 mm 0.10 mm
        

Materials

 Silica Sand Silica Sand 420 Stainless Steel 420 Stainless Steel Silica Sand Silica Sand 420 Stainless Steel 420 Stainless Steel
        
 Cerabeads Cerabeads 316 Stainless Steel 316 Stainless Steel Cerabeads Cerabeads 316 Stainless Steel 316 Stainless Steel
        
 Ceramics Ceramics Bronze Bronze Ceramics Ceramics Bronze Bronze
        
  420 Stainless Steel Glass Glass  420 Stainless Steel Glass Glass
        
  316 Stainless Steel Ceramics Ceramics  316 Stainless Steel Ceramics Ceramics
  

Bronze

    

Bronze

 Iron Iron
    
  

Iron

 

Bonded Tungsten

 

Glass

 Bonded Tungsten 

Bonded Tungsten

    

  

Max Platform

 

Print Platform

 

Flex Platform

 

Lab Platform

Select Machine or Printed Products Customers

 

Caterpillar

 

Peerless Pump/Grundfos

 Marketed and demonstrated in September, 2012

L’Université

du Québec

 Rochester Institute of Technology
    
 Ford Motor Company Ecothermics rp+m Lafayette University
    
 

Boeing

 

Ulterra

 

University of Pittsburgh

 Lafayette

University of Pittsburgh

    
 

Bosch Rexroth

 

HansGrohe

  

Piedmont University of Pittsburgh

    
 Magellan Aerospace Corporation Industrial Machine and Manufacturing  
    
 Mitchell Aerospace Inc. 

LUK USA

  
    
 Bavarian Motor Works (BMW) 

Daihatsu

  
    
 Tesla Motors, Inc.   
 

Deere & Company

   
 

ITT Corp.

   
 

KSB Group

   
 

Best Pumpworks

   

Ryoyu Systems

Sikorsky

UMPO

MINOU

 

* 

Hours Per Job Box and Resolution both vary based upon the application.

S Max.S-Max.The S MaxS-Max machine, the largest of our machines, has a build box size of 1.8 meters x 1 meter x .7 meters and sells for approximately $1.4 million (based upon average model options and exchange rates). The total time to produce an entire build box on the S MaxS-Max is approximately 24 hours. We introduced the S MaxS-Max machine in 2010 to provide improved size and speed over the predecessor model, the S 15. As of the December 31, 2011, we have produced 12 S Max machines and 32 S 15 machines.S-15. Our PSCs each generally have at least one S MaxS-Max or S 15S-15 machine installed on-site, which provides our customers with the ability to print casting molds and cores on an industrial scale.

S Max

LOGO

S Print/ M Print.S-Print/M-Print.Our Print machine platform has been completely redesigned and is our current mid-sized machine platform. The S PrintS-Print machine provides the same cutting edge technology available in the S MaxS-Max platform, with an average price point of $800,000approximately $0.8 million (based upon average model options and exchange rates). The S PrintS-Print machine is used by customers interested in printing objects made from silica sand and ceramics, with a particular focus on industrial applications for smaller casting cores that are often required for the aerospace industry, especially in hydraulic applications. The build box size permits the use of exotic and expensive print materials, such as ceramics, that are required for high heat/high strength applications. The S PrintS-Print machine build box is approximately 125 liters. This same basic platform is used in the M Print,M-Print, which is used by customers interested in direct printing of objects made

from metals and glass. The average price point of the M PrintM-Print is $900,000approximately $0.9 million (based upon average model options and exchange rates). We expect to starthave begun installing S PrintS-Print machines in each PSCour PSCs to complement the S MaxS-Max machines currently in use in the first quarter of 2013.use.

S Print

LOGO

M Flex.M-Flex. We are actively marketing our Flex machinesM-Flex machine platform and are quoting deliverieshave a signed purchase order for our first sale, to be delivered to our customer in the third quarter of 2013. We expect the M FlexM-Flex to satisfy the demand for a large range of industrial customers that are interested in directly printing metals, ceramic and glass products. The average price point of $350,000approximately $0.4 million (based upon average model options and exchange rates) is designed to satisfy demand from industrial production houses. We have developed a collaborative process for assisting the users in production implementation through the EXTECExTEC and EXMALExMAL organizational efforts.

M Flex

LOGO

M Lab.M-Lab.The M LabM-Lab is the smallest of our build platforms. At an average price point of $100,000approximately $0.1 million (based upon average model options and exchange rates), it is primarily used as a development platform, as well as a teaching tool in an engineering environment. There are over 20 M LabM-Lab machines installed at universities and research institutions in the United States and Europe.

M LabBinding

We use liquid chemical binding agents during the printing process. We believe that our unique chemical binding agent technology can more readily achieve efficiency gains over time than other AM technologies such as laser-fusing technologies. For instance, in order to increase the print speed of laser-based technologies, another expensive industrial laser must be added to the manufacturing process, raising the unit cost of production.

LOGO

We also recently announced that we have added phenolic and sodium silicate to our suite of binders for use in our 3D printing process. Phenolic binder, used with ceramic sand in the 3D printing of molds and cores, offers customers three benefits: (i) casting higher heat alloys; (ii) creating a higher strength mold or core; and (iii) improving the quality of the casting due to reduced expansion of the mold or core. These capabilities address challenges faced by the automotive, aviation, hydraulic/heavy equipment and pump industries. We believe that the use of sodium silicate will reduce or eliminate the release of fumes and gas in the casting process, helping to reduce costs associated with air ventilation, and electrical and maintenance equipment, which we believe will appeal to casting houses that are in search of cleaner environmental processes.

Other Businesses – Laser Micromachining

We manufacturerIn addition to manufacturing our 3D printing machines, we also manufacture the ExMicro Orion (“Orion”) machine, which is used for both conventional and exotic materials. Micromachining is an integrated machineprocess that combines the use of a short pulse laser with a patented trepanning (which is a type of laser drilling) head to capture and manipulate thea laser beam. This machine is used for micromachining of both conventional and exotic materials. By controlling and manipulating the beam, the Orion machine, which we build in the United States, can remove microns of material from precise locations with thousands of pulses per second.

The beam manipulation capability allows us to shape design features like tapers, making the Orion machine an effective tool for production of automotive and aerospace components. The Orion machine sells for approximately $1$1.0 million, and we expect to deliver the first of these machineswhich was sold to a production customer in the fourth quarter of 2012.2013.

Marketing and Sales

We market our products under the ExOne brand name in our three major geographic regions  the Americas, Europe and Asia. Our sales are made primarily by ten full-time equivalent, in-house sales people. Our sales force is augmented, in certain territories, by representatives with specific industry or territorial expertise.

Even where we are supported by a representative, all of our product and service offerings provided by our PSCs are sold directly to customers by us.

We believe that our direct selling relationship helps to create one of the building blocks for our business  the creation of true collaboration between us and industrial customers who are interested in 3D printing. Increasingly, industrial producers are considering shifting from subtractive manufacturing techniques to 3D printing. Our marketing efforts include educating potential customers about 3D printing technology through collaboration starting with pre-production services and continuing with production and technical support at our PSCs.

Currently, our sales people are based in North Huntingdon, Pennsylvania; Troy, Michigan; Houston, Texas; Auburn, Washington; Augsburg, Germany; and Kanagawa, Japan (near Tokyo). In addition, we have recently opened international sales offices in China and Brazil, expanding our machines sales efforts and laying the groundwork for future PSCs in these markets in the process.

Our Customers

Our customers are located primarily in the Americas, Europe, and Asia. We are a party to non-disclosure agreements with many of our customers, and therefore, are often prohibited from disclosing many of our customers’ identities. Our customers include several Fortune 500 companies that are leaders in their respective markets. The primary markets that we currently serve are:

 

aerospace;

 

automotive;

 

heavy equipment; and

 

power fluid handling.energy/oil/gas.

Our machines are installed at the facilities of Ford, BMW, Volkswagen, Aisin (a Toyota supplier) and Magellan Aerospace, among others. Existing PSC customers include Mitchell Aerospace, Tesla, Caterpillar, Deere & Company, Boeing and ITT.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012 and the twelve months ended December 31, 2010 and 2011, the Company conducted a significant portion of its business with a limited number of customers. The Company’s top five customers represented approximately 46% and 42% of total revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012, respectively and approximately 43% and 47% of total revenue in 2010 and 2011, respectively. These customers primarily purchased 3D printing machines. Sales of 3D printed parts and consumables tend to be from repeat customers that may utilize the capability of our PSCs for three months or longer. Sales of 3D printing machines are low volume and generate significant revenue but the same customers do not necessarily buy machines in each period. Timing of customer purchases is dependent onupon the customer’s capital budgeting cycle, which may vary from period to period. Sales of 3D printed products, materials and other services tend to be from repeat customers that may utilize the capability of our PSCs for three months or longer. The nature of the revenue from 3D printing machines, as described above, does not leave us dependent upon a single or a limited number of customers. Rather, the timing of the sales can have a material effect on period to period financial results. For the six months ended June 30, 2013, we had two customers (UMPO and MINOU) that represented ten percent or more of our revenue. For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, we had zero, one (Ryoyu Systems) and three (Intek, I Metal and BMW) customers that represented ten percent or more of our revenue.

                        
   Twelve Months Ended
December 31,
   Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
   2010   2011   2011   2012 
   (unaudited) 

Machine Units Sold(A)

        

S 15

   2         2         2     1  

S Max

   2     1     1     4  

S Print

   —       1     1     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   4     4     4     5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(A)See “Business—Our Machines and Machine Platforms” for a description of the machines

Services and Warranty

We have fully trained service technicians to perform machine installations in the Americas, Europe, and Asia. We provide an industry standard one-year warranty on installed machines. Customers can purchase additional service contracts for maintenance and service. Finally, we sell spare parts which we maintain in stock in worldwide, to assist in providing service expeditiously to our customers.

Our terms of sale generally require payment within 30 to 60 days after shipment of a product, although we also recognize longer payment periods are customary in some countries where we transact business.

Suppliers

Our largest suppliers, (year to date in 2012, based upon dollar volume of purchases)purchases, are Bauer GmbH & Co KG, Bosch Rexroth AG and Batz, Burgel GmbH & Co KG).KG, Fuji Film Dimatix, T&S Materials, RPMC Lasers and Intek Systems.

We buy our industrial materials from several suppliers and, except as set forth below, the loss of any one of which would not materially adversely affect our business. We currently have a single supplier of printheads for

our 3D printing machines. While we believe that our printheads supplier is replaceable, in the event of the loss of that supplier, we could experience delays and interruptions that might adversely affect the financial performance of our business. Additionally, we obtain certain preproduction services through design and data capture providers, and certain post-production services though vendors with whom we have existing and good relationships. The loss of any one of these providers or vendors would not materially adversely affect our business.

Research and Development

We have invested over $8 million in research and development over the last six years. We spent approximately $1.2$2.1 million and $1.5$0.8 million on research and development during the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively. We spent approximately $1.9 million, $1.5 million and $1.2 million on research and development during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. We expect to continue to invest significantly in research and 2011, respectively.development in the future.

A significant portion of our research and development expenditures have been focused upon:upon the:

 

the chemistry of binder formulation;

 

the mechanics of droplet flight into beds of powder;

 

the metallurgy of thermally processing metals that are printed through AM;

 

the mechanics of spreading powders in a job box;

the transfer of digital data through a series of software links, to drive a printhead; and

 

synchronizingsynchronization of all of the above to print ever-increasing volumes of material per unit time.

We expect to continue to invest significantly in research and development in the future.

Intellectual Property

Patents and MIT Licenses.Our technology is covered by a variety of patents or licenses for use of patents. We are the worldwide licensee of certain patents of the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (“MIT”)MIT for certain AM printing processes (the “MIT Patents”), with exclusive rights to practice the patents in certain fields including the application of the printing processes to metals (with sublicensing rights), and non-exclusive rights to practice the patents in certain fields including the application of the printing processes to certain non-metals (without sublicensing rights). Additionally, we hold patents solely or as majority owner as a result of our own technological developments and from the acquisition of Prometal RCT GmbH (subsequently renamed ExOne GmbH). Our patents are issued in the United States and in various foreign jurisdictions, including Japan and Germany. As a result of our commitment to research and development, (“R&D Commitment”), we also hold process patents and have applied for other patents for equipment, processes, materials and 3D printing applications. The expiration dates of our patents range from2013from 2013 to 2029. We believe that the expiration of patents in the near term will not impact our business.

Certain of theThe MIT Patents under which we are licensed will expire over the next 24 months.have expiration dates ranging from 2013 to 2021. We believe that the expiration of these licenses will not impact our business, however the expiration may allow our competitors that were previously prevented from doing so to utilize binder jetting 3D printing. However, we have developed know-how and trade secrets relative to our 3D printing technology and believe that our early entrance into the industrial market provides us with a timing and experience advantage. Through our investment in our technology, we have been able to qualify industrial materials for use in our 3D printing machines, and we intend to continue such efforts. In addition, we have taken steps to protect much of our technology as a trade secret. Given the significant steps that we have taken to establish our experience in AM for industrial applications, as well as our ongoing commitment to research and development, we intend to maintain our preeminent position in the AM industry market.

We entered into an Amended and Restated Exclusive Patent License Agreement with MIT in June 2011. The terms of the agreement require that we remit both license fees and royalties to MIT based upon worldwide

revenue of licensed products, processes and consumables. The term of the agreement commenced on January 1, 2011, and remains in force until the expiration or abandonment of all issued patent rights.

On January 22, 2013, we agreed with MIT to an amendment of its exclusive patent license agreement (the Amended MIT Agreement). The Amended MIT Agreement provides for, among other things, (1) a reduction in the term of the agreement between us and MIT from the date of expiration or abandonment of all issued patent rights to December 31, 2016, (2) an increase in the annual license maintenance fees due for the years ended December 31, 2013 through December 31, 2016 from $50,000 annually to $100,000 annually, with amounts related to 2013 through 2016 guaranteed by us, (3) a settlement of all past and future royalties on net sales of licensed products, processes and consumables for a one-time payment of $200,000 (paid in March 2013), and (4) a provision for extension of the term of the arrangement between the parties for an annual license maintenance fee of $100,000 for each subsequent year beyond 2016.

Trademarks.We have registered ExONE as a trademarkregistrations in the United States.States for X1. We have filed for trademark applications for “EX ONE,” a stylized “X1” and the phrase “Digital Part Materialization”registrations in the United States and in Canada, Europe, Japan, China, Korea, and Brazil.Brazil for ExOne and for a stylized form of “X1 ExOne DIGITAL PART MATERIALIZATION.” We have also filed for trademark registrations in Canada and Japan for DIGITAL PART MATERIALIZATION. We have also filed for trademark registrations in the United States for ExCAST, ExMAL, ExTEC, and M-Flex.

Trade Secrets. As is true in the AM industry generally, theThe development of our products, processes and materials has involved a considerable amount of experience, manufacturing and processing know-how and research and development techniques that are not easily duplicated. We protect this knowledge as a trade secret through the confidentiality and nondisclosure agreements which all employees, customers and consultants are required to sign at the time they are employed or engaged by us. Additional information related to the risks associated with our intellectual property rights are described in “Risk Factors.”

Competition

Other companies are active in the market for 3D printingprinted products, materials and other services. These companies use a variety of AM technologies, including:

 

direct metal deposition;

 

direct metal laser sintering;

electron beam melting;

 

fused deposition modeling;

 

laser consolidation;

 

laser sintering;

 

multi-jet modeling;

 

polyjet;

 

selective laser melting;

 

selective laser sintering; and

 

stereolithography.

Some of the companies that have developed and employ one or more AM technologies include: 3D Systems Corporation, (including the recently acquired Z Corporation), Stratasys Inc. (including the recently acquired Solidscape, Inc.), Objet Ltd., EOS Optronics GmbH, EnvisionTEC GmbH, and Solid Model Ltd.

Some of these processes and companies compete with some of the products and services that we provide. Despite the challenging competitive landscape, we believe that we are the only AM printing solutions provider

that focuses primarily on industrial applications on a production scale. Our competitive advantages, including the size of our build platforms, the speed of our printing heads, the variety of materials used by industrial manufacturers in which we can print, the industry qualification of many of the materials we print in, our robust market capabilities, and our suite of machine system families offering scale and flexibility, also serve to differentiate us from the other competitors in the AM market.

We also compete with established subtractive manufacturers in the industrial products market. These companies often provide large-scale, highly capitalized facilities that are designed or built to fill specific production purposes, usually mass production. However, we believe that we are well positioned to expand our share of the industrial products market from these manufacturers as AM gains recognition. As our technologies improve and our unit cost of production decreases, we expect to be able to compete with subtractive manufacturing on a wide range of products, thereby expanding our addressable market.

Seasonality

Purchases of our 3D printing machines often follow a seasonal pattern owing to the capital budgeting cycles of our customers. Generally, machine sales are higher in our third and fourth fiscal quarters than in our first and second fiscal quarters.

Backlog

At SeptemberJune 30, 2012,2013, our backlog (including confirmed purchase orders, deferred revenue and customer deposits were $3.0prepayments) was approximately $6.9 million. Deferred revenue reflects customer requested deliveries and prepaid deposits and would approximates the minimum backlog for machines only. We estimate the total backlog at our Americas PSCs to be $2.8 million at September 30, 2012. We expect to fulfill our SeptemberJune 30, 20122013 backlog for machines and PSCs during the next twelve months. This is compared to a backlog of $5.1 million at December 31, 2012.

Environmental Matters

Compliance with federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the discharge of materials into the environment or otherwise relating to the protection of the environment has not had a material impact on capital expenditures, earnings or the competitive position of us and our subsidiaries. We are not the subject of any legal or administrative proceeding relating to the environmental laws of the United States or any country in which we have an office. We have not received any notices of any violations of any such environmental laws.

Employees

As of NovemberAugust 1, 2012,2013, we employed a total of 155 (126202 (169 full time) employees at our five locations.employees. None of these employees is a party to a collective bargaining agreement, and we believe our relations with them are good.

Geographic Information

Our revenues by geographic region (based upon the country where the sale originated) for the six months ended June 30, 2013 were Americas 35.0%, Europe 37.0% and Asia 28.0% as compared to Americas 55.9%, Europe 25.5% and Asia 18.6% for the six months ended June 30, 2012. Our revenues by geographic region for the year ended December 31, 2012 were Americas 27.2%, Europe 48.7% and Asia 24.1%, as compared to Americas 30.0%, Europe 37.1% and Asia 32.9% for the year ended December 31, 2011 and Americas 29.3%, Europe 51.4% and Asia 19.3% for the year ended December 31, 2010.

Properties

We have fivesix locations. Our corporate headquarters are located in North Huntingdon, Pennsylvania. The size of the facilities at these locations is as follows:

 

Location

  Owned or Leased   Approximate Square Footage 

North Huntingdon, Pennsylvania

   Owned     42,525 sq. ft.  

Troy, MichiganMichigan*

   LeasedOwned     19,646 sq. ft.  

Houston, TexasTexas*

   LeasedOwned     12,000 sq. ft.  

Augsburg, Germany

   Leased     Aggregate 38,91677,500 sq. ft.  

Kanagawa, Japan

   Leased     11,293 sq. ft.  

Auburn, Washington

Leased11,600 sq. ft.

*As further described in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions,” prior to March 27, 2013, we leased these properties from our variable interest entities. On March 27, 2013, we purchased the Troy, Michigan and Houston, Texas facilities.

In addition to office space, we maintain manufacturing facilities, primarily for producing our machines, in the above referenced space in Augsburg, Germany and North Huntingdon, Pennsylvania. We intend to expand our manufacturing facility in Germany.

We maintain PSCs in North Huntingdon, Pennsylvania; Troy, Michigan; Houston, Texas; Auburn, Washington; Augsburg, Germany; and Kanagawa, Japan (near Tokyo).

On August 1, 2013, we entered into an agreement for purchase of land in Gersthofen, Germany, in the district of Augsburg to build a new facility. The facility will comprise approximately 150,700 square feet of production, warehouse, service and research and development space as well as approximately 27,600 square feet for offices. We intend to establish upconsolidate our five existing leased facilities in Augsburg, which currently occupy an aggregate of approximately 77,500 square feet, into the new facility, providing expansion capacity to ten additional PSCs locatedsupport its global growth strategy. We have selected a turnkey provider of construction services that focuses on Central Europe, Great Britain, Austria and Switzerland, to design and construct the new facility. We estimate that we will complete construction of the new facility in various strategic manufacturing centers throughout the world oversecond half of 2014. We estimate that the next 38 months. See “ Production Service Centers.”acquisition and construction of the new facility will cost approximately $20.0 million, which includes approximately $3.9 million to purchase the land.

Legal Proceedings

ExOne and our subsidiaries are involved in litigation from time to time in the ordinary course of business. We aredo not believe that the outcome of any pending or threatened litigation involving ExOne or our subsidiaries will have a party to any legal proceedings.

Geographic Information

Our revenues by geographic region for the year ended December 31, 2011 were Americas 30.0%, Europe 37.1% and Asia 32.9% as compared to Americas 29.3%, Europe 51.4% and Asia 19.3% for the same period in 2010, and for the nine monthsmaterial adverse effect on our financial position, results of 2012 were Americas 37.0%, Europe 33.6% and Asia 29.4% as compared to Americas 27.5%, Europe 36.4% and Asia 36.1% for the same period in 2011.operations or cash flows.

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forthand the discussion below provide information concerningabout our directors (each of whom were reelected at our Annual Meeting of stockholders held on August 19, 2013) and executive officers and directors immediately prior to the completionas of this offering. Unless otherwise stated, the address for our executive officers and directors is c/o The ExOne Company, 127 Industry Boulevard, North Huntingdon, Pennsylvania 15642.June 30, 2013:

 

Name

  Age   

PositionPositions and Offices Held with the Company

Director Since

S. Kent Rockwell

   68    Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer

David Burns

   58    President, & Chief Operating Officer and Director

JoEllen Lyons Dillon

  49Chief Legal Officer and Corporate Secretary

Rainer Hoechsmann

47General Manager of ExOne GmbH

John Irvin

   58    Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Director

Rainer Hoechsmann

46General Manager of ExOne GmbH

Ken Yokoyama

33General Manager of ExOne KK

Rick Lucas

   47    Chief Technology Officer

Lloyd A. SempleKen Yokoyama

   7336    Proposed DirectorGeneral Manager of Ex One KK

Raymond J. Kilmer

  48Director

Victor Sellier

64Director

Lloyd A. Semple

74Director*

Bonnie K. Wachtel

   57    Proposed Director

Victor Sellier

63Proposed Director

The following are biographical summaries, including experience, of those individuals who serve as our executive officers and directors:

*Lead director.

S. Kent Rockwell — Mr. Rockwell has served as our Managing Member since 2008 and will serve as our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer effective onsince January 1, 2013, when we were formed as a Delaware corporation. Prior to that date, Mr. Rockwell served as the Reorganization.Managing Member of Ex One Company, LLC, our predecessor, since 2008. Mr. Rockwell has been the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Rockwell Venture Capital, Inc., a private venture capital company, since 1983 and of Appalachian Timber Services, a supplier of timber products for railroads, since 1986. Mr. Rockwell served as Vice Chairman of Argon ST, a public company engaged primarily in defense contracting, from 2004 to 2010. Mr. Rockwell served as the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Sensytech Inc., which was engaged in the design, development, and manufacture of electronics and technology products for the defense and intelligence markets in the United States, from 1998 to 2004. He was Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Astrotech International Corp., a public company in the oilfield supply business, from 1989 to 1997. From 1987 to 1989, he was Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Special Metals Corp., a producer of super alloy and special alloy long products. From 1978 to 1982, he was Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of McEvoy Oilfield Equipment, a producer of oilfield equipment. Mr. Rockwell served on the Board of Directors of Rockwell International from 1973 until 1982 and served as President of the Energy Products Group of Rockwell International from 1977 to 1982. Mr. Rockwell brings to our Board of Directors an intimate knowledge of the Company, our business and operations, and the risks, challenges and opportunities we face. In addition, Mr. Rockwell also brings to our Board of Directors nearly forty years of experience with strategic planning, acquisitions and integration, marketing, finance and accounting, operations and risk management, having served in numerous executive and director positions at other public and private companies before joining the Company.

David J. Burns — Mr. Burns has served as our President and Chief Operating Officer since 2005, and will beginbegan serving as a member of our Board of Directors effective on the Reorganization.January 1, 2013. He has been a trustee for the Rochester Institute of Technology since 2003 and a board member of The Association for Manufacturing Technology since 2001, serving as its chairman from 2004 to 2005. From 1978 to 2005, he was employed by Gleason Corp., a global manufacturer of products related to gear manufacturing, where he was Chief Executive Officer from 2001 to 2005. Mr. Burns has served on the Executive Advisory Council of The Simon School at the University of Rochester since 2002. Mr. Burns brings to our Board of Directors an in-depth knowledge of the business and operations of the Company, particularly our worldwide operations, for which he has been responsible since 2005, and significant operating and senior management experience in our industry.

JoEllen Lyons Dillon — Ms. Dillon has served as our Chief Legal Officer and Corporate Secretary since March 11, 2013. From May 2012 through February 2013, she was a legal consultant on our initial public offering. She was previously a partner at two national law firms, Reed Smith LLP from 2002 until 2011 and Buchanan Ingersoll & Rooney PC from 1988 until 2002, where she became a partner after starting as an associate with the firm. Ms. Dillon was the former Chair, and currently serves as the Audit Committee Chair of the Allegheny District chapter of the National Multiple Sclerosis Society. She is also a Vice President of the Wine & Spirits Advisory Council to the Pennsylvania Liquor Control Board.

Rainer Hoechsmann — Mr. Hoechsmann has served as General Manager of ExOne GmbH, a subsidiary of ExOne, since 2003 and is responsible for operations in Europe.Mr. Hoechsmann is the inventor and co-inventor of certain AM technology covered by a number of our patents. In 2003 he co-founded Prometal RCT GmbH in Augsburg, which is the predecessor to ExOne GmbH. In 1999, he co-founded Generis GmbH, one of the first companies implementing 3D printing applications, in Augsburg, Germany. Mr. Hoechsmann has received a number of industry awards, including the OCE Printing Award from OCE Printers AG, the Technical University of Munich Award for 3D Printing and McKinsey & Company Start-Up Award. He is a member of the Association of German Engineers.

John Irvin — Mr. Irvin has served as our Chief Financial Officer since October 1, 2012, and will beginbegan serving onas a member of our Board of Directors effective on the Reorganization.January 1, 2013. From 2008 to 2012, Mr. Irvin served as President of PartnersFinancial, a national insurance brokerage company owned by National Financial Partner Corp. (“NFP”), a publicly-traded diversified financial services firm. From 1993 to 2008, he was Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Innovative Benefits Consulting, Inc., a life insurance consulting firm and wholly-owned subsidiary of NFP. From 1983 to 1993, Mr. Irvin was a partner of Mid Atlantic Capital Group, a financial services company which he co-founded in 1983 and his highest position was vice chairman. In 1979, Mr. Irvin formed the certified public accounting firm of John Irvin and Company. From 1976 to 1979, he was an accountant for Arthur Andersen LLP. From 2000 to 2004, Mr. Irvin served on the board of directors of Sensytech

Inc., which was engaged in the design, development, and manufacture of electronics and technology products for the defense and intelligence markets in the United States, and also served on its audit committee from 2000 to 2002, and as chairman of the audit committee from 2002 to 2004. Upon the merger of Sensytech Inc. into Argon ST, Inc., a public company engaged primarily in defense contracting, he served as director and chairman of the audit committee from 2004 to 2010. He hasMr. Irvin brings to our Board of Directors significant financial and accounting experience, having served on The American College Foundation Board since 2010.

Rainer Hoechsmann– Mr. Hoechsmann has served as General Manager of ExOne GmbH, a subsidiary of us, since 2003 and is responsiblein the financial services industry for operations in Europe. Mr. Hoechsmann is the inventor and co-inventor of certain AM technology covered by a number of our patents. In 2003 he co-founded Prometal RCT GmbHyears and as an accountant for Arthur Anderson before forming his own certified public accounting firm. He also provides expertise in Augsburg, which is the predecessorareas of financial analysis and reporting, internal auditing and controls and risk management oversight and provides both strategic and operational vision and guidance to ExOne GmbH. In 1999, he co-founded Generis GmbH, onethe Board of Directors, having served in several executive-level positions before joining the first companies implementing 3D printing applications, in Augsburg, Germany. Mr. Hoechsmann has received a number of industry awards,Company, including the OCE Printing Award from OCE Printers AG, the Technical Universityfifteen years he served as chairman and chief executive officer of Munich Award for 3D Printing and McKinsey & Company Start-Up Award. He is a member of the Association of German Engineers.Innovative Benefits Consulting, Inc.

Ken Yokoyama– Mr. Yokoyama is the General Manager of ExOne KK, a subsidiary of ExOne since 2008. He is responsible for overall management of the Japan and Asia operations. From 2005 to 2008, he was the Technical Manager of ExOne KK. From 2004 to 2005, he was the Process Engineer for Extrude Hone KK.

Rick Lucas  Mr. Lucas has served as our Chief Technology Officer since June 2012. He served in various positions from October 2001 to June 2012 at Touchstone Research Laboratory, a broad-based product development research facility that focuses on the development of next-generation materials and products, where he directed operations and research activities and served as Director of Operations from March 2010 to June 2012. From November 1989 to October 2001, Mr. Lucas managed product development for Lake Shore Cryotronics, a privately held developer of cryogenic temperature sensors and other instrumentation. He is currently serving on the governance board of the National Additive Manufacturing Innovation Institute (NAMII) governance board., an additive manufacturing center.

The following are biographical summaries, including experience, of those individuals (other than S. Kent Rockwell, David Burns and John Irvin) who are proposed to serve as our directors but have not yet been elected to that office:

Lloyd A. SempleKen Yokoyama — Mr. Semple will beginYokoyama is the General Manager of Ex One KK, a subsidiary of ExOne since 2008. He is responsible for overall management of the Japan and Asia operations. From 2005 to 2008, he was the Technical Manager of Ex One KK. From 2004 to 2005, he was the Process Engineer for Extrude Hone KK.

Raymond J. Kilmer — Mr. Kilmer began serving on our Board of Directors effective upon consummation of this offering. Heon February 6, 2013. Mr. Kilmer has been Executive Vice President and Chief Technology Officer of Alcoa Inc., a professorworld-wide

manufacturer and supplier of law at the Detroit Mercy School of Law in Detroit, Michiganaluminum products, since 2004 and its dean since 2009.2011. Prior to 2004, he practiced law at Dykema Gossett, a Detroit-based law firm, wherethat he was ChairmanVice President-Technology and Chief Executive OfficerEngineering of Alcoa Mill Products from 19952008 to 2002. He has served as outside counsel2011 and directorGlobal Director-Automotive Flat Rolled Products for severalAlcoa Inc. from 2006 to 2008. Mr. Kilmer’s engineering background and extensive career managing operations at Alcoa, a large, global, high-technology company, complement our high-technology business enterprises. He wasneeds and his experience and expertise in this industry enable him to provide expert advice to us on a directorrange of Argon ST, Inc. a public company engaged primarily in defense contracting, from 2004 to 2010.technical, operational, commercial and strategic matters.

Bonnie K. WachtelVictor Sellier– Ms. Wachtel will begin — Mr. Sellier began serving on our Board of Directors effective upon consummation of this offering. She is a principal of Wachtel & Co., Inc., an investment firm in Washington, DC involved with the development of growing companies. Since joining Wachtel & Co., Inc,. in 1984, Ms. Wachtel has been a director of more than a dozen public and private corporations. She has been a director of VSE Corporation (Nasdaq:VSEC) a provider of engineering services principally to the federal government, since 1991 and of Information Analysis Inc, a provider of IT technical services, since 1992. She was a director of Integral Systems Inc (Nasdaq: ISYS) a provider of satellite related software and services, from 2010 to 2011. She was also a director of Acies Corporation, a payment systems processor, from 2006 to 2008. Ms. Wachtel serves on the Listing Qualifications Panel for Nasdaq. She practiced law at Weil, Gotshal & Manges in New York from 1980 to 1984. She is a certified financial analyst.

Victor Sellier– Mr. Sellier will begin serving on our Board of Directors effective upon consummation of this offering.February 6, 2013. He co-founded Argon Engineering Associates, Inc., the predecessor company to Argon ST, Inc. (“Argon ST”), a public company engaged primarily in defense contracting, in 1997. He served as Argon ST’s Vice President of

Business Operations and Secretary from 2004 to 2007, as its Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer from 2005 to 2007, and was Argon ST’s Executive Vice President from 2007 to 2009. He served as a Director of Argon ST, Inc. from 2004 to 2010. From 1995 to 1997, Mr. Sellier served as the Vice President and Assistant General Manager of the Falls Church Division of Raytheon E-Systems, (NYSE). From 1989 to 1995, he served as Vice President and Assistant General Manager of Engineering Research Associates, a wholly-owned subsidiary of E-Systems Corporation, (NYSE). Mr. Sellier served as the Senior Financial and Administrative Manager of Engineering Research Associates, a privately held company, from 1979 to 1989.

Board Structure and Compensation of Directors

Upon completion of the Reorganization and the offering, Mr. Sellier brings to our Board of Directors significant experience in the areas of operational and strategic planning, acquisitions and integration from his nearly fifteen years’ experience at Argon ST, experience which will consistbe instrumental in overseeing our own growth and development. Mr. Sellier also brings significant financial expertise to our Board of all sixDirectors (and to our Audit Committee on which he serves) having served as chief financial officer and treasurer of Argon ST and senior financial and administrative manager of Engineering Research Associates.

Lloyd A. Semple — Mr. Semple began serving on our Board of Directors on February 6, 2013. He has been a professor of law at the University of Detroit, Mercy School of Law in Detroit, Michigan since 2004 and was its dean from March 2009 through July 2013. Prior to 2004, he practiced law at Dykema Gossett, a Detroit-based law firm, where he was Chairman and Chief Executive Officer from 1995 to 2002. He has served as outside counsel and director for several business enterprises. He was a director of Argon ST from 2004 to 2010. Mr. Semple brings to our Board of Directors extensive legal and corporate governance expertise and experience from his nearly forty-year career as an attorney in private practice, where he focused primarily on general corporate matters, mergers and acquisitions, and financial markets and services. His extensive service as counsel and director of several businesses benefits our Board of Directors.

Bonnie K. Wachtel — Ms. Wachtel began serving on our Board of Directors on February 6, 2013. She is a principal of Wachtel & Co., Inc., an investment firm in Washington, DC involved with the development of growing companies. Since joining Wachtel & Co., Inc., in 1984, Ms. Wachtel has been a director of more than a dozen public and private corporations. She has been a director of VSE Corporation (NASDAQ: VSEC) a provider of engineering services principally to the federal government, since 1991 and of Information Analysis Inc., a provider of IT technical services, since 1992. She was a director of Integral Systems Inc. (NASDAQ: ISYS) a provider of satellite related software and services, from 2010 to 2011. Ms. Wachtel serves on the Listing Qualifications Panel for NASDAQ. She practiced law at Weil, Gotshal & Manges in New York from 1980 to 1984. Ms. Wachtel brings substantial corporate governance and regulatory compliance expertise to our Board of Directors, having served as a director for more than a dozen public and private corporations, and also from her service on the Listing Qualifications Panel for NASDAQ as well as her years as an attorney in private practice, during which time she focused primarily on business law, corporate finance and securities law. Ms. Wachtel is also a certified financial analyst, and as such will bring significant expertise to our Board of Directors (and our Audit Committee on which she serves) in the areas of financial analysis and reporting, internal auditing and controls and risk management oversight.

Board Structure

Our Board of Directors may establish the authorized number of directors from time to time by resolution as permitted under our bylaws. Currently, the Board of Directors has established that the Board of Directors will have seven members. Our current directors will serve until the 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders or until his or her successor has been elected or qualified, or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.

Independence of Board of Directors

The Board of Directors is currently composed of seven members, a majority of whom are independent under the applicable rules of NASDAQ. Messrs. Kilmer, Sellier and Semple and Ms. Wachtel each qualify as independent directors in accordance with the published listing requirements of NASDAQ. The NASDAQ independence definition includes a series of objective tests, such as that the director is not, and has not been for at least three years, one of our employees and that neither the director nor any of his or her family members has engaged in various types of business dealings with us. In addition, as further required by the NASDAQ rules, the Board of Directors has made a subjective determination as to each independent director that no relationships exist which, in the opinion of the above mentioned members. Board of Directors, would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. In making these determinations, the directors reviewed and discussed information provided by the directors and us with regard to each director’s business and personal activities as they may relate to us and our management.

Board Leadership Structure

Our Bylaws give our Board of Directors the flexibility to determine whether the roles of Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board should be held by the same person or by two separate individuals. We recently became a publicly traded company after completing our initial public offering on February 12, 2013. Mr. Rockwell has been managing us (or our predecessors) since 2008. At this time, the Board of Directors has determined that Messrs. Semplehaving Mr. Rockwell serve as both the Chief Executive Officer and Sellier and Ms. Wachtel are independent under applicable Nasdaq Marketplace Rules and therefore, asthe Chairman of the offering, a majorityBoard is in the best interest of our stockholders. We believe this structure makes the best use of the membersChief Executive Officer’s extensive knowledge of us, our strategic initiatives and our industry, and also fosters real-time communication between management and the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors has also elected Mr. Semple to serve as the Lead Director of our independent directors. As the Lead Director, Mr. Semple will assist the Chief Executive Officer in preparing for meetings of the Board of Directors, preside at executive sessions of the independent directors, serve as a liaison between the other independent directors and Mr. Rockwell and be permitted to call meetings of the independent directors in his discretion. Generally, every meeting of the Board of Directors includes a meeting of the independent directors.

Board Committees

Following the completion of our initial public offering in February 2013, the Board of Directors established an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee and a Nominating and Governance Committee. Below is a description of each committee of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors has determined that each member of each of the Audit, Compensation and Nominating and Governance Committees meets the applicable rules and regulations regarding “independence” and that each such member is free of any relationship that would interfere with his or her individual exercise of independent judgment with regard to the Company. Each committee of the Board of Directors has a written charter approved by the Board of Directors. Copies of each charter are posted on our website athttp://www.exone.com under the Corporate Governance section within the Investor Relations section.

Audit Committee

The Audit Committee of our Board of Directors, will be independent directors.

which has been established in accordance with Section 3(a)(58)(A) of the Exchange Act, assists the Board of Directors who are also full-time officers or employeesin overseeing: (i) the integrity of our company will receive no additional compensationfinancial statements; (ii) the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting; (iii) our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements; (iv) the independence, qualifications and performance of our independent

registered public accounting firm; (v) the Company’s processes and procedures relating to risk assessment and risk management; and (vi) related party transactions.

The current members of the Audit Committee are Messrs. Sellier and Kilmer and Ms. Wachtel, each of whom is independent for servingAudit Committee purposes under the rules and regulations of the SEC and the listing standards of NASDAQ. Mr. Sellier currently chairs the Audit Committee.

The Board of Directors has determined that Mr. Sellier is an “audit committee financial expert” as directors. All other directors will receive an annual retainerdefined in Item 407(d)(5)(ii) of $30,000. In addition,Regulation S-K and that he, therefore, also satisfies the Chairman“financial sophistication” requirement of the NASDAQ rules. The designation does not impose on Mr. Sellier any duties, obligations or liability that are greater than are generally imposed on him as member of the Audit Committee and the ChairmanBoard of Directors.

Compensation Committee

The Compensation Committee is charged with the following responsibilities, among others: (i) reviewing and approving annually the corporate goals and objectives applicable to the compensation of the Compensation Committee will each receive an annual feeChief Executive Officer, evaluating at least annually the Chief Executive Officer’s performance in light of $5,000.those goals and objectives, and determining and approving the Chief Executive Officer’s compensation level based on this evaluation; (ii) reviewing and making recommendations regarding the compensation of all other executive officers; (iii) administering and making recommendations to the Board of Directors are also eligible for awards pursuantwith respect to our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.Plan and any other compensation plans; (iv) reviewing and approving the executive compensation information included in the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K and proxy statement; (v) reviewing and approving or providing recommendations with respect to any employment agreements or severance arrangements or plans; (vi) reviewing and approving or providing recommendations with respect to all employee benefit plans; and (vii) developing and recommending to the Board for approval officer succession plans and monitoring and updating such plans as needed.

Board Committees

Our Board of Directors plans to have an Audit Committee, a Nominating and Governance Committee, and a Compensation Committee following this offering. Following the phase-in period permitted under the Nasdaq Marketplace Rules, we intend that all theThe current members of our Nominating and Governance Committee and of our Compensation Committee are Messrs. Kilmer and Semple and Ms. Wachtel, each of whom is independent for Compensation Committee purposes under the rules and regulations of the SEC and the listing standards of NASDAQ (including those that will be independent under applicable provisionsbecome effective in 2014). Ms. Wachtel currently chairs the Compensation Committee. Each of those rules. In addition, we intend that the members is also a “non-employee director” within the meaning of our Audit Committee will be independent under applicable provisionsRule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act and an “outside director,” as that term is defined under Section 162(m) of the Nasdaq Marketplace Rules.Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

Our Chief Executive Officer will not participate in the determination of his own compensation or the compensation of directors. However, he will make recommendations to the Compensation Committee regarding the amount and form of the compensation of the other executive officers and key employees, and he will participate in the Compensation Committee’s deliberations about the compensation of the other executive officers and key employees. No other executive officers will participate in the determination of the amount or form of the compensation of executive officers or directors.

Neither we nor the Compensation Committee has retained any compensation consultants.

The Compensation Committee shall have the authority to delegate any of its responsibilities, along with the authority to take action in relation to such responsibilities, to one or more subcommittees as the Compensation Committee may deem appropriate in its sole discretion.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

Our predecessor company was a limited liability company and did not have any directors in 2012. The Compensation Committee was formed, and Messrs. Kilmer and Semple and Ms. Wachtel were each appointed to the Compensation Committee in March 2013. None of our executive officers have served as a member of a

compensation committee (or if no committee performs that function, the Board of Directors) of any other entity that has an executive officer serving as a member of our Board of Directors.

Nominating and Governance Committee.

The Nominating and Governance Committee which is chaired by Mr. Semple, will assist theof our Board of Directors inis charged with the following responsibilities, among others: (i) identifying and recommending candidates to fill vacancies on the Board of Directors and for election by the stockholders,stockholders; (ii) recommending committee assignments for directors to the boardBoard of directors,Directors; (iii) monitoring and assessing the performance of the Board of Directors and individual non-employee directors,directors; (iv) reviewing compensation received by directors for service on the Board of Directors and its committeescommittees; and (v) developing and recommending to the Board of Directors appropriate corporate governance policies, practices and procedures for us.

The current members of our company.Nominating and Governance Committee are Messrs. Semple, Kilmer and Sellier, each of whom is independent under the listing standards of NASDAQ. Mr. Semple currently chairs the Nominating and Governance Committee.

AuditThe Nominating and Governance Committee. The Audit Committee, which is chaired by Mr. Sellier (financial expert), will assist believes that members of the Board of Directors should have certain minimum qualifications, including having the highest professional and personal ethics and values, broad experience at the policy-making level in overseeing: (i)business, government, education, technology or public interest, a commitment to enhancing stockholder value, and sufficient time to carry out their duties and to provide insight and practical wisdom based on experience. The Nominating and Governance Committee also considers such other guidelines and various and relevant career experience, relevant skills, such as an understanding of the integritytelecommunications and high-speed Internet provider industries, financial expertise, diversity and local and community ties. While we do not maintain a formal policy requiring the consideration of diversity in identifying nominees for director, diversity is, as noted above, one of the factors our Nominating and Governance Committee considers in conducting its assessment of director nominees. We view diversity expansively to include those attributes that we believe will contribute to a Board of Directors that, through a variety of backgrounds, viewpoints, professional experiences, skills, educational experiences and other such attributes, is best able to guide the Company and its strategic direction. Candidates for director nominees are reviewed in the context of the current make-up of the Board of Directors. The Nominating and Governance Committee will conduct any appropriate and necessary inquiries into the backgrounds and qualifications of possible candidates after considering the function and needs of the Board of Directors. The Nominating and Governance Committee meets to discuss and consider such candidates’ qualifications and then selects a nominee for recommendation to the Board of Directors.

The Nominating and Governance Committee will consider director candidates recommended by stockholders and evaluate them using the same criteria as candidates identified by the Board of Directors or the Nominating and Governance Committee for consideration. If one of our financial statements; (ii)stockholders wishes to recommend a director candidate for consideration by the Nominating and Governance Committee the stockholder recommendation should be delivered to our compliance with legalCorporate Secretary at our principal executive offices, and regulatory requirements; (iii)should include:

To the independence, qualificationsextent reasonably available, information relating to such director candidate that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act, in which such individual is a nominee for election to the Board of Directors;

The director candidate’s written consent to (A) if selected, be named in our proxy statement and performanceproxy and (B) if elected, serve on the Board of Directors; and

Any other information that such stockholder believes is relevant in considering the director candidate.

Code of Ethics and Business Conduct

The Board of Directors has adopted a code of ethics and business conduct. The code of ethics and business conduct applies to all of our independent registered public accounting firm;employees, officers and (d) the performancedirectors. The full text of our internal audit function.code of ethics and business

conduct is posted on our website atCompensation Committeehttp://www.exone.com. under the Corporate Governance section within the Investor Relations section. The Compensation Committee, which is chaired by Ms. Wachtel, will: (i) reviewCompany will disclose any future amendments to the code of ethics and approve the compensation ofbusiness conduct that relate to our executive officers on our website, as well as any waivers of the code of ethics and other key employees; (ii) evaluatebusiness conduct that relate to our executive officers.

Director Compensation

Prior to our initial public offering in February 2013, our Board of Directors was composed solely of employee directors who did not receive additional compensation for their service as directors. In connection with our initial public offering, our then Board of Directors approved a non-employee director compensation program, which became effective immediately following the performanceclosing of our Chief Executive Officerinitial public offering on February 12, 2013.

Under this program, our non-employee directors receive the following:

Annual cash retainer: $30,000;

Annual fee for Chairman of the Audit Committee: $5,000; and oversee

Annual fee for Chairman of the performance evaluation of senior management; and (iii) administer and make recommendationsCompensation Committee: $5,000.

Non-employee directors are also eligible to receive awards pursuant to the board of directorsPlan. In connection with respecttheir appointment to our Board of Directors on the closing of the initial public offering in February 2013, Equity Incentive Planeach non-employee director received 2,500 shares of restricted stock. These shares vest in one-third increments on the first, second and any otherthird anniversary of the grant date. Directors who are also our full-time officers or employees will receive no additional compensation plans.for serving as directors.

Executive Compensation

The following table provides information regarding the compensation awarded to or earned during the two most recent fiscal years2010, 2011 and 2012 by our Chief Executive Officer and each of the next three most highly compensated executive officers who were serving as executive officers through December 31, 20112012 (collectively, the “named executive officers”).

Summary Compensation Table

   Summary Compensation Table 

Name and Position

  Year   Salary  Bonus  Stock and
Option
Awards
  Other  Total
Compensation
 

S. Kent Rockwell, Chairman & Chief Executive Officer

   2010     —      —     —     —      None  
   2011     —      —     —     —      None  

David J. Burns, President & Chief Operating Officer

   2010
   $274,344    —     —    $1,4843  $275,828  
   2011    $268,622    —     —    $1,4053  $270,027  

Doris Pedersen, Chief Financial Officer(4)

   2010    $133,716    —     —    $7523  $134,468  
   2011    $122,446    —     —    $2,5073  $124,953  

Rainer Hoechsmann, General Manager of ExOne GmbH

   2010    $232,3571  $2,8511  —     —     $235,208  
   2011    $243,7162  $62,6672  —     —     $306,3832 

Name and Position

 Year  Salary  Bonus  Stock and
Option
Awards
  Total Cash
Compensation
  All Other
Compensation
  Non-Cash
Equity

Based
Compensation
  Total
Compensation
 

S. Kent Rockwell, Chairman & Chief Executive Officer

  2012    —      —      —      —      —      —      —    
  2011    —      —      —      —      —      —      —    
  2010    —      —      —      —      —      —      —    

David J. Burns, President & Chief Operating Officer

  2012   $272,216    —      —     $272,216   $2,117(1)  $3,272,500(2)  $3,546,833(2) 
  2011   $268,622    —      —     $268,622   $1,405(1)   —     $270,027  
  2010   $274,344    —      —     $274,344   $1,484(1)   —     $275,828  

Doris Pedersen, ChiefFinancial Officer(3)

  2012   $266,267    —      —     $266,267   $4,665(1)   —     $270,932  
  2011   $122,446    —      —     $122,446   $2,507(1)   —     $124,953  
  2010   $133,716    —      —     $133,716   $752(1)   —     $134,468  

John Irvin, Chief Financial Officer(4)

  2012   $62,033    —      —     $62,033    —     $1,785,000(2)   1,847,033(2) 
  2011    —      —      —      —      —      —      —    
  2010    —      —      —      —      —      —      —    

Rainer Hoechsmann, General Manager of ExOne GmbH(5)

  2012   $286,396   $64,476    —     $350,872    —     $2,677,500(2)  $3,028,372(2) 
  2011   $243,716   $62,667    —     $306,383    —      —     $306,383  
  2010   $232,357   $2,851    —     $235,208    —      —     $235,208  

 

1(1)

ExOne paid Mr. Hoechsmann in Euros in 2010. The referenced number was obtained by applying the average Euro to U.S. foreign currency exchange rate for 2010 of 1.3277.

2

ExOne paid Mr. Hoechsmann in Euros in 2011. The referenced number was obtained by applying the average Euro to U.S. foreign currency exchange rate for 2011 of 1.3926.

3

Represents the net value of personal use of company car.

4(2)

RFP sold: 550,000 common units (which converted into 319,000 shares of common stock upon our Reorganization) to David Burns; 300,000 common units (which converted into 174,000 shares of common stock upon our Reorganization) to John Irvin; and 450,000 common units (which converted into 261,000 shares of common stock upon our Reorganization) to Rainer Hoechsmann. Due to RFP’s controlling interest in us, such sales are deemed to be made by us; therefore, we recognized the excess of the fair market value on June 30, 2012, the measurement date, over the sale price of $1.25 per unit ($2.61 per share) as non-cash compensation expense. The fair value of the common units on the measurement date was $7.20 per unit ($12.41 per share), resulting in total non-cash compensation expense of approximately $7.7 million for accounting purposes. The total compensation listed above includes that non-cash compensation of $3.3 million, $1.8 million and $2.7 million for Messrs. Burns, Irvin and Hoechsmann, respectively.

(3)Ms. Pedersen resigned as Chief Financial Officer effective September 30, 2012, and her employment with us will endended on December 31, 2012.

(4)Mr. Irvin became the Chief Financial Officer effective October 1, 2012.
(5)ExOne paid Mr. Hoechsmann in Euros in 2010, 2011 and 2012. The referenced numbers were obtained by applying the average Euro to U.S. foreign currency exchange rate for 2010, 2011 and 2012 of 1.3277, 1.3926 and 1.2859, respectively.

Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table

2013 Equity Incentive Plan

On January ,24, 2013, our boardBoard of directorsDirectors adopted the Plan. On August 19, 2013, our 2013 Equity Incentivestockholders approved the Plan.

Purpose.The purpose of the Plan (the “Plan”)is to provide incentives to attract, retain and motivate eligible persons whose present and potential contributions are important to our success and the success of our subsidiaries (including those that exist now and in the future), subjectby offering them an opportunity to stockholder approval, which will become effective onparticipate in our future performance through the dategrant of this prospectus.equity awards.

Types of Awards.The Plan consists of the following components: stock options, restricted stock, stock bonuses, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock units and performance awards.

Stock Options. The Plan provides for the granting of options, both incentive stock options and non-qualified stock options, to purchase shares of our common stock (provided that incentive stock options that qualify under Section 422 of the Code may only be granted to employees of ours or a subsidiary of ours). An option award may be, but need not be, made subject to the satisfaction of performance factors during any performance period, as determined by the Compensation Committee and set forth in the award agreement evidencing such option award. Options may be vested and exercisable within the time period or upon the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in the award agreement evidencing such option; provided, however, that no option may be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date the option is granted; and provided further, that no incentive stock option granted to a person who, at the time the incentive stock option is granted, directly or by attribution owns more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of ours or of any subsidiary of ours will be exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years from the date the incentive stock option is granted. The Compensation Committee also may provide for options to become exercisable all at one time or from time to time, periodically or otherwise, in such number of shares or percentage of shares as the committee determines. The exercise price of each stock option will be determined by the Compensation Committee, but must be at least equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The exercise price of any incentive stock option granted to a 10% stockholder must be at least equal to 110% of that value.

Restricted Stock. A restricted stock award is an offer by us to sell shares of our common stock to an eligible person subject to certain restrictions, as determined by the Compensation Committee and set forth in the award agreement evidencing such award. These restrictions may be based on completion of a specified number of years of service with us or upon satisfaction of performance factors during any performance period, as determined by the Compensation Committee. The price of a restricted stock award will be determined by the Compensation Committee. Except as may be set forth in the participant’s award agreement, the vesting of any restricted stock award will cease on the date the participant no longer provides services to us and unvested shares will be forfeited to or repurchased by us at such time, unless otherwise determined by the Compensation Committee.

Stock Bonus Awards. Awards of shares of our common stock may be granted to eligible persons for services to be rendered or for past services already rendered to us or any of our subsidiaries. No payment from the recipient will be required for shares awarded pursuant to a stock bonus award. Stock bonus awards may be made subject to restrictions determined by the Compensation Committee, which may be based upon completion of a specified number of years of service with us or upon satisfaction of performance factors during any performance period, as determined by the Compensation Committee and set forth in the award agreement evidencing such award. Stock bonus awards may be settled in cash, whole shares, or a combination thereof, based on the fair market value of the shares earned under a stock bonus award on the date of payment, as determined by the Compensation Committee. Except as may be set forth in the participant’s award agreement, the vesting of any stock bonus award will cease on the date the participant no longer provides services to us and unvested shares will be forfeited to or repurchased by us at such time, unless otherwise determined by the Compensation Committee.

Stock Appreciation Rights. A stock appreciation right award is an award that may be settled in cash or shares (which may consist of restricted stock), having a value equal to (i) the difference between the fair market value on the date of exercise over the exercise price multiplied by (ii) the number of shares with respect to which the stock appreciation right award is being settled (subject to any maximum number of shares that may be issuable as specified in the award agreement evidencing such award). A

stock appreciation right award may be, but need not be, made subject to the satisfaction of performance factors during any performance period, as determined by the Compensation Committee and set forth in the award agreement evidencing such award. Stock appreciation rights may be exercisable within the time period or upon the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in the award agreement evidencing such award; provided, however, that no stock appreciation right may be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date the award is granted. The Compensation Committee also may provide for stock appreciation rights to become exercisable all at one time or from time to time, periodically or otherwise, in such number of shares or percentage of shares as the committee determines. Except as may be set forth in the participant’s award agreement, the vesting of any stock appreciation right award will cease on the date the participant no longer provides services to us and unvested shares will be forfeited to or repurchased by us at such time, unless otherwise determined by the Compensation Committee.

Restricted Stock Units. A restricted stock unit is an award that covers a number of shares of our common stock that may be settled upon vesting in cash or by the issuance of the underlying shares (which may consist of restricted shares). A restricted stock unit award may be, but need not be, made subject to the satisfaction of performance factors during any performance period, as determined by the Compensation Committee and set forth in the award agreement evidencing such award. Except as may be set forth in the participant’s award agreement, the vesting of any restricted stock unit award will cease on the date the participant no longer provides services to us and unvested shares will be forfeited to or repurchased by us at such time, unless otherwise determined by the Compensation Committee.

Performance Awards. A performance award is an award of a cash bonus or a performance share bonus. The payout of performance awards are subject to the satisfaction of performance factors during a performance period, as determined by the Compensation Committee and set forth in the award agreement evidencing such award. Any performance share award will have an initial value equal to the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant. After the applicable performance period has ended, the holder of a performance share award will be entitled to receive a payout of the number of performance shares earned by the participant over the performance period, to be determined as a function of the extent to which the corresponding performance factors or other vesting provisions have been achieved. The Compensation Committee, in its sole discretion, may settle the earned performance shares in the form of cash, in shares of our common stock (which have an aggregate fair market value equal to the value of the earned performance shares at the close of the applicable performance period) or in a combination thereof. Earned performance shares may also be settled in restricted stock. Except as may be set forth in the participant’s award agreement, the vesting of any performance award will cease on the date the participant no longer provides services to us and unvested shares will be forfeited to or repurchased by us at such time, unless otherwise determined by the Compensation Committee.

Share Reserve. W Wee have reserved 500,000 shares of our common stock for issuance under ourthe Plan onas of the date of this prospectus. The number of shares reserved for issuance under ourthe Plan may be adjusted pursuant to certain anti-dilution adjustments described below and will increase automatically on the first day of January of each of 2014 through 2023 by a number of shares of common stock equal to (i) the lesser of (i) three percent (3.0%) of the total outstanding shares of our common stock as of the immediately preceding December 31st or (ii) a number of shares determined by the boardBoard of directors,Directors, provided that the totalmaximum number of shares authorized under our Plan will not exceed in1,992,242, which is equal to fifteen percent of the aggregate. In addition, the followingtotal outstanding shares of our common stock as of the consummation of our initial public offering, subject to any anti-dilution adjustments.

In addition, shares subject to awards, and shares issued under the Plan under any award, will remainagain become available for grant orand issuance as subsequent awards under our Plan:the Plan to the extent such shares:

 

shareswere subject to options or stock appreciation rights granted under ourthe Plan that ceasebut which ceased to be subject to the option or stock appreciation rights for any reason other than exercise of the option;option or stock appreciation right;

shareswere subject to awards granted under ourthe Plan that arewere subsequently forfeited or repurchased by usthe Company at the original issue price;

 

shareswere subject to awards granted under ourthe Plan that otherwise terminateterminated without such shares being issued; and

 

shareswere surrendered cancelled,pursuant to our exchange program; or exchanged for cash.

were used or withheld to pay the exercise price of an award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an Award.

TermTerm.. OurThe Plan will terminate ten years from the date our board of directors approve the plan,January 24, 2023, unless it is terminated earlier by our boardBoard of directors.Directors.

Eligibility. Our Plan authorizes the award ofIncentive stock options restricted stockmay be granted only to our employees. All other awards stock appreciation rights, restricted stock units, performance sharesmay be granted to employees, consultants, directors and stock bonuses.non-employee directors of us or any subsidiary of ours; provided such consultants, directors and non-employee directors render bona fide services that are not in connection with the offer and sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction. No person will be eligible to receive more than 100,000 shares in any calendar year under our 2013 Equity Incentivethe Plan, except that we may choose to issue a new employee up to 500,000 shares under the planPlan in the calendar year in which the employee commences employment.

AdministrationAdministration.. OurThe Plan will beis administered by our compensation committee,Compensation Committee, all of the members of which are independent directors under applicable federal securities laws and outside directors“outside directors” as defined under applicable federal tax laws. The compensation committee will haveCompensation Committee has the authority to construe and interpret ourthe Plan, grant awards and make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. AwardsPlan including, without limitation, the participants to whom such awards will be made, the numbers of shares subject to each such award, the exercise price or purchase price, if any, and the other terms and conditions of such awards. The Compensation Committee may, to the extent permitted by applicable law, delegate to one or more executive officers the authority to grant awards under the Plan, may be made subject to “performance factors” and otherthe terms in order to qualify as performance based compensation for the purposes of 162(m) of the Code.Plan and such delegation.

Stock Options.Certain Corporate Transactions. Our Plan will provide for the grant of incentive stock options that qualify under Section 422 of the Code only to our employees. All awards other than incentive stock options may be granted to our employees, directors, consultants, independent contractors and advisors. The exercise price of each stock option must be at least equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The exercise price of incentive stock options granted to 10% stockholders must be at least equal to 110% of that value.

Our compensation committee may provide for options to be exercised only as they vest or to be immediately exercisable with any shares issued on exercise being subject to our right of repurchase that lapses as the shares vest. In general, options will vest over a three-year period.

Restricted Stock. A restricted stock award is an offer by us to sell shares of our common stock subject to restrictions. The price (if any) of a restricted stock award will be determined by the compensation committee. Unless otherwise determined by the compensation committee at the time of award, vesting will cease on the date the participant no longer provides services to us and unvested shares will be forfeited to or repurchased by us.

Stock Appreciation Rights. Stock appreciation rights provide for a payment, or payments, in cash or shares of our common stock, to the holder based upon the difference between the fair market value of our common stock on the date of exercise and the stated exercise price up to a maximum amount of cash or number of shares. Stock appreciation rights may vest based on time or achievement of performance conditions.

Restricted Stock Units. A restricted stock unit is an award that covers a number of shares of our common stock that may be settled upon vesting in cash, by the issuance of the underlying shares or a combination of both. These awards are subject to forfeiture prior to settlement because of termination of employment or failure to achieve certain performance conditions.

Performance Shares. A performance share is an award that covers a number of shares of our common stock that may be settled upon achievement of the pre-established performance conditions in cash or by issuance of the underlying shares. These awards are subject to forfeiture prior to settlement because of termination of employment or failure to achieve the performance conditions.

Stock Bonus Awards. Stock bonus awards may be granted as additional compensation for services or performance, and therefore, may not be issued in exchange for cash.

Additional Provisions. Awards granted under our Plan may not be transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, or as determined by our compensation committee. Unless otherwise restricted by our compensation committee, awards that are nonstatutory stock options may be exercised during the lifetime of the optionee only by the optionee, the optionee’s guardian or legal representative,

or a family member of the optionee who has acquired the option by a permitted transfer. Awards that are incentive stock options may be exercised during the lifetime of the optionee only by the optionee or the optionee’s guardian or legal representative. Options granted under our Plan generally may be exercised for a period of three months after the termination of the optionee’s service to us, except in the case of death or permanent disability, in which case the options may be exercised for up to 12 months or six months, respectively, following termination of the optionee’s service to us.

If we experience a change in control transaction,merger or consolidation, as described within the Plan’s definition of Corporate Transaction, outstanding awards, including any vesting provisions, may be subject to the terms of the merger or similar agreement, and may be assumed or substituted by the successor company. Outstanding awards that are not assumed or substituted in such a transaction may be exercisable for a period of time and willmay expire upon the closing of such merger or consolidation. In the discretion of our compensation committee, the vesting of these awards may be accelerated upon the occurrence of these types of merger or consolidation transactions. Vesting of awards is accelerated in change of control transactions other than mergers or consolidations.consolidations, as defined herein. In the event of a Corporate Transaction, the vesting of all awards granted to Non-Employee Directors will accelerate and such awards will become exercisable (as applicable) in full prior to the consummation of such event at such time and on such conditions as the Committee determines.

Amendment and Termination.The Board of Directors may at any time terminate or amend the Plan in any respect or any award agreement issued in connection with the Plan; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may not, without the approval of the stockholders of the Company, amend the Plan in any manner that requires stockholder approval; and provided further, that a participant’s award will be governed by the version of the Plan then in effect at the time such award was granted.

Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2012 and June 30, 2013

There were no outstanding equity awards held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2012 (our fiscal year end).

The actual amount of other awards to be received by or allocated to participants or groups under the Plan is not determinable in advance because the selection of participants who receive awards under the Plan, and the size and type of awards to such individuals and groups are generally determined by the Committee in its discretion.

The following table shows the awards granted in 2013 to date to all non-executive directors, to all current executive officers as a group and to all non-executive officer employees as a group under the Plan:

   Stock Options   Restricted
Stock
 
   Number of
Shares (#)
   Exercise
Price
   Number of
Shares (#)
 

Non-executive directors as a group (4 total)

   —       —       10,000  

Executive officers as a group (11 total)

   30,000    $18.00     10,000  

Non-executive officer employees as a group

   150,000    $18.00     —    

Employment Agreements

We have entered into employment agreements with: Mr. Rockwell, for an initial term ending on September 1, 2014; Mr. Burns, for an initial term ending on June 1, 2014; and Mr. Irvin, for an initial term ending on October 1, 2014, in all cases unless sooner terminated pursuant to the agreements.

Each agreement will automatically extend for additional one year terms on each subsequent anniversary, unless not later than 90 days immediately preceding any anniversary, we or the executive has given written notice to the

other that it does not wish to extend the employment agreements. Under the employment agreements, the executives are entitled to receive an annual base salary and are eligible to participate in an annual bonus plan on terms established from time to time by the Board. During the term of the employment agreements, the executives are also eligible to participate in any long-term incentive plan, and in all employee benefit and fringe benefit plans and arrangements made available to its employees generally or its executives.

The employment agreements provide, among other matters, that if the executive resigns for “good reason” (as defined in the employment agreement) or is terminated without “cause” (as defined in the employment agreement) and in each such case has timely delivered a release of claims, he or she is entitled to receive, among other severance payments and benefits, an amount equal to one times his or her then-current base salary and one times the target annual bonus amount (subject to his or her compliance with the confidentiality, non-competition and non-solicitation restrictions set forth in the employment agreement) and payment of the executive’s COBRA health insurance continuation premium for the COBRA continuation period (generally 18 months) or until such time as the executive is employed, whichever is earlier. The confidentiality provisions survive the termination of his employment with us and the non-competition and non-solicitation provisions survive for a period of two years following the termination of his employment.

We also have an employment agreement with Mr. Hoechsmann, which extends automatically unless terminated with three monthsmonths’ notice prior to the end of any fiscal quarter. Mr. Hoechsmann is entitled to receive an annual base salary and annual bonus and is eligible to participate in any long termlong-term incentive plan and in all employee benefit and fringe benefit plans and arrangements made available to itsour employees generally or itsour executives. The agreement also provides that all inventions or patents developed by Mr. Hoechsmann in connection with his employment are our property and that Mr. Hoechsmann is subject to a non-competition clause thoughoutthroughout his employment and for two years thereafter, subject to payment per year, for the two year non-compete period, of fifty percent of the average remuneration he received for the last three years.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our executive officers have served as a member of a compensation committee (or if no committee performs that function, the board of directors) of any other entity that has an executive officer serving as a member of our board of directors.

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information as of June 30, 2013, with respect to the ownership of our common stock of: (a) each of our directors; (b) each named executive officer in the summary compensation table located elsewhere in this prospectus; (c) each person who is known by us to the beneficial owner of more than five percent of the outstanding shares of common stock; and (d) all directors and executive officers as a group. To our knowledge, except as indicated in the footnotes to this table or as provided by applicable community property laws, the persons named in the table have sole investment and voting power with respect to the shares of common stock indicated.

 

Percentage Beneficially Owned
Number of
Class A Preferred
Number of
Common Shares
Prior to
Offering
After Offering(2)

Name and Address(1)

Without
Overallotment
With
Overallotment

Directors and Executive Officers

S. Kent Rockwell(2) (3) (4)

%%%

David J. Burns

John Irvin

Rainer Hoechsmann

Lloyd A. Semple

Bonnie K. Wachtel

Victor Sellier

All Directors/Executive Officers as group (7 persons)(3) (4)

S. Kent Rockwell 1997 Irrevocable Trust(5)

   Number of
Common Shares
  Percentage
Beneficially
Owned
 

Name and Address(1)

  

Directors and Executive Officers

  

S. Kent Rockwell(2)(3)(4)

  4,931,027    37.1

David J. Burns

  319,000    2.4

John Irvin(5)

  322,000    2.4

Rainer Hoechsmann

  261,000    2.0

Raymond J. Kilmer(6)

  —      —    

Victor Sellier(6)

  3,000       

Lloyd A. Semple(6)(7)

  7,800       *

Bonnie K. Wachtel(6)

  —      —    

All Directors/Executive Officers as group (11 persons)(4)(6)(8)(9)

  5,897,327    44.4

 

*Less than 1%
(1)

The address of each of our beneficial ownersprincipal stockholders is 127 Industry Boulevard, North Huntingdon, Pennsylvania 15642.

(2)

Gives effect to the issuance and sale by usAmount does not include 580,000 common shares (which is 4.4% of shares and the sale of             sharesour outstanding shares) owned by the S. Kent Rockwell Holdings Inc. (“RHI”),1997 Irrevocable Trust. S. Kent Rockwell disclaims beneficial ownership of the selling stockholder as described under “Selling Stockholder.” Amount excludes any shares that might be purchased inheld by the directed share program.

S. Kent Rockwell 1997 Irrevocable Trust.
(3)

S. Kent Rockwell is deemed to have beneficial ownership of the shares so indicated as the beneficiary of the S. Kent Rockwell Revocable Trust, which is the indirect, sole stockholder of RFP, the beneficial owner of 4,176,000 shares of common stock, or % of 31.4% our outstanding shares of common stock prior to the offering and             % after the offering.

stock.
(4)

S. Kent Rockwell is deemed to have beneficial ownership of the shares so indicated as the beneficiary ofbeneficially owned by the S. Kent Rockwell Revocable Trust, which is the indirect, sole stockholder of RHI, the beneficial owner of 12,983,602 preferred units755,027 common shares, or of 5.7%. On August 20, 2013, RHI gifted 450,000 shares of our common stock to Lafayette Trust. The Lafayette Trust is an irrevocable trust, of which Lafayette College is the sole trustee. The Lafayette Trust has a term of ten years, during which it is required to pay during each taxable year of the company. InLafayette Trust an amount equal to 5% of the Reorganization, these preferred units will convert into 12,983,602 preferred shares. Immediately priornet fair market value of its assets, valued as of the first day of the taxable year, to RHI. The amount of the consummation of this offering, the preferred shares will convert into common sharespayment to RHI is prorated on a 9.5daily basis for any short taxable year and for the final year of the Lafayette Trust. At the end of the ten year term, any principal and income not distributed to 1 basis, or for 1,366,695 common shares. RHI is the selling stockholder in this offering. RHI will be paid to Lafayette College. Consistent with Lafayette College’s common practice to sell commonsecurities gifted to it, the 450,000 shares inare being sold pursuant to this offering.

(5)

S. Kentprospectus. The Vice President of Finance and Administration of Lafayette College, among other Lafayette College personnel, is authorized to execute documents associated with the Lafayette Trust and the sale of the shares. Mr. Rockwell disclaims all beneficial ownership of the S. Kent Rockwell 1997 Irrevocable Trust,shares gifted to the Lafayette Trust.

(5)Includes 3,000 shares purchased by Colette Irvin, John Irvin’s spouse.
(6)Number does not include the grant of 2,500 shares (10,000 shares in the aggregate) of restricted stock to each of Messrs. Semple, Sellier and Kilmer and Ms. Wachtel, which isvest in equal installments over a three year period, the ownerfirst of which lapses February 6, 2014.

(7)Includes 300 shares purchased by Cynthia T. Semple, Lloyd Semple’s spouse.
(8)Number does not include 15,000 shares (30,000 shares in the aggregate) of common stock or             %underlying incentive stock options awarded to two executive officers, which vest in equal installments over a three year period, the first of our outstandingwhich lapses February 6, 2014.
(9)Number does not include the grant of 10,000 shares priorof restricted stock to one executive officer, which vests in equal installments over a three year period, the offering and             % after the offering.

first of which lapses March 11, 2014.

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

OfferingApproval of Related Party Transactions

Prior to our initial public offering, we were a privately held company with a very small number of equity holders which was primarily funded by Selling Stockholder

Wecompanies which are payingaffiliated with Mr. Rockwell (see below). As a result, we never adopted any policy concerning the expensesreview, approval or ratification of thetransactions with related persons. However, following our initial public offering, by the selling stockholder, other than the underwriting discounts, commissions and taxeson March 26, 2013, our Board of Directors adopted a written policy with respect to related person transactions. The following is a brief summary of the newly adopted Policy and Procedures with Respect to Related Person Transactions.

It is the policy of the Company to enter into or ratify related person transactions only when the Board of Directors acting through the Audit Committee has determined that the transaction in question is in the best interests of the Company. Prior to entering into a related person transaction, the related person shall provide notice to the Chief Legal Officer of the facts and circumstances of the transaction. Upon determining that the proposed transaction involves an amount greater than $50,000 and is a related person transaction, the proposed transaction shall be submitted to the Audit Committee for consideration. The Audit Committee shall consider all relevant facts and circumstances and approve only those related person transactions that are in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders.

Rockwell Related Entities

S. Kent Rockwell, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, is the trustee and beneficiary of the S. Kent Rockwell Revocable Trust, which is the 100% owner of Rockwell Venture Capital, Inc., which is the 100% owner of each of RHI and RFP. As a result, Mr. Rockwell is deemed to have beneficial ownership of the shares owned by RHI and RFP.

The S. Kent Rockwell 1997 Irrevocable Trust is the owner of 580,000 shares of our common stock soldstock. Mr. Rockwell disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares owned by the selling stockholder and the fees and expenses of any attorneys, accountants and other advisors separately retained by it.S. Kent Rockwell 1997 Irrevocable Trust.

Reorganization

We were formed in 2005 as The Ex One Company, LLC, a Pennsylvania limited liability company. We were acquired by Ex One Acquisition Company, a Delaware limited liability company, a wholly-owned-subsidiary of RFP, in 2007, and changed our name to The Ex One Company, LLC. On January 1, 2013, The Ex One Company, LLC merged with and into EXO Acquisitions Inc., a Delaware corporation, which changed its name in the Reorganization to The ExOne Company.

Transactions Before the ReorganizationBorrowings

As of December 31,30, 2011, we had borrowed $18,983,602approximately $19.0 million from RHI for working capital. In satisfaction oforder to satisfy this debt, we issued 18,983,602 preferred units to RHI 18,963,602 preferred units on December 31,30, 2011. In May of 2012, RHI sold 6,000,000 preferred unitstounits to third parties. In theAs part of our Reorganization, RHI converted its remaining 12,983,602 preferred units to 12,983,602 shares of our Class A preferred stock and the other holders of preferred units converted 6,000,000 preferred units to 6,000,000 shares of our Class A preferred stock.

Class A Preferred Stock

As of January 1, 2013, we have outstanding 18,983,602 shares of Class A preferred stock. See “Description of Capital Stock” for the rights and preferences of the Class A preferred stock. The Class A preferred stock accrues a cumulative dividend at the annual rate of (8%) per share, payable annually in arrears on the next business day following Dec. 31st. As of the consummation of this offering, we will owe a cumulative dividend from the period beginning as of January 1, 2013, through the date of this offering to the holders of the Class A preferred stock. Immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, the Class A preferred stock will convert into common stock on a 9.5 to 1 basis into 1,998,272 shares of common stock. See “Rockwell Related Entities — Share Ownership,” below. While each holder of Class A preferred stock has the right to elect not to convert such preferred stock, they have waived their right to do so.

Rockwell Related Entities

Share Ownership.As of January 1, 2013, we have             shares of common stock outstanding,             % of which are owned by RFP,             % of which are owned by the S. Kent Rockwell 1997 Irrevocable Trust (the “Trust”), and 18,983,602 shares of Class A preferred stock outstanding 68% of which are owned by RHI upon consummation of this offering, the Class A preferred stock converts by its own terms into common stock on a 9.5 to 1 basis into 1,366,695 shares of common stock. S. Kent Rockwell, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, is the trustee and beneficiary of the S. Kent Rockwell Revocable Trust, which is the 100% owner of Rockwell Venture Capital, Inc. which is the 100% owner of each of RHI and RFP. As a result, Mr. Rockwell is deemed to have beneficial ownership of the shares owned by them. Mr. Rockwell disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares owned by the Trust. Following this offering and given effect to the conversion of the Class A preferred stock owned by RHI into 1,366,695 shares of common stock, RFP will hold             %completion of our outstanding common stock (or             % if the underwriters exercise the over-allotment option in full), the Trust will hold                 %initial public offering, these shares converted into1,366,695shares of our outstanding common stock (or % if the underwriters exercise the over-allotment option in full) and RHI will hold             % of our outstanding common stock (or             % if the underwriters exercise the over-allotment option in full). In the aggregate, following the offering these entities will hold             % of our outstanding common stock (or             % if the underwriters exercise the over-allotment option in full).

stock.

Leased Property.We lease property and equipment used by our Houston, Texas and Troy, Michigan operations from our two variable interest entities, Lone Star and TMF, respectively, and we guarantee certain debt of both of them. Lone Star and TMF are owned by the Trust, in the case of TMF, and RFP, in the case of Lone Star. During 2011, we paid Lone Star $             and TMF $             under these leases. During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, the we paid Lone Star $             and TMF $             under these leases.

Approval of Related Party Transactions. Until this offering, we have been a privately held company with a very small number of equity holders which has been primarily funded by companies which are affiliated with Mr. Rockwell, our majority member. As a result, we have never adopted any policy concerning review, approval or ratification of transactions with related persons. However, we believe that after this offering is completed, our Board of Directors will adopt such a policy, although the terms of any such policy cannot now be anticipated.

Rockwell Line of Credit.DuringAlso during 2012, we entered into the Rockwella revolving line of credit with RFP (the “Rockwell Line of Credit with RFPCredit”) (also referred to in the financialsaccompanying consolidated financial statements as athe demand note payable to member), which iswas unlimited in amount. ItThe line of credit provides for borrowing, repayment and reborrowing from time to time. Borrowings under the Rockwell Line of Credit bear interest at the rate of 8% per annum and are repayable, in whole or part, upon demand of RFP. As of September 30, 2012 and December 15,31, 2012, we had aggregate borrowingborrowings of $7.3$8.7 million and $9.6 million, respectively, outstanding under the Rockwell Line of Credit. We may

Following our initial public offering, we were no longer permitted to request additional amounts pursuant to the Rockwell Line of Credit prior to the effective date of this offering.Credit. We intend to use a portionused approximately $9.9 million of the net proceeds from thisour initial public offering to pay the amount outstanding under the Rockwell Line of Credit. See “Use

Share Ownership

As of Proceeds.”January 1, 2013, we had 5,800,000 shares of common stock outstanding, 72% of which were owned by RFP and 10% of which were owned by the S. Kent Rockwell 1997 Irrevocable Trust, and 18,983,602 shares

of Class A preferred stock outstanding, 12,983,602 shares of which (or 68%), were owned by RHI. Immediately prior to completion of our initial public offering, Class A preferred stock converted by its own terms into common stock on a 9.5 to 1 basis, resulting in 1,998,275 shares of additional outstanding common stock.

As of June 30, 2013, we had 13,281,608 shares of common stock outstanding (giving effect to the conversion of the Class A preferred stock into shares of common stock (of which 1,366,695 shares were owned by RHI) and the sale of 6,095,000 shares of common stock in the initial public offering). As of June 30, 2013, RHI held 5.7% of our outstanding common stock and RFP held 31.4% of our outstanding common stock. In the aggregate, these entities held 37.1% of our outstanding common stock as of June 30, 2013.

On August 20, 2013, RHI gifted 450,000 shares of our common stock to Lafayette Trust. The Lafayette Trust is an irrevocable trust, of which Lafayette College is the sole trustee. The Lafayette Trust has a term of ten years, during which it is required to pay during each taxable year of the Lafayette Trust an amount equal to 5% of the net fair market value of its assets, valued as of the first day of the taxable year, to RHI. The amount of the payment to RHI is prorated on a daily basis for any short taxable year and for the final year of the Lafayette Trust. At the end of the ten year term, any principal and income not distributed to RHI will be paid to Lafayette College. Consistent with Lafayette College’s common practice to sell securities gifted to it, the 450,000 shares are being sold pursuant to this prospectus. The Vice President of Finance and Administration of Lafayette College, among other Lafayette College personnel, is authorized to execute documents associated with the Lafayette Trust and the sale of the shares. Mr. Rockwell disclaims all beneficial ownership of the shares gifted to the Lafayette Trust.

S. Kent Rockwell disclaims all beneficial ownership of the shares held by the S. Kent Rockwell 1997 Irrevocable Trust which owns 4.4% of our outstanding common stock.

Leased Property

Until March 27, 2013 we leased property and equipment used by our Houston, Texas and Troy, Michigan operations from our two variable interest entities, Lone Star and TMF, respectively, and we guaranteed certain debt of both of them. Lone Star and TMF are owned by the S. Kent Rockwell Revocable Trust, in the case of TMF, and RFP, in the case of Lone Star. For each of the six month periods ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 we paid Lone Star and TMF approximately $0.1 million, respectively, under these leases. For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, we paid Lone Star $0.1 million, $0.4 million and $0.4 million, and TMF $1.6 million, $1.0 million and $1.0 million, respectively, under these leases.

On March 27, 2013, our wholly-owned subsidiary, ExOne Americas LLC, acquired certain assets, including property and equipment (principally land, buildings and machinery and equipment) held by our two variable interest entities, TMF and Lone Star, and assumed all outstanding debt of such variable interest entities, including certain related interest rate swap agreements. Lone Star is owned by RFP and TMF is owned by the S. Kent Rockwell Revocable Trust. S. Kent Rockwell, our chairman and Chief Executive Officer, is the trustee and beneficiary of the S. Kent Rockwell Revocable Trust, which is the 100% owner of Rockwell Venture Capital, Inc., which is the 100% owner of RFP.

Payment of approximately $1.9 million was made to TMF and approximately $0.2 million was made to Lone Star, including a return of capital to these entities, which are controlled by Mr. Rockwell, of approximately $1.4 million. There was no gain or loss or goodwill generated as a result of this transaction. Simultaneous with the completion of this transaction, we also repaid all of the outstanding debt assumed from the variable interest entities, resulting in a payment of approximately $4.7 million.

Transactions Between ExOne and Entities Controlled by Mr. Rockwell

We provide various services to several related entities under common control by Mr. Rockwell, primarily in the form of accounting, finance, information technology and human resource outsourcing, which are generally reimbursed by the related entities. The cost of these services was approximately $0.1 million for each of the six

month periods ended June 30, 2013 and 2012. The cost of these services was approximately $0.3 million, $0.2 million and $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. In addition, we may purchase certain items on behalf of related parties under common control by Mr. Rockwell. Amounts due from these related entities at June 30, 2013, and December 31, 2012 and 2011 were not significant.

We also receive design services and the corporate use of an airplane from related entities under common control by Mr. Rockwell. The cost of these services received was approximately $0.1 million for each of the six month periods ended June 30, 2013 and 2012. The cost of these services received was approximately $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 and less than $0.1 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010. Amounts due to these related entities at June 30, 2013, and December 31, 2012 and 2011 were not significant.

SELLING STOCKHOLDERSTOCKHOLDERS

We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of any shares by the selling stockholders. The selling stockholders will pay us their pro rata portion of the estimated expenses for the offering. To the extent the actual expenses of the offering exceed estimated expenses, we will bear the additional expense. The estimated expenses of the offering (including legal fees and expenses, accounting fees and expenses, SEC filing fees and printing fees, but not including the underwriting discount) are $        .

The following table sets forth information as of January     ,August 21, 2013 regarding shares beneficially owned by the selling stockholder.stockholders. To our knowledge upon consummation of this offering, theand except as specifically noted below, each person named in the table has sole investment and voting power with respect to the shares of common stock indicated.indicated beside their name.

Name and Address of Beneficial
Owner

 Shares
Beneficially
Owned Prior

to Offering
  Number of
Shares to be
Sold in
Offering
  Shares Beneficially
Owned After Offering
  Maximum
Number
of Shares
to be Sold
if Option
to
Purchase
Additional
Shares is

Exercised
in Full(1)
  Shares
Beneficially
Owned After
Offering if
Option to
Purchase
Additional
Shares if
Exercised
in Full
 
 Number  Percentage   Number  Percentage   Number  Percentage 

Rockwell Holdings, Inc.(2)

  305,027    2.30  305,027                      

Rockwell Forest Products, Inc.(2)

  4,176,000    31.44  794,973    3,381,027    23.50  213,400    3,167,627    22.02

Rockwell Holdings, Inc. Charitable Remainder Unitrust(3)

  450,000    3.39  450,000                      

David Burns(4)

  319,000    2.40      319,000    2.22  60,000    259,000    1.80

Rainer Hoechsmann(5)

  261,000    1.97      261,000    1.81  60,000    201,000    1.40

John Irvin(6)

  322,000    2.42      322,000    2.24  60,000    262,000    1.82

Rick Lucas(7)

  20,000        *        20,000        *    5,000    15,000        *  

 

*
Percentage Beneficially Owned

Name and Address of Beneficial
Owners

Share
Beneficially
Owned
Number of
Shares to be
Sold in
Offering
Maximum
Number of
Shares to be
Sold Upon
Exercise of
Over-Allotment
Option(1)
Before OfferingAfter
Offering

(Assuming
No

Exercise
of

Over-
Allotment

Option)
After
Offering

(Assuming
Full
Exercise

of Over-
Allotment
Option)

Rockwell Holdings, Inc.(2)

%%Denotes less than 1%.

(1)If the underwriters fully exercise their over-allotment option, then the selling stockholderstockholders will sell the number of shares of common stock indicated. If the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option, then the selling stockholders will sell none of these shares. If the underwriters partially exercise their over-allotment option, then the number of shares sold by the selling stockholderstockholders will be reduced.adjusted to reflect such percentage.
(2)S. Kent Rockwell is deemed to have beneficial ownership of the shares so indicated as the beneficiary of the S. Kent Rockwell Revocable Trust, which is the indirect, sole stockholder of RHI, the beneficial owner of 12,983,602305,027 shares of Class A preferred stock. Immediately prior toour common stock, and RFP, the consummationbeneficial owner of this offering preferred stock will convert into 1,366,6954,176,000 shares of our common stock. See “Principal Stockholders.”
(3)On August 20, 2013, RHI gifted 450,000 shares of our common stock to Lafayette Trust. The Class A preferred units and stock are convertible at any time uponLafayette Trust is an irrevocable trust, of which Lafayette College is the electionsole trustee. The Lafayette Trust has a term of ten years, during which it is required to pay during each taxable year of the holder.Lafayette Trust an amount equal to 5% of the net fair market value of its assets, valued as of the first day of the taxable year, to RHI. The amount of the payment to RHI is prorated on a daily basis for any short taxable year and for the final year of the Lafayette Trust. At the end of the ten year term, any principal and income not distributed to RHI will convert its Class A preferred stock immediately priorbe paid to Lafayette College. Consistent with Lafayette College’s common practice to sell securities gifted to it, the 450,000 shares are being sold pursuant to this prospectus. The Vice President of Finance and Administration of Lafayette College, among other Lafayette College personnel, is authorized to execute documents associated with the Lafayette Trust and the sale of the shares. Mr. Rockwell disclaims all beneficial ownership of the shares gifted to the consummationLafayette Trust.

(4)Mr. Burns has served as our President and Chief Operating Officer since 2005. He also has served as a director since January 1, 2013.
(5)Mr. Hoechsmann has served as General Manager of this offering so that it may sellExOne GmbH, a subsidiary of ExOne, since 2003 and is responsible for our operations in Europe.
(6)Mr. Irvin has served as our Chief Financial Officer since October 1, 2012, and began serving as a director effective January 1, 2013.
(7)Mr. Lucas has served as our Chief Technology Officer since June 2012. The shares included for Mr. Lucas do not include 15,000 shares of common stock underlying incentive stock options awarded to Mr. Lucas, which vest in this offering.equal installments over a three year period, the first of which lapses February 6, 2014.

Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus excludes:

(i)500,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the Plan. The Plan provides for automatic increases in the reserve available annually on January 1 from 2014 through 2023 equal to the lesser of (i) 3.0% of the total outstanding shares of common stock as of December 31 of the immediately preceding year or (ii) a number of shares of common stock determined by our Board of Directors, provided that the maximum number of shares authorized under the Plan will not exceed 1,992,242 shares, subject to certain adjustments.
(ii)Options to certain employees to purchase 175,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of such options as of June 30, 2013, at an exercise price of $18.00 per share, which vest in equal annual installments over three years from the date of grant.
(iii)20,000 shares of restricted stock that were unvested as of June 30, 2013.

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following describes our common stock, preferred stock, and certain terms of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws. This description is a summary only and is subject to the complete text of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, which we have filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Our authorized capital stock consists of 200,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. Immediately priorAs of August 20, 2013, we had 13,281,608 shares of common outstanding, which were held of record by 12 stockholders and no shares of preferred stock outstanding. In addition, as of August 20, 2013, there were outstanding options to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Although we will apply to list ourpurchase 175,000 shares of common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market, a market for our common stock may not develop, and if one develops, it may not be sustained.20,000 shares of unvested restricted stock.

Common Stock

Each share of common stock entitles the holder to one vote on all matters on which holders are permitted to vote, including the election of directors. There are no cumulative voting rights. Accordingly, holders of a majority of shares entitled to vote in an election of directors are able to elect all of the directors standing for election.

Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding preferred stock, the holders of the common stock share equally on a per share basis any dividends when, as and if declared by the boardBoard of directorsDirectors out of funds legally available for that purpose. If we are liquidated, dissolved or wound up, the holders of our common stock will be entitled to a ratable share of any distribution to stockholders, after satisfaction of all of our liabilities and of the prior rights of any outstanding class of our preferred stock. Our common stock does not carry any preemptive or other subscription rights to purchase shares of our stock and are not convertible, redeemable or assessable.

Preferred Stock

Our boardBoard of directorsDirectors has the authority, without stockholder approval, to issue shares of preferred stock from time to time in one or more series and to fix the number of shares and terms of each such series. The boardBoard of Directors may determine the designation and other terms of each series, including, among others:

 

dividend rates;

 

whether dividends will be cumulative or non-cumulative;

 

redemption rights;

 

liquidation rights;

 

sinking fund provisions;

 

conversion or exchange rights; and

 

voting rights.

The issuance of preferred stock, while providing us with flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could reduce the relative voting power of holders of our common stock. It could also affect the likelihood that holders of our common stock will receive dividend payments and payments upon liquidation.

The issuance of shares of capital stock, or the issuance of rights to purchase shares of capital stock, could be used to discourage an attempt to obtain control of our company.Company. For example, if, in the exercise of its fiduciary

obligations, our boardBoard of directorsDirectors determined that a takeover proposal was not in the best interest of our stockholders, the boardBoard of Directors could authorize the issuance of preferred stock or common stock without stockholder approval. The shares could be issued in one or more transactions that might prevent or make the completion of the change of control transaction more difficult or costly by:

 

diluting the voting or other rights of the proposed acquiror or insurgent stockholder group;

 

creating a substantial voting bloc in institutional or other hands that might undertake to support the position of the incumbent board;Board of Directors; or

 

effecting an acquisition that might complicate or preclude the takeover.

In this regard, our certificate of incorporation grants our boardBoard of directorsDirectors broad power to establish the rights and preferences of the authorized and unissued preferred stock. Our boardBoard of Directors could establish one or more series of preferred stock that entitle holders to:

 

vote separately as a class on any proposed merger or consolidation;

 

cast a proportionately larger vote together with our common stock on any transaction or for all purposes;

 

elect directors having terms of office or voting rights greater than those of other directors;

 

convert preferred stock into a greater number of shares of our common stock or other securities;

 

demand redemption at a specified price under prescribed circumstances related to a change of control of our company;us; or

 

exercise other rights designed to impede a takeover.

Alternatively, a change of control transaction deemed by the boardBoard of Directors to be in the best interest of our stockholders could be facilitated by issuing a series of preferred stock having sufficient voting rights to provide a required percentage vote of the stockholders.

Class A Preferred Stock

The Class A preferred stock is non-voting and does not entitle the holder thereof to vote on any matter other than as expressly required by non-waivable provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Holders of the Class A preferred stock receive cumulative dividends at the annual rate of eight percent (8%) per Class A preferred share prior to, and in preference to, any declaration or payment of any dividend on our common stock. Dividends are payable annually in arrears, on the next business day following each December 31st. Dividends on the Class A preferred stock accumulate and are payable irrespective of whether we have earnings, whether there are funds legally available for the payment of such dividends, and whether such dividends are declared. A holder may elect to convert all or any number of Class A preferred stock to common stock, at any time, at the conversion rate of 9.5 Class A preferred shares for one common share (the “Conversion Rate”). Upon the closing of any initial public offering by us or any successor entity, the gross proceeds of which exceed $50,000,000, all shares of Class A preferred stock convert to common stock at the Conversion Rate, provided that any holder may elect to retain Class A preferred stock by providing written notice of such election to us prior to the closing of such offering. Each holder of Class A preferred stock has waived its elect to retain preferred stock upon consummation of this offering.

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS

Election and Removal of Directors

Our certificate of incorporation provides that our board of directordirectors will consist of between one and sixteen directors, excluding any directors elected by holders of preferred stock, voting separately as a class, pursuant to provisions applicable in the case of defaults.arrearages in the payment of dividends or other defaults contained in the certificate of incorporation or resolution by the Board of Directors providing for the establishment of any series of preferred stock. The number of directors shall be fixed, from time to time, by a majority of directors then in office. The exact number of directors is currently three and may be fixed, from time to time, by resolution of the board of directors. Our board of directors is divided into three classes serving staggered three-year terms, with only one class being elected each year by our stockholders. At each annual meeting of stockholders, directors will be elected to succeed the class of directors whose terms have expired. This system of electing and removing directors may discourage a third party from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company, because it generally makes it more difficult for stockholders to replace a majority of the directors. In addition, noseven.

No director may be removed except for cause, and directors may be removed for cause by an affirmative vote of shares representing a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors. Any vacancy occurring on the boardBoard of directorsDirectors and any newly created directorship may be filled only by a majority of the remaining directors in office.

No Cumulative Voting

The holders of our common stock are not entitled to cumulate their votes for the election of one or more directors or for any other purpose.

Special Stockholder Meetings

Our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by the chairman of our boardBoard of directorsDirectors or a majority of the directors. Our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws specifically deny anythe power of any other person to call a special meeting; provided, however, that special meetings of the stockholders shall be called by the Board of Directors upon written request to our Secretary by one or more stockholders holding shares representing in the aggregate not less than 20% of the total number of votes entitled to be cast on the matter or matters to be brought before the proposed special meeting.

Stockholder Action by Written Consent

Our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws provideprovides that holders of our common stock are not able to act by written consent without a meeting, unless such consent is unanimous.

Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation

The provisions of our certificate of incorporation described above under “Election and Removal of Directors,” “Stockholder Meetings,” and “Stockholder Action by Written Consent” may be amended only by the affirmative vote of holders of at least 75% of the voting power of our outstanding shares of voting stock, voting together as a single class. The affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of the voting power of our outstanding shares of stock will generally be required to amend other provisions of our certificate of incorporation.

Amendment of Bylaws

Our bylaws may generally be altered, amended or repealed, and new bylaws may be adopted, with:

 

the affirmative vote of a majority of directors present at any regular or special meeting of the board of directors called for that purpose,purpose; provided that any proposed alteration, amendment or repeal of, or adoption of any bylaw inconsistent with, specified provisions of the bylaws, including those related to special and annual meetings of stockholders, actionvoting and vacancies of stockholders by written consent, classification of the board of directors, nomination of directors, special meetings of directors, removal of directors, committees of the board of directors and indemnification of directors and officers, requires the affirmative vote of at least 75% of all directors in office at a meeting called for that purpose; or

the affirmative vote of holders of 75% of the voting power of our outstanding shares of voting stock, voting together as a single class.

Other Limitations on Stockholder Actions

Our bylaws also impose some procedural requirements on stockholders who wish to:

 

make nominations in the election of directors;

 

propose that a director be removed;

propose any repeal or change in our bylaws; or

 

propose any other business to be brought before an annual or special meeting of stockholders.

Under these procedural requirements, in order to bring a proposal before a meeting of stockholders, a stockholder must deliver timely notice of a proposal pertaining to a proper subject for presentation at the meeting to our corporate secretary along with the following:

 

a description of the business or nomination to be brought before the meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting;

 

the stockholder’s name and address;address of the stockholder, as they appear on the Company’s books, and of such beneficial owner, if any;

 

any material interest in the proposal, direct or indirect, of the stockholder, inor the proposal;beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is being made;

 

the class and number of shares of our capital stock owned beneficially ownedand of record by the stockholder, and the beneficial owner, if any, and evidence of such ownership; andownership (along with a representation that such person will provide within 5 business days after the record date for such meeting ownership information as of the record date for such meeting);

 

the names and addresses of all persons with whom the stockholder is acting in concert andif applicable, a description of all arrangements and understandings regarding the nomination or business proposal between or among such stockholder and such beneficial owner, if any, and any others in effect at the time of the notice (with a representation that such person will notify the Company of the same in writing within 5 business days after the record date for such meeting);

if applicable, a description of all agreements, arrangements or understandings (including any derivative or short positions, profit interests, options, hedging transactions and borrowed or loaned shares (regardless of whether settled in shares or cash) or other similar arrangements) that have been entered into as of the date of the stockholders’ notice by, or on behalf of, such stockholder and such beneficial owner, if any, the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss, manage risk or benefit from changes in the share price of any class of the Company’s stock, or increase or decrease the voting power of the stockholder or beneficial owner, if any, with those persons, andrespect to stock of the Company (with a representation that the stockholder will notify the Company of the same in writing within 5 business days after the record date for such meeting);

if applicable, a description of all agreements, arrangements or understandings related to acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of any shares of the Company, including the number of shares that are the subject to such persons beneficially own.agreement, arrangement or understanding (with a representation that the stockholder will notify the Company of the same in writing within 5 business days after the record date for such meeting);

a representation as to whether the stockholder or the beneficial owner, if any, will engage in a solicitation with respect to such nomination or business proposal and, if so, the name of each participant in such solicitation and whether such person or group intends to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to stockholders; and

as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made, such stockholder’s and beneficial owner’s consent to the public disclosure of information provided by the stockholder providing such notice.

To be timely, a stockholder must generally deliver notice:

 

in connection with an annual meeting of stockholders, not less than 120 nor more than 180 days prior to the date on which the annual meeting of stockholders was held in the immediately preceding year, but in the event that the date of the annual meeting is more than 30 days before or more than 60 days after the anniversary date of the preceding annual meeting of stockholders, a stockholder notice will be timely if received by us not later than the close of business on the later of (1) the 120th day prior to the annual meeting and (2) the 10th day following the day on which we first publicly announce the date of the annual meeting; or

 

in connection with the election of a director at a special meeting of stockholders, not less than 40 nor more than 60 days prior to the date of the special meeting, but in the event that less than 55 days’ notice or prior public disclosure of the date of the special meeting of the stockholders is given or made to the stockholders, a stockholder notice will be timely if received by us not later than the close of business on the 10th day following the day on which a notice of the date of the special meeting was mailed to the stockholders or the public disclosure of that date was made.

In order to submit a nomination for our board of directors, a stockholder must also submit any information with respect to the nominee that we would be required to include in a proxy statement, as well as some other information.along with the information that is required to be provided by the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is made (as described above). If a stockholder fails to follow the required procedures, the stockholder’s proposal or nominee will be ineligible and will not be voted on by our stockholders.

Limitation of Liability of Directors and Officers

Our certificate of incorporation will provideprovides that no director will be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director of the Company, except as required by applicable law, as in effect from time to time. Currently, Delaware law requires that liability be imposed for the following:

 

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to our companyCompany or our stockholders;

 

any act or omission not in good faith or which involved intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; and

 

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

As a result, neither we nor our stockholders will have the right, through stockholders’ derivative suits on our behalf, to recover monetary damages against a director for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, including breaches resulting from grossly negligent behavior, except in the situations described above.

Our bylaws will provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, we will indemnify any officer or director of our companyofficers or directors against all damages, claims and liabilities arising out of the fact that the person is or was our director or officer, or served any other enterprise at our request as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary. We will reimburse the expenses, including attorneys’ fees, reasonably incurred by aany person entitled to be indemnified by this provision when we receive an undertaking by or on behalf of such person to repay such amounts if it is ultimately determined that the person is not entitled to be indemnified by us. Amending this provision will not reduce our indemnification obligations relating to actions taken before an amendment.

Exclusive Forum

Our bylaws provide that a state court in the State of Delaware (or, if no state court located in Delaware has jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware) shall be the exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Company, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director or officer or other employee of the Company to the Company or the Company’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against the Company or any director or officer or other employee of the Company arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws (as either may be amended from time to time), or (iv) any action asserting a claim against the Company or any director or officer or other employee of the Company governed by the internal affairs doctrine.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Some Provisions

Some of thesethe provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws outline above could make the following more difficult:

 

acquisition of control of us by means of a proxy contest or otherwise, or

 

removal of our incumbent officers and directors.

These provisions, as well as our ability to issue preferred stock, are designed to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection give us the potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure us, and that the benefits of this increased protection outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging those proposals, because negotiation of those proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Delaware Business Combination Statute

We will elect to be subject toare governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which regulates corporate acquisitions. Section 203 prevents an “interested stockholder,” which is defined generally as a person owning 15% or more of a corporation’s outstanding voting stock, or any affiliate or associate of thatsuch person, from engaging in a broad range of “business combinations” with the corporation for three years after becoming an interested stockholder unless:

 

the boardBoard of directorsDirectors of the corporation had previously approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder’s becoming an interested stockholder;

 

upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder’s becoming an interested stockholder, thatsuch person owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, other than statutorily excluded shares;excluding stock owned by directors who are also officers of the corporation and stock owned by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

following the transaction in which thatthe person became an interested stockholder, the business combination is approved by the boardBoard of directorsDirectors of the corporation and holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock not owned by the interested stockholder.

Under Section 203, the restrictions described above also do not apply to specific business combinations proposed by an interested stockholder following the announcement or notification of designated extraordinary transactions involving the corporation and a person who had not been an interested stockholder during the previous three years or who became an interested stockholder with the approval of a majority of the corporation’s

directors, if such extraordinary transaction is approved or not opposed by a majority of the directors who were directors prior to any person becoming an interested stockholder during the previous three years or were recommended for election or elected to succeed such directors by a majority of such directors.

Section 203 may make it more difficult for a person who would be an interested stockholder to effect various business combinations with a corporation for a three-year period. Section 203 also may have the effect of preventing changes in our management and could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions which our stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

Listing of Common Stock

We will apply to list ourOur common stock is listed on the NasdaqNASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “XONE.”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is .American Stock Transfer and Trust Company, LLC.

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to the date of this prospectus, there has been no public market for our common stock and we cannot assure you that a significant market for our common stock will develop or be sustained after this offering. The sales of a substantial amount of common stock in the public market in the future, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

As of January 1, 2013, we have six holders of common shares and three holders of Class A preferred shares. UponImmediately following the completion of this offering we will have 14,387,608 shares of common stock outstanding (oroutstanding. Of these shares ifof common stock, the underwriters6,095,000 shares sold in our initial public offering and the 2,656,000 shares of common stock being sold in this offering plus any shares sold upon exercise their over-allotment option in full). All of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our common stock sold under this prospectus will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless theexcept for any such shares are purchasedheld or acquired by “affiliates”an “affiliate” of ours, as that term is defined in Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. AnyAct, which shares purchased by an affiliate or held by our current stockholders may notwill be resold except pursuantsubject to an effective registration statement or an exemption from registration, including the exemption undervolume limitations and other restrictions of Rule 144, of the Securities Actas described below. The remaining shares of outstanding common stock held by our employees are “restricted securities”securities,” as that termphrase is defined in Rule 144, and may be resold only after registration under the Securities Act.Act or pursuant to an exemption from such registration, including, among others, the exemptions provided by Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below. These restricted securities mayremaining shares of common stock will be soldavailable for sale in the public market by our employees only if they are registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144. These rules are summarizedafter the expiration of the lock-up agreements described below.

Rule 144

In general, a person who has beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell their securities provided that (a) we have been a public reporting company under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days before the sale and (b) such person is not, and has not been deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale.

Persons who have beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares of common stock that does not exceed the greater of:

 

1.0% of the then outstanding shares of our common stock; or

 

the average weekly trading volume during the four calendar weeks preceding the date on which notice of the sale is filed on Form 144;

provided, in each case, that we are subject to the Exchange Act reporting requirements for at least 90 days before such sale. Such sales by affiliates under Rule 144 are also subject to restrictions relating to the manner of sale, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

Rule 701 of the Securities Act, as currently in effect, permits each of our employees, officers, directors, and consultants, to the extent such persons are not “affiliates” as that term is defined in Rule 144, who purchased or received our shares pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract, to resell such shares 90 days after the effective date of this prospectus in reliance upon Rule 144, but without compliance with the specific requirements regarding the availability of public information or holding periods thereunder. Rule 701 provides that affiliates who purchased or received shares pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract are eligible to resell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirement of Rule 144.

Lock-Up Agreements

We and each of our executive officers and directors, the selling stockholderstockholders and certain of our significant stockholders have agreed to a 180-day “lock-up” from August��30, 2013 and continuing for 90 days from the date of this prospectus relating to shares of our common stock that they beneficially own, including the issuance of common stock upon the exercise of currently outstanding options and options that may be issued. See “Underwriting—“Underwriting — Lock-Up Agreements.”

UNDERWRITING

We and the selling stockholderstockholders have entered into an underwriting agreement with FBR Capital Markets & Co., as representative of the underwriters named below, with respect to the shares subject to this offering. Subject to the terms and conditions in the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter has agreed to purchase from us on a firm commitment basis, the respective number of shares of our common stock set forth opposite its name in the table below:

 

Underwriters

  Number of Shares

FBR Capital Markets & Co.

  

Total

  

The underwriting agreement provides that the obligation of the underwriters to purchase all of the shares being offered to the public is subject to approval of legal matters by counsel and the satisfaction of other conditions. These conditions include, among others, the continued accuracy of representations and warranties made by us or the underwriting agreement, delivery of legal opinions and the absence of any material changes in our assets, business or prospects after the date of this prospectus. The underwriters are obligated to purchase all of our shares in this offering, other than those covered by the over-allotment option described below, if they purchase any of our shares.

The representatives of the underwriters have advised us that the underwriters propose to offer the common stock directly to the public at the public offering prices listed on the cover page of this prospectus and to selected dealers, who may include the underwriters, at the public offering price less a selling concession not in excess of $         per share for the common stock. The underwriters may allow, and the selected dealers may reallow, a concession not in excess of $            per share for the common stock to brokers and dealers. After the completion of the offering, the underwriters may change the offering price and other selling terms.

Pursuant to the underwriting agreement, we and the selling stockholderstockholders have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments which the underwriters or other indemnified parties may be required to make in respect of any such liabilities.

Commissions and Expenses

The following table provides information regarding the amount of the underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us and the selling stockholder.stockholders. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares to cover over-allotments, if any.

 

       Total 
   Per Share   Without
Over-Allotment
   With
Over-Allotment
 

Underwriting discount paid by us and the selling stockholderstockholders

  $                $                $              

Proceeds, before expenses, to us(1)

$$$

Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders

  $     $     $   

(1)Includes payment to the underwriters of non-accountable expenses incurred in connection with this offering in an amount equal to             % of the gross proceeds of the offering.

WeThe expenses of the offering (including legal fees and expenses, accounting fees and expenses, SEC filing fees and printing fees, but not including the underwriting discount) are estimated at $         and are payable by us. The selling stockholders will apply to have our common stock listed oneach pay us their pro rata portion of the Nasdaq Global Market underestimated expenses for the symbol “XONE.”offering. To the extent the actual expenses of the offering exceed estimated expenses, we will bear the additional expense.

Over-Allotment Option

WeSome of the selling stockholders have granted the underwriters an over-allotment option. This option, which is exercisable for up to 30 days after the date of this prospectus, permits the underwriters to purchase a maximum of 398,400 additional shares from usthe selling stockholders, to cover over-allotments, if any. If the underwriters exercise all or part of this option, each underwriter will be obligated to purchase its proportionate number of shares covered by the option at the public offering price that appears on the cover page of this prospectus, less the underwriting discount and non-accountable expense reimbursement of     % of the gross proceeds from the sale of such additional securities.%.

Lock-Up Agreements

Our executive officers and directors, the selling stockholderstockholders and certain[certain of our significant stockholdersstockholders] have agreed to a 180-day “lock-up” from August 30, 2013 and continuing for 90 days from the date of this prospectus relating to shares of our common stock that they beneficially own, including the issuance of common stock upon the exercise of currently outstanding options and options which may be issued. This means that, from August 30, 2013 and continuing for a period of 180extending for 90 days following the date of this prospectus, such persons may not offer, sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of these securities without the prior written consent of the representatives, subject to certain exceptions. The lock-up period described in the preceding sentence will be extended if (1) during the last 17 days of the lock-up period, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to us occurs, or (2) prior to the expiration of the initial lock-up period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 15-day period following the last day of the initial lock-up period, in which case the lock-up period automatically will be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of release of the earnings results or the public announcement regarding the material news or the occurrence of the material event, as applicable, unless the representatives waive, in writing, such extension.

In addition, the underwriting agreement provides that we will not, for a period of 18090 days following the date of this prospectus, offer, sell or distribute any of our securities, without the prior written consent of the underwriters.

NASDAQ Global Market Listing

Our common stock is listed on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “XONE.”

Stabilization

Until the distribution of the securities offered by this prospectus is completed, rules of the SEC may limit the ability of the underwriters to bid for and to purchase our common stock. As an exception to these rules, the underwriters may engage in transactions effected in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act that are intended to stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of our common stock. The underwriters may engage in over-allotment sales, syndicate covering transactions, stabilizing transactions and penalty bids in accordance with Regulation M.

 

Stabilizing transactions permit bids or purchases for the purpose of pegging, fixing or maintaining the price of the common stock, so long as stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.

 

Over-allotment involves sales by the underwriters of securities in excess of the number of securities the underwriters are obligated to purchase, which creates a short position. The short position may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of shares of common stock over-allotted by the underwriters is not greater than the number of shares of common stock that they may purchase in the over-allotment option. In a naked short position, the number of shares of common stock involved is greater than the number of shares in the over-allotment option. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their over-allotment option or purchasing shares of our common stock in the open market.

 

Covering transactions involve the purchase of securities in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover short positions. In determining the source of securities to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of securities available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase securities through the over-allotment option. If the underwriters sell more shares of common stock than could be covered by the over-allotment option, creating a naked short position, the position can only be closed out by buying securities in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the

 

the over-allotment option. If the underwriters sell more shares of common stock than could be covered by the over-allotment option, creating a naked short position, the position can only be closed out by buying securities in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there could be downward pressure on the price of the securities in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering.

 

Penalty bids permit the underwriters to reclaim a selling concession from a selected dealer when the securities originally sold by the selected dealer are purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction.

These stabilizing transactions, covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our securities or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our securities may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market.

Neither we nor the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the effect that the transactions described above may have on the prices of our securities. These transactions may occur on any trading market. If any of these transactions are commenced, they may be discontinued without notice at any time.

This prospectus may be made available in electronic format on Internet sites or through other online services maintained by the underwriters or their affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms online and may be allowed to place orders online. Other than this prospectus in electronic format, any information on the underwriters’ or their affiliates’ websites and any information contained in any other website maintained by the underwriters or any affiliate of the underwriters is not part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or the underwriters and should not be relied upon by investors.

Directed Share Program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to              shares of the common stock being offered by this prospectus for sale at the initial public offering price to our employees, directors and officers, and certain other investors related to them. The sales will be made by FBR Capital Markets & Co. through a directed share program. We do not know if these persons will choose to purchase all or any portion of these reserved shares, but any purchases they do make will reduce the number of shares available to the general public. Any shares sold in the directed share program to our directors, executive officers or existing security holders will be subject to the lock-up agreements described above. See “—Lock-Up Agreements.”

Notice to Prospective Investors in the EEA

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area (EEA) which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”) an offer to the public of any shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any shares may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

 

 (a)to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

 

 (b)to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;

 (c)by the underwriters to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than “qualified investors” as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

 (d)in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive;

providedthat no such offer of shares shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any representative of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

Any person making or intending to make any offer of shares within the EEA should only do so in circumstances in which no obligation arises for us or any of the underwriters to produce a prospectus for such offer. Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized, nor do they authorize, the making of any offer of shares through any financial intermediary, other than offers made by the underwriters which constitute the final offering of shares contemplated in this prospectus.

For the purposes of this provision, and your representation below, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of

sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

Each person in a Relevant Member State who receives any communication in respect of, or who acquires any shares under, the offer of shares contemplated by this prospectus will be deemed to have represented, warranted and agreed to and with us and each underwriter that:

 

 (A)it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of the law in that Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive; and

 

 (B)in the case of any shares acquired by it as a financial intermediary, as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, (i) the shares acquired by it in the offering have not been acquired on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in any Relevant Member State other than “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Directive), or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been given to the offer or resale; or (ii) where shares have been acquired by it on behalf of persons in any Relevant Member State other than qualified investors, the offer of those shares to it is not treated under the Prospectus Directive as having been made to such persons.

In addition, in the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Directive) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19 (5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the “Order”) and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). This document must not be acted on or relied on in the United Kingdom by persons who are not relevant persons. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity to which this document relates is only available to, and will be engaged in with, relevant persons.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

This prospectus is only being distributed to and is only directed at persons in the United Kingdom that are qualified investors within the meaning of Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive that are also (i) to investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial

Promotion) Order 2005, or the Order, and/or (ii) high net worth entities, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling with Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”).

This prospectus and its contents are confidential and should not be distributed, published or reproduced (in whole or in part) or disclosed by recipients to any other persons in the United Kingdom. Any person in the United Kingdom who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

Each underwriter has represented, warranted and agreed that:

(A) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, as amended, or the FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the Shares in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and

(B) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares of our common stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Germany

Any offer or solicitation of securities within Germany must be in full compliance with the German Securities Prospectus Act (Wertpapierprospektgesetz — WpPG). The offer and solicitation of securities to the public in Germany requires the publication of a prospectus that has to be filed with and approved by the German Federal Financial Services Supervisory Authority (Bundesanstalt für Finanzdienstleistungsaufsicht—Finanzdienstleistungsaufsicht — BaFin). This prospectus has not been and will not be submitted for filing and approval to the BaFin and, consequently, will not be published. Therefore, this prospectus does not constitute a public offer under the German Securities Prospectus Act (Wertpapierprospektgesetz). This prospectus and any other document relating to our common stock, as well as any information contained therein, must therefore not be supplied to the public in Germany or used in connection with any offer for subscription of our common stock to the public in Germany, any public marketing of our common stock or any public solicitation for offers to subscribe for or otherwise acquire our common stock. This prospectus and other offering materials relating to the offer of our common stock are strictly confidential and may not be distributed to any person or entity other than the designated recipients hereof.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

This document, as well as any other material relating to the shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus, do not constitute an issue prospectus pursuant to Article 652a and/or 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations. The shares will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange and, therefore, the documents relating to the shares, including, but not limited to, this document, do not claim to comply with the disclosure standards of the listing rules of SIX Swiss Exchange and corresponding prospectus schemes annexed to the listing rules of the SIX Swiss Exchange. The shares are being offered in Switzerland by way of a private placement,i.e., to a small number of selected investors only, without any public offer and only to investors who do not purchase the shares with the intention to distribute them to the public. The investors will be individually approached by the issuer from time to time. This document, as well as any other material relating to the shares, is personal and confidential and do not constitute an offer to any other person. This document may only be used by those investors to whom it has been handed out in connection with the offering described herein and may neither directly nor indirectly be distributed or made available to other persons without express consent of the issuer. It may not be used in connection with any other offer and shall in particular not be copied and/or distributed to the public in (or from) Switzerland.

U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following is a summary of material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock to a non-U.S. holder that purchases shares of our common stock in this offering. For purposes of this summary, a “non-U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of our common stock that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

a nonresident alien individual;

 

a foreign corporation (or entity treated as a foreign corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes); or

 

a foreign estate or foreign trust.

In the case of a holder that is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the tax treatment of a partner in such partnership generally will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partner and the partnership. If you are a partner in a partnership holding our common stock, then you should consult your own tax advisor.

This summary is based upon the provisions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, which we refer to as the Code, the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder and administrative and judicial interpretations thereof, all as of the date hereof. Those authorities may be changed, perhaps retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those summarized below. We cannot assure you that a change in law, possibly with retroactive application, will not alter significantly the tax considerations that we describe in this summary. We have not sought and do not plan to seek any ruling from the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, which we refer to as the IRS, with respect to statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS or a court will agree with our statements and conclusions.

This summary does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxes that may be relevant tonon-U.S. holders in light of their personal circumstances, and does not deal with federal taxes other than the U.S. federal income tax including U.S. federal gift and estate taxes, except as to the limited extent set forth below, or with non-U.S., state or local tax considerations. Special rules, not discussed here, may apply to certain non-U.S. holders, including:

 

U.S. expatriates;

former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

 

controlled foreign corporations;

 

passive foreign investment companies; and

 

investors in pass-through entities that are subject to special treatment under the Code.

Such non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors to determine the U.S. federal, state, local and other tax consequences that may be relevant to them.

This summary applies only to a non-U.S. holder that holds our common stock as a capital asset (within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code).

If you are considering the purchase of our common stock, you should consult your own tax advisor concerning the particular U.S. federal income tax consequences to you of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock, as well as the consequences to you arising under U.S. tax laws other than the federal income tax law or under the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction.

Dividends

As described in “Dividend Policy” above, we do not currently anticipate paying dividends. In the event that we do make a distribution of cash or property (other than certain stock distributions) with respect to our common stock (or certain redemptions that are treated as distributions with respect to common stock), any such distributions will be treated as a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). Dividends paid to you generally will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

However, dividends that are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business by you within the United States and, where a tax treaty applies, are generally attributable to a United States permanent establishment, are not subject to the withholding tax, but instead are subject to United States federal income tax on a net income basis at applicable graduated individual or corporate ordinary income tax rates. Certain certification and disclosure requirements, including delivery to the withholding agent of a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI (or other applicable form), must be satisfied for effectively connected income to be exempt from withholding. Any such dividends received by a foreign corporation that are effectively connected with its conduct of a trade or business within the United States may be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

If the amount of a distribution paid on our common stock exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, such excess will be allocated ratably among each share of common stock with respect to which the distribution is paid and treated first as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of your adjusted tax basis in each such share, and thereafter as capital gain from a sale or other disposition of such share of common stock that is taxed to you as described below in “–“ — Gain on Disposition of Common Stock.” Your adjusted tax basis is generally the purchase price of such shares, reduced by the amount of any such tax-free returns of capital.

If you wish to claim the benefit of an applicable treaty rate to avoid or reduce withholding of U.S. federal income tax for dividends, then you must (a) provide the withholding agent with a properly completed IRS Form W-8BEN (or other applicable form) and certify under penalties of perjury that you are not a U.S. person and are eligible for treaty benefits, or (b) if our common stock is held through certain foreign intermediaries, satisfy the relevant certification requirements of applicable U.S. Treasury regulations. Special certification and other requirements apply to certain non-U.S. holders that act as intermediaries (including partnerships).

If you are eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal income tax pursuant to an income tax treaty, then you may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by filing timely an appropriate claim with the IRS.

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

You generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax with respect to gain realized on the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock, unless:

 

the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business you conduct in the United States, and, in cases in which certain tax treaties apply, is attributable to a United States permanent establishment;

��

the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business you conduct in the United States, and, in cases in which certain tax treaties apply, is attributable to a United States permanent establishment;

 

you are an individual and you are present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the sale or other taxable disposition, and certain other conditions are met; or

 

we are or have been during a specified testing period a “U.S. real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and certain other conditions are met.

If you are an individual described in the first bullet point above, you will be subject to tax on the net gain derived from the sale under regular graduated United States federal income tax rates or such lower rate as specified by an applicable income tax treaty. If you are an individual described in the second bullet point above,

you will be subject to a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from the sale, which may be offset by United States

source capital losses (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States). If you are a foreign corporation described in the first bullet point above, you will be subject to tax on your gain under regular graduated United States federal income tax rates and, in addition, may be subject to the branch profits tax equal to 30% of your effectively connected earnings and profits or at such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

Generally, we will be a “United States real property holding corporation” if the fair market value of our U.S. real property interests equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market values of our worldwide real property interests and other assets used or held for use in a trade or business, all as determined under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations. We believe that we have not been and are not a “U.S. real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Although we do not anticipate it based on our current business plans and operations, we may become a “U.S. real property holding corporation” in the future. If we have been or were to become a “U.S. real property holding corporation,” you might be subject to U.S. federal income tax (but not the branch profits tax) with respect to gain realized on the disposition of our common stock. However, such gain would not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax if (1) our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market and (2) in disposing of our common stock you did not own, actually or constructively, at any time during the five-year period preceding the disposition, more than 5% of the value of our common stock.

The estates of nonresident alien individuals generally are subject to U.S. federal estate tax on property with a U.S. situs. Because we are a U.S. corporation, our common stock will be U.S. situs property and therefore will be included in the taxable estate of a nonresident alien decedent, unless an applicable estate tax treaty between the United States and the decedent’s country of residence provides otherwise.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding Tax

We must report annually to the IRS and to you the amount of dividends paid to you and the amount of tax, if any, withheld with respect to such dividends. The IRS may make this information available to the tax authorities in the country in which you are resident.

In addition, you may be subject to information reporting requirements and backup withholding tax (currently at a rate of 28%) with respect to dividends paid on, and the proceeds of disposition of, shares of our common stock, unless, generally, you certify under penalties of perjury (usually on IRS Form W-8BEN) that you are not a U.S. person or you otherwise establish an exemption. Additional rules relating to information reporting requirements and backup withholding tax with respect to payments of the proceeds from the disposition of shares of our common stock are as follows:

 

If the proceeds are paid to or through the U.S. office of a broker, the proceeds generally will be subject to backup withholding tax and information reporting, unless you certify under penalties of perjury (usually on IRS Form W-8BEN) that you are not a U.S. person or you otherwise establish an exemption.

 

If the proceeds are paid to or through a non-U.S. office of a broker that is not a U.S. person and is not a foreign person with certain specified U.S. connections, or a U.S.-related person, information reporting and backup withholding tax generally will not apply.

 

If the proceeds are paid to or through a non-U.S. office of a broker that is a U.S. person or aU.S.-related person, the proceeds generally will be subject to information reporting (but not to backup withholding tax), unless you certify under penalties of perjury (usually on IRS Form W-8BEN) that you are not a U.S. person.

Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding tax rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against your U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished by you to the IRS.

New Legislation Relating to Foreign Accounts

Recently enactedRecent legislation may imposeand administrative guidance generally imposes withholding taxes on certain types of payments made to “foreign financial institutions” and certain other non-U.S. entities after December 31, 2012.entities. The legislation imposes a 30% withholding tax on dividends on, or gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, our common stock paid to a foreign financial institution unless the foreign financial institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. Treasury to, among other things, undertake to identify accounts held by certain U.S. persons (including certain equity and

debt holders of such institutions) or U.S.-owned foreign entities, annually report certain information about such accounts, and withhold 30% on payments to account holders whose actions prevent it from complying with these reporting and other requirements. In addition, the legislation imposes a 30% withholding tax on the same types of payments to a foreign non-financial entity unless the entity certifies that it does not have any substantial U.S. owners (which generally includes any U.S. person who directly or indirectly own more than 10% of the entity) or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial U.S. owner. These withholding requirements are expected to be phased in for dividend payments made on or after July 1, 2014 and for payments of gross proceeds from sales or other dispositions of U.S. common stock made on or after December 31, 2016. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder of our common stock might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes, and a non-U.S. holder might be required to file a United States federal income tax return to claim such refunds or credits. Prospective purchasers of our common stock should consult their tax advisors regarding this legislation.

THE SUMMARY OF MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES ABOVE IS INCLUDED FOR GENERAL INFORMATION PURPOSES ONLY. PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS TO DETERMINE THE U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND NON-U.S. TAX CONSIDERATIONS OF PURCHASING, OWNING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK.

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for us by MorellaBuchanan Ingersoll & Associates, A Professional Corporation,Rooney PC, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. Nelson Mullins Riley & Scarborough LLP, Washington, DC,D.C., will pass upon certain legal matters for the underwriters.

EXPERTS

The consolidated balance sheets of The Ex One Company, LLC and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, changes in members’ deficit, and cash flows for each of the twothree years in the period ended December 31, 20112012 have been audited byincluded herein in reliance on the reports of ParenteBeard LLC, independent registered public accountingaccountants, given on the authority of that firm as stated in their report appearing herein and elsewhere in the registration statement. Such financial statements have been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accountingauditing and auditing.accounting.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed withare subject to the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 underinformation and reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act with respect to the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. In this prospectus we refer to that registration statement, together with all amendments, exhibits1934, as amended, and schedules to that registration statement, as “the registration statement.”

As is permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC, this prospectus, which is part of the registration statement, omits some information, exhibits, schedules and undertakings set forth in the registration statement. For further information with respect to us, and the securities offered by this prospectus, please refer to the registration statement.

Following the declaration of effectiveness of the registration statement on Form S-1, of which this prospectus forms a part, we will be required to file current,annual, quarterly and annualcurrent reports, proxy statements and other information without charge with the SEC. You may read and copy this registration statement and thosethese reports, proxy statements and other information at the public reference facility maintained byfacilities of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, at 100 F Street, NE,N.E., Room 1580, Washington, DCD.C. 20549. CopiesYou can request copies of this material may also be obtained fromthese documents by writing to the Public Reference Room ofSEC and paying a fee for the copying cost. Please call the SEC at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549 at prescribed rates. Information on1-800-SEC-0330 for more information about the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by callingpublic reference facilities. SEC filings are also available at the SEC’s website athttp://www.sec.gov.

We have filed with the SEC at (800) 732-0330. Thea registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, covering the securities offered hereby. As allowed by SEC maintainsrules, this prospectus does not include all of the information contained in the registration statement and the included exhibits and schedules. You are referred to the registration statement, the included exhibits and schedules for further information. This prospectus is qualified in its entirety by such other information.

We also maintain a web sitewebsite atwww.sec.govwww.exone.com that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that make electronic, through which you can access our filings with the SEC using its EDGAR system.SEC. The information set forth on or accessible from our website is not part of this prospectus. We have included our website address in this prospectus solely as an inactive textual reference.

THE EX ONE COMPANY,The ExOne Company and Subsidiaries (formerly The Ex One Company, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIESand Subsidiaries)

INDEX TO FINANCIAL INFORMATIONIndex to Financial Information

 

    Page
Number 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-2  

Statement of Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2011Operations and December 31, 2010Comprehensive Loss

   F-3  

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss for the years ended December  31, 2011 and December 31, 2010Balance Sheets

   F-4  

Statement of Consolidated Statements of Members’ Deficit for the years ended December  31, 2011 and December 31, 2010Cash Flows

   F-5  

Statement of Changes in Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2011 and December  31, 2010Members’ Equity (Deficit)

   F-6  

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-8F-7  

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets asStatement of and September 30, 2012 (unaudited) and
December  31, 2011

F-26

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 (unaudited) and September 30, 2011 (unaudited)

F-27

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Members’ Deficit for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 (unaudited)(Unaudited)

   F-28  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the nine months ended September  30, 2012 (unaudited) and September 30, 2011 (unaudited)Balance Sheets (Unaudited)

   F-29  

Condensed Statement of Consolidated Cash Flows (Unaudited)

F-30

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Statement of Changes in Consolidated Financial StatementsStockholders’ / Members’ Equity (Deficit) (Unaudited)

   F-31  

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

F-32

THE EX ONE COMPANY,The ExOne Company and Subsidiaries (formerly The Ex One Company, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIESand Subsidiaries)

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

MembersBoard of Directors and Stockholders

The ExOne Company (formerly The Ex One Company, LLC and SubsidiariesSubsidiaries)

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of The Ex One Company, LLC and Subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 20102012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, members’ deficit,equity (deficit), and cash flows for the each of the years in the two-yearthree-year period ended December 31, 2011.2012. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’sentity’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of The Ex One Company, LLC and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 20102012 and 2011, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the two-yearthree-year period ended December 31, 2011,2012, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

The accompanyingAs disclosed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, have been prepared assuming that the Company will continuereorganized as a going concern. As discussed in NoteThe ExOne Company on January 1, the Company has incurred recurring operating losses2013 and has a working capital deficiency. These conditions raise substantial doubt aboutcompleted an initial public offering of the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans regarding those matters also are described in Note 1. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.common stock on February 12, 2013.

/s/ ParenteBeard LLC

Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania

November 12, 2012March 29, 2013

THE EX ONE COMPANY,The ExOne Company and Subsidiaries (formerly The Ex One Company, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIESand Subsidiaries)

Statement of Consolidated Balance SheetsOperations and Comprehensive Loss

(in thousands, except per-unit amounts)

 

December 31

  2010  2011 

ASSETS

   

Current Assets

   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $1,021,048   $3,496,228  

Accounts receivable — net

   2,731,748    1,335,201  

Related party receivable

   181,568    395,636  

Inventories — net

   3,069,160    4,430,824  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

   222,476    458,989  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Current Assets

   7,226,000    10,116,878  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Property and Equipment — Net

   

(Including assets of consolidated variable interest entities of $4.5 million in 2010 and $5.8 million in 2011 — Note 1)

   7,990,388    7,918,559  

Deferred Tax Assets

   —      727,000  

Other Assets

   16,585    205,881  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Assets

  $15,232,973   $18,968,318  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS’ DEFICIT

   

Current Liabilities

   

Demand note payable to member

  $15,044,778   $—    

Current portion of long-term debt of consolidated variable
interest entities

   808,010    1,294,030  

Accounts payable

   984,646    864,333  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

   2,345,040    2,669,035  

Accrued income taxes

   198,724    956,438  

Deferred tax liabilities

   —      727,000  

Deferred revenue and customer deposits

   1,097,881    4,938,019  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Current Liabilities

   20,479,079    11,448,855  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Long-term Liabilities

   

Long-term debt of consolidated variable interest entities — net of current portion

   3,031,171    4,134,925  

Redeemable Class A preferred units

   —      18,983,602  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Long-term Liabilities

   3,031,171    23,118,527  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

   23,510,250    34,567,382  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Members’ Equity (Deficit)

   

Controlling interest in members’ deficit

   

Common units, 10,000,000 issued and outstanding

   10,000,000    10,000,000  

Members’ deficit

   (19,448,115  (27,485,083

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

   (113,051  (220,416
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Controlling Interest in Members’ Deficit

   (9,561,166  (17,705,499

Noncontrolling interest

   1,283,889    2,106,435  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Members’ Deficit

   (8,277,277  (15,599,064
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Members’ Deficit

  $15,232,973   $18,968,318  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

For the years ended December 31,

  2012  2011  2010 

Revenue

  $28,657   $15,290   $13,440  

Cost of sales

   16,514    11,647    10,374  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Gross profit

   12,143    3,643    3,066  

Operating expenses

    

Research and development

   1,930    1,531    1,153  

Selling, general and administrative (Note 12)

   18,285    7,286    5,978  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   20,215    8,817    7,131  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loss from operations

   (8,072  (5,174  (4,065

Other (income) expense

    

Interest expense

   842    1,570    1,114  

Other (income) expense — net

   (221  (158  (197
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   621    1,412    917  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

   (8,693  (6,586  (4,982

Provision for income taxes (Note 15)

   995    1,031    198  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net loss

   (9,688  (7,617  (5,180

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

   480    420    328  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to ExOne

  $(10,168 $(8,037 $(5,508
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to ExOne per common unit (Note 2):

    

Basic

  $(1.16 $(0.80 $(0.55

Diluted

  $(1.16 $(0.80 $(0.55

Comprehensive loss:

    

Net loss attributable to ExOne

  $(10,168 $(8,037 $(5,508

Other comprehensive income (loss):

    

Foreign currency translation adjustments

   46    (107  (144
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

   (10,122  (8,144  (5,652

Less: Comprehensive loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

   —       —       —     
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss attributable to ExOne

  $(10,122 $(8,144 $(5,652
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

THE EX ONE COMPANY,The ExOne Company and Subsidiaries (formerly The Ex One Company, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIESand Subsidiaries)

Consolidated Statements of OperationsBalance Sheets

(in thousands, except per-unit and Comprehensive Lossunit amounts)

 

For the Years Ended December 31

  2010  2011 

Revenue

  $13,440,021   $15,289,707  

Cost of Sales

   10,374,241    11,647,338  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Gross Profit

   3,065,780    3,642,369  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Operating Expenses

   

Research and development

   1,152,940    1,530,933  

Selling, general and administrative

   5,977,749    7,285,924  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Operating Expenses

   7,130,689    8,816,857  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loss from Operations

   (4,064,909  (5,174,488
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other (Income) Expense

   

Interest expense

   1,114,401    1,569,538  

Other income

   (196,747  (154,451

Interest income

   (900  (3,497
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Other Expense

   916,754    1,411,590  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loss before Income taxes

   (4,981,663  (6,586,078

Provision for Income Taxes

   198,000    1,031,000  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net Loss Attributable to the Controlling and Noncontrolling Interests

   (5,179,663  (7,617,078

Less: Net income of Noncontrolling Interest

   328,031    419,890  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net Loss Attributable to the Controlling Interest

   (5,507,694  (8,036,968

Other Comprehensive Loss:

   

Foreign currency translation loss

   (144,468  (107,365
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Comprehensive Loss

  $(5,652,162 $(8,144,333
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net loss available to common unitholders — basic

  $(0.55 $(0.80
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net loss available to common unitholders — diluted

  $(0.55 $(0.80
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

December 31,

  2012  2011 

Assets

   

Current assets:

   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $2,802   $3,496  

Accounts receivable — net

   8,413    1,335  

Inventories — net (Note 3)

   7,485    4,431  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets (Note 4)

   1,543    854  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total current assets

   20,243    10,116  

Property and equipment — net (Note 5)

   12,467    7,919  

(Including amounts attributable to consolidated variable interest entities of $5,567 and $5,798 at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively)

   

Deferred income taxes (Note 15)

   178    374  

Other noncurrent assets (Note 4)

   187    206  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total assets

  $33,075   $18,615  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Liabilities

   

Current liabilities:

   

Line of credit (Note 7)

  $528   $—     

Demand note payable to member (Note 8)

   8,666    —     

Current portion of long-term debt (Note 9)

   2,028    1,294  

(Including amounts attributable to consolidated variable interest entities of $1,913 and $1,294 at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively)

   

Current portion of financing leases (Note 10)

   920    —     

Accounts payable

   2,451    864  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities (Note 6)

   4,436    3,625  

Preferred unit dividends payable

   1,437    —     

Deferred income taxes (Note 15)

   178    374  

Deferred revenue and customer prepayments

   4,281    4,938  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

   24,925    11,095  

Long-term debt — net of current portion (Note 9)

   5,669    4,135  

(Including amounts attributable to consolidated variable interest entities of $3,150 and $4,135 at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively)

   

Financing leases — net of current portion (Note 10)

   1,949    —     

Redeemable preferred units (Note 11)

   —       18,984  

Other noncurrent liabilities (Note 6)

   491    —     
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   33,034    34,214  

Commitments and contingencies (Note 14)

   

Members’ equity (deficit)

   

ExOne members’ deficit:

   

Preferred units, $1.00 par value, 18,983,602 issued and outstanding (Note 11)

   18,984    —     

Common units, $1.00 par value, 10,000,000 issued and outstanding (Note 11)

   10,000    10,000  

Members’ deficit

   (31,355  (27,485

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

   (174  (220
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total ExOne members’ deficit

   (2,545  (17,705

Noncontrolling interests

   2,586    2,106  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total members’ equity (deficit)

   41    (15,599
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total liabilities and members’ equity (deficit)

  $33,075   $18,615  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

THE EX ONE COMPANY,The ExOne Company and Subsidiaries (formerly The Ex One Company, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIESand Subsidiaries)

Statement of Consolidated Statements of Members’ DeficitCash Flows

(in thousands)

 

For the Years Ended December 31, 2010 and 2011

 
  Common Units  Members’
Deficit
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
  Total
Controlling
Interest
  Noncontrolling
Interest
  Total
Members’

Deficit
 
  Number of
Units
  Amount      

Balance — December 31, 2009

  10,000,000   $10,000,000   $(13,940,421 $31,417   $(3,909,004 $955,858   $(2,953,146

Net loss

   —      (5,507,694  —      (5,507,694  328,031    (5,179,663

Loss on foreign currency translation

   —      —      (144,468  (144,468  —      (144,468
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance — December 31, 2010

  10,000,000    10,000,000    (19,448,115  (113,051  (9,561,166  1,283,889    (8,277,277

Net loss

  —      —      (8,036,968  —      (8,036,968  419,890    (7,617,078

Loss on foreign currency translation

  —      —      —      (107,365  (107,365  —      (107,365

Member contribution

  —      —      —      —      —      402,656    402,656  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance — December 31, 2011

  10,000,000   $10,000,000   $(27,485,083 $(220,416 $(17,705,499 $2,106,435   $(15,599,064
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

For the years ended December 31,

  2012  2011  2010 

Operating activities

    

Net loss

  $(9,688 $(7,617 $(5,180

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to cash used for operations:

    

Depreciation (Note 5)

   1,683    1,170    1,072  

Equity-based compensation (Note 12)

   7,735    —       —     

Changes in assets and liabilities, excluding effects of foreign currency translation adjustments:

    

(Increase) decrease in accounts receivable

   (7,077  1,240    (1,662

(Increase) decrease in inventories

   (4,825  (1,368  614  

(Increase) decrease in prepaid expenses and other assets

   (330  (438  293  

Increase (decrease) in accounts payable

   1,575    (213  (386

Increase (decrease) in accrued expenses and other liabilities

   1,528    951    (125

Increase (decrease) in deferred revenue and customer prepayments

   (404  3,839    (538
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash used for operating activities

   (9,803  (2,436  (5,912

Investing activities

    

Capital expenditures

   (1,724  (1,080  (1,795
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash used for investing activities

   (1,724  (1,080  (1,795

Financing activities

    

Net change in line of credit borrowings (Note 7)

   528    —       —     

Net change in demand note payable to member (Note 8)

   8,629    3,939    12,290  

Proceeds from long-term debt (Note 9)

   1,194    2,398    —     

Proceeds from financing leases (Note 10)

   3,513    —       —     

Payments on long-term debt (Note 9)

   (1,626  (808  (4,479

Payments on financing leases (Note 10)

   (437  —       —     

Deferred offering costs (Note 4)

   (720  —       —     

Deferred financing costs

   (78  —       —     

Contribution from noncontrolling interests

   —       402    —     
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash provided by financing activities

   11,003    5,931    7,811  

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

   (170  60    273  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

   (694  2,475    377  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

   3,496    1,021    644  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

  $2,802   $3,496   $1,021  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

    

Cash paid for interest

  $407   $174   $244  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash paid for income taxes

  $1,354   $—      $—     
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financing activities

    

Property and equipment acquired through financing arrangements

  $2,700   $—     $—    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Transfer of inventories to property and equipment for internal use

  $2,001   $—     $—    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Transfer of property and equipment to inventories for sale

  $(202 $—     $—    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Reclassification of redeemable preferred units to preferred units (Note 11)

  $18,984   $—     $—    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Conversion of demand note payable to member to redeemable preferred units (Note 11)

  $—     $18,984   $—    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Preferred unit dividends declared but unpaid

  $1,437   $—     $—    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

THE EX ONE COMPANY,The ExOne Company and Subsidiaries (formerly The Ex One Company, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIESand Subsidiaries)

Statement of Changes in Consolidated Statements of Cash FlowsMembers’ Equity (Deficit)

(in thousands)

 

For the Years Ended December 31

  2010  2011 

Cash Provided by (Used for) Operating Activities

   

Net loss

  $(5,179,663 $(7,617,078

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used for operating activities

   

Depreciation

   1,071,745    1,169,734  

Changes in assets and liabilities

   

Accounts receivable

   (1,662,105  1,239,925  

Related party receivable

   (90,362  (214,068

Inventories

   614,142    (1,368,114

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

   258,992    (14,398

Accounts payable

   (385,696  (213,405

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

   (324,749  (55,928

Accrued income taxes

   199,985    1,007,360  

Deferred revenue and customer deposits

   (538,152  3,839,473  

Other assets and liabilities — net

   124,032    (209,074
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net Cash Used for Operating Activities

   (5,911,831  (2,435,573
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash Used for Investing Activities

   

Additions to property and equipment

   (1,794,761  (1,080,429
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash Provided by (Used for) Financing Activities

   

Proceeds from long-term debt

   —      2,398,076  

Payments on long-term debt

   (4,479,362  (808,303

Proceeds from borrowings on demand note payable to member

   12,290,058    3,938,824  

Member contribution

   —      402,656  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities

   7,810,696    5,931,253  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Effect of Currency Translation on Cash and Cash Equivalents

   272,833    59,929  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents

   376,937    2,475,180  

Cash and Cash Equivalents  Beginning of year

   644,111    1,021,048  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents  End of year

  $1,021,048   $3,496,228  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information

  

Cash paid for interest

  $243,561   $174,051  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash paid for income taxes

  $—     $—    
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Supplemental Disclosure of Noncash Investing and Financing Activities

  

Conversion of demand note payable to member to Redeemable Class A preferred units (Note 8)

  $—     $18,983,602  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  ExOne unitholders       
  Preferred
units
  Common
units
  Members’
deficit
  Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income (loss)
  Noncontrolling
interests
  Total
members’
equity
(deficit)
 

Balance at December 31, 2009

 $—      $10,000   $(13,940 $31   $956   $(2,953

Net (loss) income

  —       —       (5,508  —       328    (5,180

Other comprehensive loss

  —       —       —       (144  —       (144
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

  —       10,000    (19,448  (113  1,284    (8,277

Net (loss) income

  —       —       (8,037  —       420    (7,617

Other comprehensive loss

  —       —       —       (107  —       (107

Contribution from noncontrolling interests

  —       —       —       —       402    402  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

  —       10,000    (27,485  (220  2,106    (15,599

Net (loss) income

  —       —       (10,168  —       480    (9,688

Other comprehensive income

  —       —       —       46    —       46  

Equity-based compensation (Note 12)

  —       —       7,735    —       —       7,735  

Preferred unit reclassification (Note 11)

  18,984    —       —       —       —       18,984  

Preferred unit dividends

  —       —       (1,437  —       —       (1,437
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

 $18,984   $10,000   $(31,355  $    (174)   $    2,586   $41  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

THE EX ONE COMPANY,The ExOne Company and Subsidiaries (formerly The Ex One Company, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Index to Notes to the Consolidated

Financial Statements

Page
1.

Organization, Nature of Business, Basis of Consolidation and Going Concern

F-8
2.

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

F-9

A. Method of Accounting

F-9

B. Use of Estimates

F-9

C. Revenue Recognition

F-9

D. Cash and Cash Equivalents

F-10

E. Accounts Receivable

F-10

F. Inventories

F-11

G. Property and Equipment

F-11

H. Foreign Currency Transactions

F-11

I. Derivative Financial Instruments

F-12

J. Research and Development

F-12

K. Earnings (Loss) Per Unit

F-12

L. Advertising

F-12

M. Defined Contribution Plan

F-12

N. Income taxes

F-13

O. Fair Value Measurements

F-13

P. Royalty Expense Under License Agreements

F-14

Q. Taxes on Revenue Producing Transactions

F-14

R. Equity-based Compensation

F-14

S. New Accounting Standards to be Implemented

F-14
3.

Inventories

F-15
4.

Property and Equipment

F-15
5.

Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

F-15
6.

Line of Credit Agreement

F-16
7.

Long-term Debt

F-16
8.

Redeemable Preferred Units

F-18
9.

Members Equity (Deficit)

F-18
10.

Related Party Transactions

F-19
11.

Income Taxes

F-19
12.

Operating Lease Commitments

F-21
13.

License Agreements

F-21
14.

Computation of Earnings (Loss) per Unit

F-21
15.

Fair Value Measurements

F-22
16.

Segment Information

F-23
17.

Customer Concentrations

F-24
18.

Subsequent Events

F-24

THE EX ONE COMPANY, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIESand Subsidiaries)

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars in thousands, except per-unit, unit and share amounts)

Note 1 - Organization, Nature1. Summary of Business, Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of ConsolidationPresentation and Going ConcernPrinciples of Consolidation

The ExOne Company and Subsidiaries (ExOne), formerly The Ex One Company, LLC, and Subsidiaries (ExOne) is a limited liability company that iscorporation organized under the laws of the state of Delaware. Refer to Note 19 for description of the reorganization of The Ex One Company, LLC to The ExOne Company effective January 1, 2013. The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of ExOne, its wholly-owned subsidiaries: ProMetal,subsidiaries, ExOne Americas LLC ProMetal RCT, LLC, Luxcelis, LLC,(United States), ExOne GmbH (Germany) and Ex One KK (Japan) and ProMetal GmbH (Germany), and two variable interest entities in which ExOne is the primary beneficiary:beneficiary, Lone Star Metal Fabrication, LLC (Lone Star) and Troy Metal Fabricating, LLC (TMF). Collectively, the consolidated group is referred to as “the Company”. All material intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

The Company is a global provider of 3D printing machines that can produce three-dimensional objects through a process known as Additive Manufacturing (“AM”) to industrial customers for end-market applications. The business consists of producing products for customers utilizing its own 3D machines and technology, manufacturing and selling 3D machines to customers to print their own products, and supplying associated products and services necessary for customers to print on their own 3D machines.Company.”

At December 31, 20102012 and 2011, ExOne leasesleased property and equipment from Lone Star and TMF. ExOne does not have an ownership interest in Lone Star or TMF. ExOne is the primary beneficiary of Lone Star and TMF in accordance with the guidance issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) on the consolidation of variable interest entities (VIEs), sinceas ExOne guarantees certain long-term debt of both Lone Star and TMF and governs these entities through common ownership. This guidance requires certain VIEs to be consolidated when an enterprise has the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’sVIE economic performance and who has the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. The consolidated financial statements therefore include the accounts of Lone Star and TMF. The assets of Lone Star and TMF can only be used to settle obligations of Lone Star and TMF, and the creditors of Lone Star and TMF do not have recourse to ExOne’sthe general credit.credit of ExOne.

The Company applies the accounting standard for noncontrolling interests in the consolidated financial statements. The variable interest related to Lone Star and TMF requires the equity of these entities to be classified as a non-controlling interest in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

As shown in the accompanying consolidated financial statements of the Company are prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP). All material intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation. Certain amounts in previously issued consolidated financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the 2012 presentation.

Going Concern

The Company has incurred net losses of approximately $5.2 million$9,688, $7,617 and $7.6 million$5,180 for the years ended December 31, 2010 and2012, 2011 and has an accumulated deficit of approximately $15.6 million2010, respectively. Prior to reorganization (Note 19) the Company operated as of December 31, 2011.a limited liability company and was substantially supported by the continued financial support provided by its majority member. These conditions raise substantial doubt as to the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might resultOn February 12, 2013, in connection with the completion of its initial public offering (IPO) (Note 19) the Company received unrestricted net proceeds from the outcomesale of its common stock of approximately $91,996. Management believes that the unrestricted net proceeds obtained through this uncertainty. Thetransaction will be sufficient to support the Company’s operations through at least January 1, 2014 (the measurement period for such determination), and no longer believes substantial doubt as to the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern is dependent upon the continued financial support of the Company’s majority member, the Company’s ability to generate sufficient cash flows to meet its obligations on a timely basis, to obtain additional financing as may be required, and ultimately to attain profitable operations. Management believes the Company will be able to raise additional capital or debt sufficient to support the Company’s operations through January 1, 2013. However, there is no assurance that profitable operations or sufficient cash flows will occur in the future.

THE EX ONE COMPANY, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

exist.

Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

A. Method of Accounting

The consolidated financial statements of the Company are presented on the accrual basis of accounting and are prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America as promulgated by the Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification (ASC).

B. Use of Estimates

The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires the Company to make certain judgments, estimates and judgmentsassumptions regarding uncertainties that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. SignificantAreas that require significant judgments, estimates reported inand assumptions include accounting for inventories (including the accompanying consolidated financial statements include:allowance for slow moving and obsolete inventory); product warranty reserves; equity-based compensation (including the fair value of the Company’s common units used to measure equity based compensation, allowance for slow moving and obsolete inventory, accrued license fees,equity-based compensation); income taxes (including the valuation allowance on certain deferred tax assets,assets) and the estimated fair value of the Company’sfuture cash flow estimates associated with long-lived assets for

purposes of impairment testing. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable, the results of which forms the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

C. Foreign Currency

The local currency is the functional currency for significant operations outside of the United States. The determination of the functional currency of an operation is made based upon the appropriate economic and management indicators.

Foreign currency assets and liabilities are translated into their U.S. dollar equivalents based upon year end exchange rates, and are included in members’ equity (deficit) as a component of comprehensive loss. Revenues and expenses are translated at average exchange rates. Transaction gains and losses that arise from exchange rate fluctuations are charged to operations as incurred, except for gains and losses associated with intercompany receivables and payables for which settlement is not planned or anticipated in the foreseeable future, which are included in other comprehensive income (loss) in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss.

The Company transacts business globally and is subject to risks associated with fluctuating foreign exchange rates. Approximately 72.8%, 70.0% and 70.7% of the consolidated revenue of the Company was derived from transactions outside the United States for 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. This revenue is generated primarily from wholly-owned subsidiaries operating in their respective countries and surrounding geographic areas. This revenue is primarily denominated in each subsidiary’s local functional currency, including the Euro and Japanese Yen.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue from the sale of 3D printing machines and related consumables3D printed parts and materials is recognized upon transfer of title, generally upon shipment. Revenue from the performance of contract services or production services is generally recognized when either the services are performed or the finished product is shipped. Revenue for all deliverables in a sales arrangement is recognized provided that persuasive evidence of a sales arrangement exists, both title and risk of loss have passed to the customer and collection is reasonably assured. Persuasive evidence of a sales arrangement exists upon execution of a written sales agreement or signed purchase order that constitutes a fixed and legally binding commitment between the Company and its customer. In instances where revenue recognition criteria are not met, amounts are recorded as deferred revenue and customer depositsprepayments in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

The Company enters into sales arrangements that may provide for multiple deliverables to a customer. Sales of machines may include consumables, maintenance services, and training and installation. The Company identifies all goods and services that are to be delivered separately under a sales arrangement and allocates revenue to each deliverable based on relative fair values. Fair values are generally established based on the prices charged when sold separately by the Company. In general, revenues are separated between machines, consumables, maintenance services and installation and training services. The allocated revenue for each deliverable is then recognized ratably based on relative fair values of the components of the sale. The Company also evaluates the impact of undelivered items on the functionality of delivered items for each sales transaction and, where appropriate, defers revenue on delivered items when that functionality has been affected. Functionality is determined to be met if the delivered products or services represent a separate earnings process. Revenue from maintenance services as well as installation is recognized at the time of performance.

The Company provides customers with a standard warranty agreement on all machines for up to one year.generally over a period of twelve months from the date of installation at the customer’s site. The warranty is not treated as a separate

service because the warranty is an integral part of the sale of the machine. The liability associated with these warranty obligations was not significant in 2010 or 2011.

THE EX ONE COMPANY, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

C. Revenue Recognition (continued)

After the initial one year warranty period, the Company offers theseits customers optional maintenance contracts. Deferred maintenance service revenue is recognized when the maintenance services are performed since the Company has historical evidence that indicates that the costs of performing the services under the contract are not incurred on a straight-line basis.

The Company sells equipment with embedded software to its customers. The embedded software is not sold separately and it is not a significant focus of the Company’s marketing effort. The Company does not provide post-contract customer support specific to the software or incur significant costs that are within the scope of FASB guidance on accounting for software to be leased or sold. Additionally, the functionality that the software provides is marketed as part of the overall product. The software embedded in the equipment is incidental to the equipment as a whole such that the FASB guidance referenced above is not applicable. Sales of these products are recognized in accordance with FASB guidance on accounting for multiple-element arrangements.

Shipping and handling costs billed to customers for machine sales and sales of consumables are included in revenue in the consolidated statementsstatement of operations and other comprehensive loss. Costs incurred by the Company associated with shipping and handling isare included in cost of sales in the consolidated statementsstatement of operations and comprehensive loss.

The Company’s terms of sale generally require payment within 30 to 60 days after shipment of a product, although the Company also recognizes that longer payment periods are customary in some countries where it transacts business. To reduce credit risk in connection with machine sales, the Company may, depending upon the circumstances, require significant depositscertain amounts be prepaid prior to shipment. In some circumstances, the Company may require payment in full for its products prior to shipment and may require international customers to furnish letters of credit. These depositsprepayments are reported as deferred revenue and customer depositsprepayments in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Production and contract services are billed on a time-and-materials basis. Services under maintenance contracts are billed to customers upon performance of services in accordance with the contract.

D. Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid instruments with maturities when purchased of three months or less to be cash equivalents. The Company’s policy is to invest cash in excess of short-term operating and debt-service requirements in such cash equivalents. These instruments are stated at cost, which approximates fair value because of the short maturity of the instruments. The Company maintains cash balances with financial institutions located in the United States, Germany, and Japan. The Company places its cash with high quality financial institutions and believes its risk of loss is limited; however, at times, account balances may exceed international and federally insured limits in the United States of America (U.S.).limits. The Company has not experienced any losses associated with these cash balances.

E. Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable are reported at their net realizable value. The Company’s estimate of the allowance for doubtful accounts related to trade receivables is based on the Company’s evaluation of customer accounts with past-due outstanding balances or specific accounts for which it has information that the customer may be

THE EX ONE COMPANY, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

E. Accounts Receivable (continued)

unable to meet its financial obligations. Based upon review of these accounts, and management’s analysis and judgment, the Company records a specific allowance for that customer’s accounts receivable balance to reduce the outstanding receivable balance to the amount expected to be collected. The allowance is re-evaluated and adjusted periodically as additional information is received that impacts the allowance amount reserved.

The Company’s At December 31, 2012 and 2011, the allowance for doubtful accounts was approximately $50,000 at December 31, 2010$83 and $43,000 at December 31, 2011.$43, respectively.

F. Inventories

The Company values all of its inventories onat the lower of cost, as determined on the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method or market value. Overhead is allocated to work in progress and finished goods based onupon normal capacity of the Company’s production facilities. Fixed overhead associated with production facilities that are being operated below normal capacity are being recognized as a period expense rather than being capitalized as a product cost. An allowance for slow-moving and obsolete inventories is provided based on historical experience and current product demand. These provisions reduce the cost basis of the respective inventory and are recorded as a charge to cost of sales. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, the allowance for slow-moving and obsolete inventories was approximately $891 and $1,401, respectively.

G. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are carriedrecorded at cost and depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, generally three to twenty-five years. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of (i) their estimated useful lives or (ii) the estimated or contractual lives of the related leases. Realized gains andGains or losses from the sale of assets are recognized upon disposal or retirement of the related assets and are reflectedgenerally recorded in resultsother (income) expense — net on the statement of operations. Charges for repairsconsolidated operations and comprehensive loss. Repairs and maintenance are expensedcharged to expense as incurred.

The Company evaluates long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying valueamount of an assetsuch assets (asset group) may not be recoverable. If expectedRecoverability of assets is determined by comparing the estimated undiscounted net cash flows are less thanof the operations related to the assets (asset group) to their carrying amount. An impairment loss would be recognized when the carrying amount of the assets (asset group) exceeds the estimated undiscounted net cash flows. The amount of the impairment loss to be recorded is calculated as the excess of carrying value an impairment loss is recognized equal to an amount by which the carrying value exceeds theof assets (asset group) over their fair value, with fair value determined using the best information available, which generally is a discounted cash flow model. The determination of what constitutes an asset group, the assets.associated undiscounted net cash flows, and the estimated useful lives of assets require significant judgments and estimates by management. No impairment loss was recorded forby the Company during 2012, 2011 or 2010.

H. Foreign Currency TransactionsProduct Warranty Reserves

The Company transacts business globally and is subject to risks associated with fluctuating foreign exchange rates. Approximately 71% in 2010 and 67% in 2011Substantially all of the Company’s consolidated3D printing machines are covered by a warranty, generally over a period of twelve months from the date of installation at the customer’s site. A liability is recorded for future warranty costs in the same period in which the related revenue is derived from sales outsiderecognized. The liability is based upon anticipated parts and labor costs using historical experience. The Company periodically assesses the U.S. This revenue is generated primarily from wholly-owned subsidiaries operating in their respective countries and surrounding geographic areas. This revenue is primarily denominated in each subsidiary’s local functional currency, includingadequacy of the U.S. dollar, the Euro and Japanese Yen.

Foreign currency assets and liabilities are translated into their U.S. dollar equivalentsproduct warranty reserves based on year end exchange rates,changes in these factors and records any necessary adjustments if actual experience indicates that adjustments are necessary. Future claims experience could be materially different from prior results because of the introduction of new, more complex products, a change in the Company’s warranty policy in response to industry trends, competition or other external forces, or manufacturing changes that could impact product quality. In the event that the Company determines that its current or future product repair and replacement costs exceed estimates, an adjustment to these reserves would be charged to cost of sales in the statement of consolidated operations and comprehensive loss in the period such a determination is made. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, product warranty reserves were approximately $554 and $117, respectively, and were included in members’ equity (deficit) as a component of comprehensive loss. Revenuesaccrued expenses and expenses are translated at average exchange rates. Transaction gains and losses that arise from exchange rate fluctuations are charged to operations as incurred, except for intercompany receivables and payables for which settlement is not planned or anticipated in the foreseeable future, which are included as accumulated other comprehensive losscurrent liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.

THE EX ONE COMPANY, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIESIncome Taxes

NotesPrior to reorganization (Note 19), the Company was organized as a limited liability company. Under the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code and similar state provisions, the Company was taxed as a partnership and was not liable for income taxes. Instead, earnings and losses were included in the tax returns of its members. Therefore, the consolidated financial statements do not reflect a provision for U.S. federal or state income taxes.

The Company’s subsidiaries in Germany and Japan are taxed as corporations under the taxing regulations of Germany and Japan, respectively. As a result, the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss includes tax expense related to these foreign jurisdictions. Any undistributed earnings are intended to be permanently reinvested in the respective subsidiaries.

The Company recognizes the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities based upon the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such positions are then measured based upon the largest amount that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon settlement. Tax benefits that do not meet the more likely than not criteria are recognized when effectively settled, which generally means that the statute of limitations has expired or that appropriate taxing authority has completed its examination even through the statute of limitations remains open. Interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions are recognized as part of the provision for income taxes and are accrued beginning in the period that such interest and penalties would be applicable under relevant tax law until such time that the related tax benefits are recognized.

The Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax basis of assets and liabilities of the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiaries in Germany and Japan using enacted tax rates in effect in the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce foreign deferred tax assets to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

amount expected to be realized (Note 15).

I. Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company is exposed to market risk from changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates, which may adversely affect its results of operations and financial condition. The Company seeks to minimize these risks through regular operating and financing activities and, when the Company considers it to be appropriate, through the use of derivative financial instruments.

The Company holds interest rate swaps for the purpose of managing risks related to the variability of future earnings and cash flows caused by changes in interest rates (Note 7).rates. The Company has elected not to prepare and maintain the documentation required to qualify for hedge accounting treatment and therefore, all gains and losses (realized or unrealized) related to derivative instruments are recognized as interest expense in the statement of consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. Fair value of the interest rate swaps are reported as accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets (Note 15).sheets. The Company does not purchase, hold or sell derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.

The Company is exposed to credit risk if the counterparties to such transactions are unable to perform their obligations. However, the Company seeks to minimize such risk by entering into transactions with counterparties that are believed to be creditworthy financial institutions.

The Company held no foreign currency contracts in 2012 or 2011. During 2010, the Company entered into a foreign currency contract to hedge its exposure arising from the sale of inventory. The Company recognized a loss of approximately $76,000$76 during the year ended December 31, 2010 in conjunctionconnection with this transaction and the termination of this contract. The Company held no foreign currency contracts in 2011.

J. Taxes on Revenue Producing Transactions

Taxes assessed by governmental authorities on revenue producing transactions, including sales, excise, value added and use taxes, are recorded on a net basis (excluded from revenue) in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss.

Research and Development

The Company is continuously involved in research and development of new methods and technologies relating to its product.products. All research and development costs are charged to expense as incurred.

K. Earnings (Loss) Per Unit

Basic earnings (loss) per unit are calculated by dividing net income (loss) available to common unit-holders by the weighted average number of common units outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per unit is computed by dividing net loss, as adjusted for the assumed issuance of all dilutive units, by the weighted average number of common units outstanding plus the number of additional common units that would have been outstanding if all dilutive common units had been issued through convertible securities.

L. Advertising

Advertising costs are expensedcharged to expense as incurred, and were not significant for the years ended December  31, 2010 and 2011.2012, 2011 or 2010.

M. Defined Contribution Plan

The Company sponsors a defined contribution savings plan under section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Under the plan, participating U.S. employees in the United States may elect to defer a portion of their pre-tax earnings, up to the Internal Revenue ServiceService’s annual contribution limit ($16,500 for calendar year 2010 and

THE EX ONE COMPANY, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

M. Defined Contribution Plan (continued)

2011).limit. The Company makes discretionary matching contributions of 50% of the first 8% of employee contributions, subject to certain Internal Revenue Service limitations. The Company’s matching contributions to the Planplan were approximately $57,000$90, $87 and $57 in 2012, 2011 and 2010, and $87,000 in 2011.respectively.

N. Income TaxesEquity-Based Compensation

The Company recognizes compensation expense for equity-based grants using the straight-line attribution method, in which the expense (net of estimated forfeitures) is organizedrecognized ratably over the requisite service period based on the grant date fair value. Fair value of equity-based awards is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes pricing model. The Company recognized approximately $7,735 in equity-based compensation during 2012 (Note 12). There was no equity-based compensation expense recognized during 2011 or 2010.

Recently Adopted Accounting Guidance

On January 1, 2012, ExOne adopted changes issued by the FASB to conform existing guidance regarding fair value measurement and disclosure between GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards. These changes both clarify the FASB’s intent about the application of existing fair value measurement and disclosure requirements and amend certain principles or requirements for measuring fair value or for disclosing information about fair value measurements. The clarifying changes relate to the application of the highest and best use and valuation premise concepts, measuring the fair value of an instrument classified in a reporting entity’s equity, and disclosure of quantitative information about unobservable inputs used for Level 3 fair value measurements. The amendments relate to measuring the fair value of financial instruments that are managed within a portfolio; application of premiums and discounts in a fair value measurement; and additional disclosures concerning the valuation processes used and sensitivity of the fair value measurement to changes in unobservable inputs for those items categorized as Level 3, a reporting entity’s use of a nonfinancial asset in a way that differs from the asset’s highest and best use, and the categorization by level in the fair value hierarchy for items required to be measured at fair value for disclosure purposes only. Other than the additional disclosure requirements (see Note 16), the adoption of these changes had no impact on the consolidated financial statements.

On January 1, 2012, ExOne adopted changes issued by the FASB to the presentation of comprehensive income (loss). These changes give an entity the option to present the total of comprehensive income (loss), the components of net income (loss), and the components of other comprehensive income (loss) either in a single continuous statement or in two separate but consecutive statements. The option to present components of other comprehensive income (loss) as part of the statement of changes in members’ equity was eliminated. The items that must be reported in other comprehensive income (loss) or when an item of other comprehensive income (loss) must be reclassified to net income (loss) were not changed. Additionally, no changes were made to the calculation and presentation of earnings per share (unit). The Company elected to present the single continuous statement option. Other than the change in presentation, the adoption of these changes had no impact on the consolidated financial statements.

Note 2. Computation of Net Loss Attributable to ExOne Per Common Unit

The Company presents basic and diluted loss per common unit amounts. Basic loss per unit is calculated by dividing net loss available to ExOne common unitholders by the weighted average number of common units outstanding during the applicable period. Diluted loss per unit is calculated by dividing net loss available to ExOne common unitholders by the weighted average number of common and common equivalent units outstanding during the applicable period.

As the Company has incurred a net loss in 2012, 2011 and 2010, the conversion of the preferred units, as described in Note 11, has an anti-dilutive effect and is therefore excluded from the calculation below.

  2012  2011  2010 

Net loss attributable to ExOne

 $(10,168 $(8,037 $(5,508

Less: Preferred unit dividends declared

  (1,437  —      —    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net loss available to ExOne common unitholders

 $(11,605 $(8,037 $(5,508
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding (basic and diluted)

  10,000,000    10,000,000    10,000,000  

Net loss attributable to ExOne per common unit:

   

Basic

 $(1.16 $(0.80 $(0.55

Diluted

 $(1.16 $(0.80 $(0.55

Note 3. Inventories

Inventories consist of the following at December 31:

   2012   2011 

Raw materials and components

  $4,892    $2,137  

Work in process

   2,098     1,694  

Finished goods

   495     600  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $7,485    $4,431  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2012 and 2011, the allowance for slow-moving and obsolete inventories was approximately $891 and $1,401, respectively, and has been reflected as a reduction to inventories.

Note 4. Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consist of the following at December 31:

   2012   2011 

Deferred offering costs

  $712    $ —    

Value-added taxes (VAT) receivable

   —       140  

Amounts due from related parties

   38     396  

Vendor deposits

   559     —    

Other

   234     318  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $1,543    $854  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Note 5. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consist of the following at December 31:

   2012  2011  Useful Life
(in years)
 

Land

  $778   $178    —    

Buildings and related improvements

   4,941    2,215    25  

Machinery and equipment

   9,674    8,087    3-7  

Computer equipment and software

   971    724    3-5  

Other

   479    319    3-7  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  
   16,843    11,523   

Less: Accumulated depreciation

   (5,118  (3,714 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  
   11,725    7,809   

Construction-in-progress

   742    110   
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Property and equipment — net

  $12,467   $7,919   
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

At December 31, 2012 and 2011, property and equipment — net, includes $5,567 and $5,798 in assets held by variable interest entities (Note 1).

Machinery and equipment includes leased assets of approximately $1,160 at December 31, 2012. There were no leased assets included in property and equipment—net at December 31, 2011.

Depreciation expense was approximately $1,683, $1,170 and $1,072 in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

On March 27, 2013, in connection with the acquisition of certain net assets of the Lone Star and TMF variable interest entities (Note 19), the Company acquired all of the property and equipment associated with the variable interest entities (see description above).

Note 6. Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consist of the following at December 31:

   2012   2011 

Accrued license fees

  $748    $1,183  

Accrued payroll and related costs

   1,367     705  

Accrued income taxes

   457     956  

Value-added taxes (VAT) and other taxes payable

   414     124  

Product warranty reserves

   554     117  

Liability for uncertain tax positions

   416     264  

Other

   480     276  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $4,436    $3,625  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Note 7. Line of Credit

The Company has a line of credit and security agreement with a German bank collateralized by certain assets of the Company and guaranteed by the majority member of the Company for approximately $2,000 (€1,500). Of this amount, approximately $1,100 (€800) is available for short-term borrowings or cash advances (overdrafts). Both short-term borrowings and overdrafts are subject to variable interest rates as determined by the bank. At December 31, 2012, interest rates were 1.82% for short-term borrowings and 6.20% for overdrafts.

There is no commitment fee associated with this agreement. At December 31, 2012, the Company had outstanding short-term borrowings of $528 (€400). At December 31, 2011, there were no short-term borrowings outstanding. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, there were no outstanding overdraft amounts.

The line of credit agreement is subject to an annual minimum equity-to-asset ratio covenant. At December 31, 2012, the Company was in compliance with this covenant. At December 31, 2011, the Company was not in compliance with this covenant. The bank did not take action related to this noncompliance. Related to the 2011 noncompliance, there were no cross default provisions or related impacts on other lending agreements.

Amounts in excess of the amounts available for short-term borrowings and overdrafts are available for additional bank transactions requiring security (i.e. bank guarantees, leasing, letters of credit, etc.). Amounts covered under the security agreement accrue interest at 1.75%. There is no charge for unused amounts under the security agreement. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company had $757 (€573) and $231 (€178), respectively, in transactions guaranteed by the security agreement.

Note 8. Demand Note Payable to Member

During 2012, the Company received cash advances to support current operations from an entity controlled by the Company’s majority member. These advances accrued interest at 8.0% annually and were payable on demand. The Company formalized these cash advances in the form of a line of credit with the entity during 2012. At December 31, 2012, the line of credit balance outstanding on these advances, including accrued interest, was approximately $8,666. On February 14, 2013, amounts payable on the line of credit, including accrued interest, were paid in-full and the line of credit agreement was retired. Refer to Note 19.

During 2011, the Company received cash advances to support current operations from an entity controlled by the Company’s majority member. These advances accrued interest at 8.0% annually and were payable on demand. At December 30, 2011, the outstanding balance on these advances, including accrued interest, was approximately $18,984. On December 30, 2011, the Company entered into a debt conversion agreement with the Company’s majority member which effectively converted the $18,984 to redeemable preferred units in the Company. Refer to Note 11.

Note 9. Long-Term Debt

Long-term debt consists of the following at December 31:

       2012       2011 

ExOne

    

Building note payable to a bank, with monthly payments including interest at 4.3% through May 2017 and subsequently, the monthly average yield on U.S. Treasury Securities plus 3.25% for the remainder of the term through May 2027.

  $2,334    $—     

Building note payable to an unrelated entity, with monthly payments including interest at 6.0% through June 2014.

   300     —     

Lone Star Metal Fabrication, LLC

    

Building note payable to a bank, with monthly payments including interest at 7.0% through July 2014.

   727     765  

Equipment note payable to a bank, with monthly payments including interest at 7.0% through July 2014.

   —        420  

Troy Metal Fabricating, LLC

    

Equipment note payable to a bank, with monthly payments including interest at one-month BBA LIBOR plus 3.0% (3.21% at December 31, 2012) through December 2017.

   1,193     —     

Equipment note payable to a bank, with monthly payments including interest at 4.83% through December 2016.

   1,056     1,291  

Equipment line of credit to a bank, converted to term debt in January 2012; monthly payments including interest at one-month BBA LIBOR plus 2.75% (2.96% at December 31, 2012) through December 2016.

   886     1,108  

Building note payable to a bank, with monthly payments including interest at one-month BBA LIBOR plus 2.45% (2.66% at December 31, 2012) through April 2013. Interest is fixed at 6.80% under an interest rate swap (see below).

   760     781  

Equipment note payable to a bank, with monthly payments including interest at one-month BBA LIBOR plus 2.75% (2.96% at December 31, 2012) through January 2014. Interest is fixed at 6.68% under an interest rate swap (see below).

   228     433  

Equipment note payable to a bank, with monthly payments including interest at one-month BBA LIBOR plus 2.75% (2.96% at December 31, 2012) through April 2013.

   213     631  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   7,697     5,429  

Less: Current portion of long-term debt

   2,028     1,294  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $5,669    $4,135  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

All long-term debt of Lone Star and TMF is guaranteed by the Company and either the majority member of the Company or related parties under control of the majority member of the Company, and is collateralized by the related buildings and equipment.

In December 2012, Lone Star repaid its equipment note payable in-full. There were no prepayment penalties or gains or losses associated with this early retirement of debt.

In December 2012, TMF entered into an equipment note payable to a bank for approximately $1,200, with monthly payments including interest at one-month BBA LIBOR plus 3.0% (3.21% at December 31, 2012) through December 2017.

At December 31, 2012, the Company identified that it was not in compliance with the annual cash flow-to-debt service ratio covenant associated with the ExOne building note payable to a bank. The Company requested and was granted a waiver related to compliance with this covenant through December 31, 2013. Related to the 2012 noncompliance, there were no cross default provisions or related impacts on other lending agreements.

Future maturities of long-term debt at December 31, 2012, are approximately as follows:

2013

  $2,028  

2014

   1,829  

2015

   853  

2016

   878  

2017

   402  

Thereafter

   1,707  
  

 

 

 
  $7,697  
  

 

 

 

On February 14, 2013, the Company repaid the ExOne building note payable to an unrelated entity (Note 19). There were no prepayment penalties or gains or losses associated with this early retirement of debt.

On March 27, 2013, in connection with the acquisition of certain net assets of the Lone Star and TMF variable interest entities (Note 19), the Company assumed and repaid all amounts outstanding on Lone Star and TMF debt, including accrued interest, and settled amounts related to certain interest rate swap agreements held by TMF (see description below). There were no prepayment penalties or gains or losses associated with this early retirement of debt or the related interest rate swap agreements.

In June 2008, the Company, through TMF, entered into certain interest rate swap agreements with a bank. The Company utilizes the interest rate swaps for the purpose of managing risks related to the variability of future earnings and cash flows caused by changes in interest rates. Under the terms of the agreements, the Company agrees to pay interest at the fixed rates and the Company receives variable interest from the counterparty.

The significant terms of interest rate swap agreements at December 31, 2012 and 2011, are as follows:

   2012 
   TMF
building note
payable
  TMF
equipment note
payable
 

Notional amount

  $760   $228  

Fixed rate

   6.80  6.68

Floating rate

   2.66  2.66

Maturity date

   April 2, 2013    April 2, 2013  

   2011 
   TMF
building note
payable
  TMF
equipment note
payable
 

Notional amount

  $781   $433  

Fixed rate

   6.80  6.68

Floating rate

   2.73  2.73

Maturity date

   April 2, 2013    April 2, 2013  

At December 31, 2012 and 2011, the fair value of the interest rate swaps was a liability of approximately $13 and $60, respectively. These obligations are included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. Gains (losses) on interest rate swap contracts are recorded as a component of interest expense in the statement of consolidated operations and comprehensive loss.

Note 10. Financing Leases

In March 2012, the Company entered into a sale-leaseback transaction with a bank for a 3D printing machine. Due to continuing involvement outside of the normal leaseback by the Company, this transaction has been accounted for as a financing lease. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company received proceeds of approximately $985 (€739) with repayment of the lease occurring over a three-year period beginning in April 2012. The present value of the future minimum lease payments, including an interest rate of 6.0%, was approximately $553 (€418) at December 31, 2012.

In July 2012, the Company entered into a sale-leaseback transaction with a related party for a 3D printing machine. Based on the economic substance of the transaction between the parties, this transaction was accounted for as a financing lease. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company received proceeds of approximately $1,553 with repayment of the lease occurring over a five-year period beginning in August 2012. The present value of the future minimum lease payments, including an interest rate of 6.0%, was approximately $1,463 at December 31, 2012.

In November 2012, the Company entered into a sale-leaseback transaction with a bank for a 3D printing machine. Due to continuing involvement outside of the normal leaseback by the Company, this transaction has been accounted for as a financing lease. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company received proceeds of approximately $974 (€737) with repayment of the lease occurring over a three-year period beginning in January 2013. The present value of the future minimum lease payments, including an interest rate of 6.0%, was approximately $853 (€646) at December 31, 2012.

Future maturities of financing leases at December 31, 2012, are approximately as follows:

2013

  $920  

2014

   773  

2015

   606  

2016

   335  

2017

   235  

Thereafter

   —     
  

 

 

 
  $2,869  
  

 

 

 

Note 11. Common and Preferred Units

Common units

At December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company had 10,000,000 common units issued and outstanding.

Net income (loss) is allocated to each common unitholder in proportion to the units held by each common unitholder relative to the total units outstanding. The common unitholders share the Company’s positive cash flow, to the extent available, which is distributed annually and allocated among the common unitholders in proportion to the units held by each common unitholder relative to the total units outstanding. Common unitholders are entitled to one vote per unit on all matters.

On January 1, 2013, in connection with the reorganization of the Company (Note 19), 10,000,000 common units in the former limited liability company were exchanged for 5,800,000 shares of common stock.

Preferred units

On December 30, 2011, the Company entered into a debt conversion agreement with the Company’s majority member to convert $18,984 of unpaid principal and interest on the Company’s demand note payable to member (Note 8) into redeemable preferred units of the Company in full satisfaction of the indebtedness. Accordingly, 18,983,602 redeemable preferred units were issued at a conversion price of $1.00 per share.

The preferred units were non-voting limited liability company membership interests, and permitted the majority member (unitholder) to receive cumulative dividends at the annual rate of 8.0% per unit prior to, and in preference to, any declaration or payment of any dividend on the Company’s common units. Dividends on the preferred units accumulated and were payable irrespective of whether the Company had earnings, whether there were funds legally available for the payment of such dividends, and whether dividends were declared.

The Company had the option to redeem all or any number of the preferred units at any time upon written notice and payment to the unitholder of $1.00 plus all accrued but unpaid dividends for each unit being redeemed. The unitholder had the option to convert all or any number of preferred units to common units at the conversion rate of 9.5 preferred units for 1.0 common unit. Preferred units were designed to automatically convert to 1,998,275 common units upon the closing of any initial public offering in which the gross proceeds of the offering exceed $50,000 provided that the unitholder elected to retain such units. The Company analyzed the conversion feature under the applicable FASB guidance for accounting for derivatives and concluded that the conversion feature did not require separate accounting under such FASB guidance.

Because the unitholder was also the majority member and principal owner of the Company at December 31, 2011, he had the ability to redeem the preferred units at his option, thus giving the units characteristics of a liability rather than equity. Accordingly, the Company’s preferred units were classified as a liability in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2011. At December 31, 2011, the unitholder had committed to not exercise his redemption rights through January 1, 2013.

In February 2012, the redemption feature on the preferred units was removed by an amendment to the preferred unit agreement. As a result, the preferred units were reclassified at fair value ($18,984) from a liability to equity in the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2012.

In May 2012, the unitholder sold 6,000,000 preferred units to two separate unrelated parties for $1.00 per unit.

On January 1, 2013, in connection with the reorganization of the Company (Note 19), preferred units in the former limited liability company were exchanged for 18,983,602 shares of preferred stock. Immediately prior to the IPO of the Company (Note 19), shares of preferred stock were automatically converted into shares of common stock at a 9.5 to 1.0 basis (1,998,275 shares). Following the conversion, there are no issued or outstanding shares of preferred stock in the Company.

Note 12. Equity-Based Compensation

In May 2012, the Company’s majority member completed the sale of 300,000 common units to an existing member of the Company for $1.25 per unit. In July and August of 2012, the Company’s majority member completed the sale of additional common units to two employees under the terms described above. The fair value of these common units on the measurement date was $7.20 per common unit. The Company recognized compensation expense of approximately $7,735 during 2012 in connection with the sale of these common units.

Determining the fair value of the common units required complex and subjective judgments. The Company used the sale of a similar security in an arms-length transaction with unrelated parties to estimate the value of the enterprise at the measurement date, which included assigning a value to the similar security’s rights, preferences and privileges, relative to the common units. The enterprise value was then allocated to the Company’s outstanding equity securities using a Black-Scholes option pricing model. The option pricing model involves making estimates such as: the anticipated timing of a potential liquidity event (less than one year), volatility of our equity securities (65.0%), and risk-free interest rate (0.16%). Changes in these assumptions could materially impact the value assigned to the common units.

Note 13. License Agreements

The Company has license agreements with certain organizations which require license fee payments to be made on a periodic basis, including royalties on net sales of licensed products, processes and consumables. License fee expenses amounted to approximately $57, $682 and $357 for 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and are included in cost of sales in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss. At December 31, 2012, accrued license fees were approximately $1,015 and are recorded in accrued expenses and other current liabilities ($748) and other noncurrent liabilities ($267) in the consolidated balance sheets. At December 31, 2011, accrued license fees were approximately $1,183 and are recorded in accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.

Included in the license agreements is an exclusive patent license agreement with the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (the MIT Agreement). Patents covered under the MIT Agreement have expiration dates ranging from 2013 to 2021. Terms of the MIT Agreement remain in force until the expiration or abandonment of all issued patent rights.

Terms of the MIT Agreement require that the Company remit payment to MIT for (1) minimum license maintenance fees, (2) royalties, ranging from 2.5% to 5.0%, on net sales of licensed products, processes and consumables and (3) reimbursement of certain qualifying patent expenses incurred by MIT.

On January 22, 2013, the Company and MIT agreed to an amendment of their exclusive patent license agreement (the Amended MIT Agreement). The Amended MIT Agreement provides for, among other things, (1) a reduction in the term of the agreement between the Company and MIT from the date of expiration or abandonment of all issued patent rights to December 31, 2016, (2) an increase in the minimum license maintenance fees due for the years ended December 31, 2013 through December 31, 2016 from $50 annually to $100 annually, with amounts related to 2013 through 2016 guaranteed by ExOne in the event of termination of the agreement, (3) a settlement of all past and future royalties on net sales of licensed products, processes and consumables for a one-time payment of $200, payable in 2013 by the Company, and (4) a provision for extension of the term of the arrangement between the parties for an annual license maintenance fee of $100 for each subsequent year beyond 2016.

As a result of the Amended MIT Agreement, the Company recorded a reduction to its accrued license fees at December 31, 2012, of approximately $1,500 with a corresponding reduction to cost of sales. License fee expenses, including minimum license maintenance fees and royalties, associated with the MIT Agreement and related Amended MIT Agreement for 2012, 2011 and 2010 were ($159), a reduction to cost of sales, $595 and $275, respectively. Reimbursement of qualifying patent expense incurred by MIT were $50, $11 and $18 for 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively and are recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss.

Note 14. Operating Lease Commitments

The Company leases various manufacturing facilities, office and warehouse spaces, equipment and vehicles under operating lease arrangements, expiring in various years through 2017.

Future minimum lease payments of operating lease arrangements at December 31, 2012, are approximately as follows:

2013

  $739  

2014

   62  

2015

   47  

2016

   24  

2017

   9  

Thereafter

   —     
  

 

 

 
  $881  
  

 

 

 

Rent expense under operating lease arrangements was approximately $984, $1,057 and $847 for 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Note 15. Income Taxes

Prior to reorganization (Note 19) the Company was a limited liability company. Under the provisionscompany whereby its members were taxed on a proportionate share of the Internal Revenue Code and similar state provisions, the Company is taxed as a partnership and is not liable for income taxes. Instead, its earnings and losses are included in the tax returns of its members. Therefore, the consolidated financial statements do not reflect aCompany’s taxable income. As such, no provision has been recorded for U.S. federal or state income taxes. The Company reported taxable income from ExOne GmbH of approximately $2,803, $2,473 and $648 in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Ex One KK reported taxable income of approximately $878, $396 and $0 in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Taxable income of Ex One KK for both 2012 and 2011 was fully offset by net operating loss carryforwards.

The Company’s subsidiariesprovision for income taxes was $995, $1,031 and $198 in Germany2012, 2011 and Japan are taxed2010, respectively and related entirely to the taxable income of ExOne GmbH. The benefit from deferred taxes for 2012, 2011 and 2010 was fully offset by changes in the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets.

A reconciliation of the provision for income taxes at the U.S. statutory rate of 35.0% to the effective rate of the Company for the years ended December 31 is as corporations under the taxing regulationsfollows:

     2012  2011  2010 

U.S. statutory rate (35.0%)

    $(3,043 $(2,305 $(1,744

Limited liability company losses not subject to tax

     4,018    1,818    2,110  

Taxes on foreign operations

     (164  (71  (95

Increase in uncertain tax positions

     146    249    15  

Net change in valuation allowances

     8    1,290    (140

Permanent differences and other

     30    50    52  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

    $995   $1,031   $198  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Effective tax rate

     111.5  115.7  104.0
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The components of Germanynet deferred income tax assets and Japan, respectively. As a result, the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss includenet deferred income tax expense related to those foreign jurisdictions.liabilities at December 31 were as follows:

   2012  2011 

Current deferred tax assets (liabilities):

   

Accounts receivable

  $—      $515  

Inventories

   (434  (638

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

   143    (117

Deferred revenue and customer prepayments

   1,912    1,917  

Other

   250    (67

Valuation allowance

   (2,049  (1,984
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Current deferred tax assets (liabilities)

   (178  (374
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Noncurrent deferred tax assets (liabilities):

   

Net operating loss carryforwards

   431    868  

Property and equipment

   599    922  

Other

   567    236  

Valuation allowance

   (1,419  (1,652
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Noncurrent deferred tax assets (liabilities)

   178    374  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)

   —      —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The Company recognizes the tax liability or benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such positions are then measured based on the largest amount that has provided a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon settlement.

The Company recognizesvaluation allowance for its net deferred tax assets and liabilities forbecause the differences betweenCompany has not demonstrated a consistent history of generating net operating profits in the financial statement carrying amounts andjurisdictions in which it operates. At December 31, 2012, the tax basisCompany had approximately $1,076 in foreign net operating loss carryforwards to offset future taxable income of assets and liabilities ofEx One KK, which expire from 2013 through 2019.

The following table summarizes changes to the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiariesvaluation allowances at December 31:

   2012  2011 

Beginning balance

  $3,636   $2,266  

Increase to allowance

   8    1,290  

Foreign currency

   (176  80  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Ending balance

   3,468    3,636  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The Company files income tax returns in both Germany and Japan using enacted tax rates in effect inJapan. In Germany, the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce foreign deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized (Note 11).

The Company’s U.S. federal and state tax returns for tax years ending after December 31, 2008 are currently open for examination. The Company’s 2010 and 2011through 2012 tax years remain subject to examination for its German operations. Theexamination. In Japan, the Company’s 2005 through 20112012 tax years remain subject to examinationexamination.

The Company has a liability for its Japanese operations.uncertain tax positions related to certain capitalized expenses and related party transactions. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, the liability for uncertain tax positions was approximately $416 and $264, respectively, and is included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, the liability for uncertain tax positions for Ex One KK was $94 and $377, respectively.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits at December 31 was as follows.

   2012   2011   2010 

Beginning balance

  $264    $15    $—    

Increases related to current year tax positions

   146     249     15  

Foreign currency

   6     —       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

  $416    $264    $15  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company includes interest and penalties related to income taxes as a component of the provision for income taxes in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss.

O.Note 16. Fair Value Measurements

The Company defines fairFair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. When determining the fair value measurements for assets and liabilities which are required to be recorded at fair value, the Company considers the principal or most advantageous market in which the Company would transact and the market-based risk measurements or assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, such as inherent risk, transfer restrictions and credit risk.

The Company applies the following fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value into three levels and bases the categorization within the hierarchy upon the lowest level of input that is available and significant to the fair value measurement:

Level 1Observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets for identical investments that the Company has the ability to access.
Level 2Inputs include:
Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets;
Quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in inactive markets;
Inputs, other than quoted prices in active markets, that are observable either directly or indirectly;
Inputs that are derived principally from, or corroborated by, observable market data by correlation or other means.
Level 3Inputs that are generally unobservable and typically reflect management’s estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.

The Company is required to disclose its estimate of the fair value of material financial instruments, including those recorded as assets or liabilities in its consolidated financial statements, in accordance with GAAP.

The following table sets forth the fair value of the Company’s liabilities measured on a recurring basis by level:

December 31,

  Level   2012   2011 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities:

      

Interest rate swap liability

   2    $13    $60  

Redeemable preferred units

   3     —      $18,984  

The fair value of the interest rate swap liability is determined by using a discounted cash flow model using observable inputs from the related forward interest rate yield curves with the differential between the forward rate and the stated interest rate of the instrument discounted back from the settlement date of the contracts to December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. As this model utilizes observable inputs and does not require significant management judgment it has been determined to be a Level 2 financial instrument in the fair value hierarchy.

The fair value of the Company’s redeemable preferred units is estimated based on unobservable inputs, including the present value of the Company’s demand note payable to member immediately prior to conversion, as further described in Note 11. As this estimate utilizes unobservable inputs and requires significant management judgment it has been determined to be a Level 3 financial instrument in the fair value hierarchy.

The following table sets forth a summary of changes in the fair value of the Company’s Level 3 financial instruments:

   2012  2011 

Beginning balance

  $18,984   $—     

Realized gains (losses)

   —       —     

Unrealized gains (losses)

   —       —     

Purchases

   —       —     

Sales

   —       —     

Issuances

   —       18,984  

Settlements

   (18,984  —     

Transfers into Level 3

   —       —     

Transfers out of Level 3

   —       —     
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Ending balance

  $—      $18,984  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The carrying values and fair values of other ExOne financial instruments were as follows:

   2012   2011 

December 31,

  Carrying
Value
   Fair
Value
   Carrying
Value
   Fair
Value
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $2,802    $2,802    $3,496    $3,496  

Line of credit

  $528    $528    $—       $—     

Demand note payable to member

  $8,666    $8,666    $—       $—     

Current portion of long-term debt

  $2,028    $2,028    $1,294    $1,294  

Current portion of financing leases

  $920    $920    $—       $—     

Long-term debt — net of current portion

  $5,669    $7,880    $4,135    $6,377  

Financing leases — net of current portion

  $1,949    $1,949    $—       $—     

The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, line of credit, demand note payable to member, current portion of long-term debt and current portion of financing leases approximate fair value due to their short-term maturities. Cash and cash equivalents were classified in Level 1; Line of credit, demand note payable to member, current portion of long-term debt, current portion of financing leases, long-term debt — net of current portion and financing leases — net of current portion were classified in Level 2.

Note 17. Segment, Product and Geographic Information

The Company manages its business globally in a singular operating segment in which it develops, manufactures and markets 3D printing machines, printed parts, materials and other (including production and contract services for customers). Geographically, the Company conducts its business through wholly-owned subsidiaries in the United States, Germany and Japan.

Revenue by product for the year ended December 31 was as follows:

   2012   2011   2010 

3D printing machines

  $15,668    $5,406    $5,622  

3D printed parts, materials and other services

   12,989     9,884     7,818  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $28,657    $15,290    $13,440  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

During 2012, 2011 and 2010, the Company conducted a significant portion of its business with a limited number of customers. The Company had one customer in 2011 (Ryoyu Systems) and three customers in 2010 (Intek, I Metal and BMW) which individually represented 10% or greater of total revenue for those respective

years. There were no customers in 2012 which individually represented 10% or greater of total revenue. In 2012, 2011 and 2010, the Company’s five most significant customers represented approximately 31.7%, 40.9% and 48.7% of total revenue, respectively. At December 31, 2012, accounts receivable from these customers were approximately $1,671. At December 31, 2011, accounts receivable from these customers were not significant.

Geographic information for revenue for the year ended December 31 was as follows (based on the country where the sale originated):

   2012   2011   2010 

United States

  $7,802    $4,587    $3,936  

Germany

   13,956     5,678     6,909  

Japan

   6,899     5,025     2,595  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $28,657    $15,290    $13,440  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Geographic information for long-lived assets at December 31 was as follows (based on the physical location of assets):

   2012   2011 

United States

  $9,592    $5,672  

Germany

   2,550     1,230  

Japan

   325     1,017  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $12,467    $7,919  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Note 18. Related Party Transactions

The Company provides various services to several related entities under common control by the majority member, primarily in the form of accounting, finance, information technology and human resource outsourcing. The cost of these services is generally reimbursed by these related entities and was approximately $281, $210 and $90 in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. In addition, the Company may purchase certain items on behalf of related parties under common control by the majority member. Amounts due from these related entities, included in prepaid expenses and other current assets in the consolidated balance sheets, were $38 at December 31, 2012, and $396 at December 31, 2011.

The Company receives design services and the corporate use of an airplane from related entities under common control by the majority member. The cost of these services received was approximately $149, $23 and $35 in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Amounts due to these related entities, included in accounts payable and accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets, were $47 at December 31, 2012, and $17 at December 31, 2011.

Note 19. Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated all activity of ExOne and concluded that no subsequent events have occurred that would require recognition in the consolidated financial statements or disclosure in the notes to the consolidated financial statements, except as described below.

Reorganization

On January 1, 2013, The Ex One Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, merged with and into a Delaware corporation, which survived and changed its name to The ExOne Company. As a result of the reorganization, The Ex One Company, LLC became the Company, a Delaware corporation, the common and

preferred interest holders of The Ex One Company, LLC became holders of common stock and preferred stock, respectively, of the Company and the subsidiaries of The Ex One Company, LLC became the subsidiaries of the Company. The preferred stock of the Company was converted into common stock on a 9.5 to 1 basis (1,998,275 shares of common stock) immediately prior to February 6, 2013, the effective date of the IPO.

Prior to giving effect to the reorganization transaction, no provision for income taxes had been recorded for The Ex One Company, LLC as its individual members were taxed based on their proportionate share of taxable income. Upon conversion, The ExOne Company will be taxed as a corporation for U.S. federal, state, local and foreign income tax purposes. On January 1, 2013, the Company recorded a net deferred tax asset of approximately $213 based on the difference between the book and tax basis of assets and liabilities as of that date. Due to a history of operating losses at the subsidiary level, a valuation allowance of 100% of the net deferred tax asset was established.

Settlement of Preferred Unit Dividends

On January 23, 2013, the Company settled an accrued dividend with certain preferred unitholders of the former limited liability company in the amount of approximately $1,437. Of this amount, approximately $304 was settled in cash with the remaining $1,133 converted by the principal preferred unitholder (also the majority member of the former limited liability company) to additional amounts due under the demand note payable to member. The demand note payable to member was fully repaid on February 14, 2013 (see “Long-Term Debt Repayments” below).

2013 Equity Incentive Plan

On January 24, 2013, the Board of Directors of the Company adopted the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the Plan). In connection with the adoption of the Plan, 500,000 shares of common stock were reserved for issuance pursuant to the Plan, with automatic increases in such reserve available each year annually on January 1 from 2014 through 2023 equal to the lesser of (i) 3.0% of the total outstanding shares of common stock as of December 31 of the immediately preceding year or (ii) a number of shares of common stock determined by the Board of Directors, provided that the maximum number of shares authorized under the Plan will not exceed 1,992,242 shares, subject to certain adjustments. On January 24, 2013, the Board of Directors authorized awards of 180,000 incentive stock options (ISOs) under the Plan to certain employees contemporaneously with the IPO at an exercise price determined by the IPO offering price, which was $18.00 per share. These awards vest on a cumulative annual basis over a three year period and the ISOs fully expire on February 6, 2023.

Initial Public Offering of The ExOne Company

On February 6, 2013, the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1 (File No 333-185933) was declared effective for the Company’s IPO, pursuant to which the Company registered the offering and sale of 6,095,000 shares of common stock at a public offering price of $18.00 per share for an aggregate offering price of $109,710.

As a result of the offering, the Company received net proceeds of approximately $91,996, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions. Following the receipt of net proceeds, the Company paid offering expenses of approximately $1,600.

Long-Term Debt Repayments

On February 14, 2013, the Company repaid outstanding amounts due on the demand note payable to member (Note 8) of approximately $9,800 (including accrued interest). Following this repayment, the demand note payable to member was retired. Separately, on February 14, 2013, the Company repaid $300 to retire its building note payable with an unrelated party (Note 9). There were no prepayment penalties or gains or losses associated with this early retirement of debt.

TMF and Lone Star Asset Acquisition

On March 27, 2013, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, ExOne Americas LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, acquired certain assets, including property and equipment (principally land, buildings and machinery and equipment) held by two variable interest entities of the Company, TMF and Lone Star, and assumed all outstanding debt of such variable interest entities, including certain related interest rate swap agreements.

Payment of approximately $1,900 was made to TMF and approximately $200 was made to Lone Star, including a return of capital to the majority member of the former limited liability company of approximately $1,400. There was no gain or loss or goodwill generated as a result of this transaction. Simultaneous with the completion of this transaction, the Company also repaid all of the outstanding debt and settled the related interest rate swap agreements assumed from the variable interest entities, resulting in a payment of approximately $4,700.

The ExOne Company and Subsidiaries (formerly The Ex One Company, LLC and Subsidiaries)

Condensed Statement of Consolidated Operations and Comprehensive Loss (Unaudited)

(in thousands, except per-share amounts)

   Quarter Ended
June 30,
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
   2013  2012  2013  2012 

Revenue

  $9,230   $4,676   $17,164   $7,398  

Cost of sales

   5,049    3,153    10,145    5,059  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Gross profit

   4,181    1,523    7,019    2,339  

Operating expenses

     

Research and development

   1,276    348    2,132    832  

Selling, general and administrative

   3,908    4,262    7,476    5,948  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   5,184    4,610    9,608    6,780  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loss from operations

   (1,003  (3,087  (2,589  (4,441

Other (income) expense

     

Interest expense

   50    110    280    308  

Other (income) expense - net

   (5  18    (64  (27
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   45    128    216    281  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

   (1,048  (3,215  (2,805  (4,722

Provision for income taxes*

   72    246    91    234  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net loss

   (1,120  (3,461  (2,896  (4,956

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

   —      148    138    182  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to ExOne

  $(1,120 $(3,609 $(3,034 $(5,138
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to ExOne per common share:

     

Basic

  $(0.08  N/A $(0.27  N/A

Diluted

   (0.08  N/A  (0.27  N/A

Comprehensive loss:

     

Net loss attributable to ExOne

  $(1,120 $(3,609 $(3,034 $(5,138

Other comprehensive loss:

     

Foreign currency translation adjustments

   (616  (257  (757  (317
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

   (1,736  (3,866  (3,791  (5,455

Less: Comprehensive loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

   —      —      —      —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss attributable to ExOne

  $(1,736 $(3,866 $(3,791 $(5,455
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

*Information not comparable for the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2012 as a result of the Reorganization of the Company as a corporation on January 1, 2013 (Note 1).

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

The ExOne Company and Subsidiaries (formerly The Ex One Company, LLC and Subsidiaries)

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets (Unaudited)

(in thousands, except share and unit amounts)

   June 30,
2013
  December 31,
2012
 

Assets

   

Current assets:

   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $64,550   $2,802  

Accounts receivable - net of allowance of $75 (2013) and $83 (2012)

   5,672    8,413  

Inventories - net

   8,765    7,485  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

   2,346    1,543  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total current assets

   81,333    20,243  

Property and equipment - net

   14,309    12,467  

(Including amounts attributable to consolidated variable interest entities of $5,567 at December 31, 2012)

   

Deferred income taxes

   —      178  

Other noncurrent assets

   476    187  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total assets

  $96,118   $33,075  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Liabilities

   

Current liabilities:

   

Line of credit

  $—     $528  

Demand note payable to member

   —      8,666  

Current portion of long-term debt

   124    2,028  

(Including amounts attributable to consolidated variable interest entities of $1,913 at December 31, 2012)

   

Current portion of capital and financing leases

   507    920  

Accounts payable

   1,387    2,451  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

   4,660    4,436  

Preferred unit dividends payable

   —      1,437  

Deferred income taxes

   —      178  

Deferred revenue and customer prepayments

   1,980    4,281  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

   8,658    24,925  

Long-term debt - net of current portion

   2,146    5,669  

(Including amounts attributable to consolidated variable interest entities of $3,150 at December 31, 2012)

   

Capital and financing leases - net of current portion

   722    1,949  

Other noncurrent liabilities

   398    491  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   11,924    33,034  

Commitments and contingencies

   

Stockholders’ / Members’ Equity (Deficit)

   

ExOne stockholders’ / members’ deficit:

   

Common stock, $0.01 par value, 200,000,000 shares authorized, 13,281,608 shares issued and outstanding

   133    —    

Additional paid-in capital

   88,026    —    

Accumulated deficit

   (3,034  —    

Preferred units, $1.00 par value, 18,983,602 units issued and outstanding

   —      18,984  

Common units, $1.00 par value, 10,000,000 units issued and outstanding

   —      10,000  

Members’ deficit

   —      (31,355

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

   (931  (174
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total ExOne stockholders’ / members’ equity (deficit)

   84,194    (2,545

Noncontrolling interests

   —      2,586  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ / members’ equity

   84,194    41  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ / members’ equity

  $96,118   $33,075  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

The ExOne Company and Subsidiaries (formerly The Ex One Company, LLC and Subsidiaries)

Condensed Statement of Consolidated Cash Flows (Unaudited)

(in thousands)

   Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
   2013  2012 

Operating activities

   

Net loss

  $(2,896 $(4,956

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to cash used for operations:

   

Depreciation

   1,096    805  

Equity-based compensation

   311    1,785  

Changes in assets and liabilities, excluding effects of foreign currency translation adjustments:

   

(Increase) decrease in accounts receivable

   2,589    (2,082

(Increase) decrease in inventories

   (2,542  (3,989

(Increase) decrease in prepaid expenses and other assets

   (1,804  (673

Increase (decrease) in accounts payable

   (1,461  841  

Increase (decrease) in accrued expenses and other liabilities

   217    (226

Increase (decrease) in deferred revenue and customer prepayments

   (2,643  997  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash used for operating activities

   (7,133  (7,498

Investing activities

   

Capital expenditures

   (1,548  (1,518

Deconsolidation of noncontrolling interests in variable interest entities

   (2,327  —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash used for investing activities

   (3,875  (1,518

Financing activities

   

Net proceeds from issuance of common stock

   91,083    —    

Net change in line of credit borrowings

   (528  913  

Net change in demand note payable to member

   (9,885  5,479  

Proceeds from financing leases

   —      985  

Payments on long-term debt

   (5,427  (996

Payments on capital and financing leases

   (1,905  (239

Payment of preferred stock dividends

   (456  —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash provided by financing activities

   72,882    6,142  

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

   (126  (28
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

   61,748    (2,902

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

   2,802    3,496  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

  $64,550   $594  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financing activities

   

Property and equipment acquired through financing arrangements

  $282   $3,170  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Transfer of inventories to property and equipment for internal use

  $1,523   $893  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Transfer of property and equipment to inventories for sale

  $261   $336  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Reorganization of The Ex One Company, LLC with and into The ExOne Company

  $2,371   $—  �� 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Conversion of preferred stock dividends payable and accrued interest to principal amounts due under the demand note payable to member

  $1,219   $176  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Deconsolidation of noncontrolling interests in variable interest entities

  $397   $—    
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Reclassification of redeemable preferred units to preferred units

  $—     $18,984  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Preferred unit dividends declared but unpaid

  $—     $632  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

The ExOne Company and Subsidiaries (formerly The Ex One Company, LLC and Subsidiaries)

Condensed Statement of Changes in Consolidated Stockholders’ / Members’ Equity (Deficit) (Unaudited)

(in thousands)

  ExOne unitholders / stockholders       
  Preferred
units
  Common
units
  Members’
deficit
  Preferred
stock
  Common
stock
  Additional
paid-in capital
  Accumulated
deficit
  Accumulated
other
comprehensive
loss
  Noncontrolling
interests
  Total
stockholders  /

members’
equity (deficit)
 

Balance at December 31, 2011

 $—     $10,000   $(27,485 $—     $—     $—     $—     $(220 $2,106   $(15,599

Preferred unit reclassification

  18,984    —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      18,984  

Preferred unit dividends

  —      —      (632  —      —      —      —      —      —      (632

Equity-based compensation

  —      —      1,785    —      —      —      —      —      —      1,785  

Net loss

�� —      —      (5,138  —      —      —      —      —      182    (4,956

Other comprehensive loss

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      (317  —      (317
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2012

 $18,984   $10,000   $(31,470 $—     $—     $—     $—     $(537 $2,288   $(735
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

 $18,984   $10,000   $(31,355 $—     $—     $—     $—     $(174 $2,586   $41  

Reorganization of The Ex One Company, LLC with and into The ExOne Company

  (18,984  (10,000  31,355    190    58    (2,619  —      —      —      —    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at January 1, 2013

  —      —      —      190    58    (2,619  —      (174  2,586    41  

Preferred stock dividends

  —      —      —      —      —      (152  —      —      —      (152

Conversion of preferred stock to common stock

  —      —      —      (190  20    170    —      —      —      —    

Issuance of common stock in The ExOne Company, net of issuance costs

  —      —      —      —      55    90,316    —      —      —      90,371  

Equity-based compensation

  —      —      —      —      —      311    —      —      —      311  

Net loss

  —      —      —      —      —      —      (3,034  —      138    (2,896

Other comprehensive loss

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      (757  —      (757

Deconsolidation of noncontrolling interests in variable interest entities

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      (2,724  (2,724
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2013

 $—     $—     $—     $—     $133   $88,026   $(3,034 $(931 $—     $84,194  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

The ExOne Company and Subsidiaries (formerly The Ex One Company, LLC and Subsidiaries)

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(dollars in thousands, except per-share, share and unit amounts)

Note 1.Basis of Presentation, Principles of Consolidation and Going Concern

The ExOne Company (“ExOne”) is a corporation organized under the laws of the state of Delaware. ExOne was formed on January 1, 2013, when The Ex One Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, merged with and into a Delaware corporation, which survived and changed its name to The ExOne Company (the “Reorganization”). As a result of the Reorganization, The Ex One Company, LLC became ExOne, the common and preferred interest holders of The Ex One Company, LLC became holders of common stock and preferred stock, respectively, of ExOne, and the subsidiaries of The Ex One Company, LLC became the subsidiaries of ExOne.

The Company has considered the proforma effects of its Reorganization on the provision for income taxes for both the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2012, in its condensed statement of consolidated operations and comprehensive loss and concluded that there would be no difference as compared to the amount reported, principally due to valuation allowances established against net deferred tax assets (Note 13). In addition, the Company has omitted basic and diluted earnings per share for both the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2012, as a result of the Reorganization, as the basis for such calculation is no longer comparable to current period presentation.

The condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of ExOne, its wholly-owned subsidiaries, ExOne Americas LLC (United States), ExOne GmbH (Germany) and Ex One KK (Japan), and through March 27, 2013 (see further description below) two variable interest entities (“VIEs”) in which ExOne was identified as the primary beneficiary, Lone Star Metal Fabrication, LLC (“Lone Star”) and Troy Metal Fabricating, LLC (“TMF”). Collectively, the consolidated group is referred to as the “Company.”

At December 31, 2012 and through March 27, 2013, ExOne leased property and equipment from Lone Star and TMF. ExOne did not have an ownership interest in Lone Star or TMF. ExOne was identified as the primary beneficiary of Lone Star and TMF in accordance with the guidance issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) on the consolidation of VIEs, as ExOne guaranteed certain long-term debt of both Lone Star and TMF and governed these entities through common ownership. This guidance requires certain VIEs to be consolidated when an enterprise has the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact VIE economic performance and who has the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. The condensed consolidated financial statements therefore include the accounts of Lone Star and TMF through March 27, 2013. The assets of Lone Star and TMF could only be used to settle obligations of Lone Star and TMF, and the creditors of Lone Star and TMF did not have recourse to the general credit of ExOne.

On March 27, 2013, ExOne Americas LLC acquired certain assets, including property and equipment (principally land, buildings and machinery and equipment) held by the two VIEs, and assumed all outstanding debt of such VIEs (Note 4). Following this transaction, neither of the entities continued to meet the definition of a VIE with respect to ExOne, and as a result, the remaining assets and liabilities of both entities were deconsolidated following the transaction.

On February 6, 2013, the Company commenced an initial public offering of 6,095,000 shares of its common stock at a price to the public of $18.00 per share, of which 5,483,333 shares were sold by the Company and 611,667 were sold by a selling stockholder (including consideration of the exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option). Following completion of the offering on February 12, 2013, the Company received net proceeds of approximately $90,371 (net of underwriting commissions and associated offering costs, including approximately $712 in offering costs deferred by the Company at December 31, 2012).

The condensed consolidated financial statements of the Company are unaudited. The condensed consolidated financial statements include all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, considered necessary by management to fairly state the results of operations, financial position and cash flows of the Company. All material intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation. The results reported in these condensed consolidated financial statements are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the entire year. The December 31, 2012 condensed consolidated balance sheet data was derived from the audited financial statements but does not include all disclosures required by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). This Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q should be read in connection with the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012.

The Company has incurred net losses of approximately $9,688, $7,617 and $5,180 for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. As shown in the accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements, the Company incurred a net loss of approximately $1,120 and $2,896 for the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2013. Prior to Reorganization the Company operated as a limited liability company and was substantially supported by the continued financial support provided by its majority member. These conditions raised substantial doubt as to the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. As noted above, in connection with the completion of its initial public offering in February 2013, the Company received unrestricted net proceeds from the sale of its common stock of approximately $90,371. Management believes that the unrestricted net proceeds obtained through this transaction have alleviated the substantial doubt and will be sufficient to support the Company’s operations through July 1, 2014.

Note 2.Recently Issued Accounting Guidance

In February 2013, the FASB issued guidance changing the requirements of companies reporting of amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). These changes require an entity to report the effect of significant reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) on the respective line items in net income (loss) if the amount being reclassified is required to be reclassified in its entirety to net income (loss). For other amounts that are not required to be reclassified in their entirety to net income (loss) in the same reporting period, an entity is required to cross-reference other disclosures that provide additional detail about those amounts. These requirements are to be applied to each component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). This change becomes effective for the Company on January 1, 2014. Other than the additional disclosure requirements, management has determined that the adoption of these changes will not have an impact on the consolidated financial statements of the Company.

In July 2013, the FASB issued guidance clarifying the presentation of unrecognized tax benefits when a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss or a tax credit carryforward exists. The amendment requires that unrecognized tax benefits be presented in the consolidated financial statements as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward, unless certain exceptions exist. This change becomes effective for the Company on January 1, 2015. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements of the Company.

Note 3.Computation of Net Loss Attributable to ExOne Per Common Share

The Company presents basic and diluted loss per common share amounts. Basic loss per share is calculated by dividing net loss available to ExOne common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the applicable period. Diluted loss per share is calculated by dividing net loss available to ExOne common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares and common equivalent shares outstanding during the applicable period.

The weighted average shares outstanding for both the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2013, include (i) the exchange of common units in the former limited liability company for common shares in the Company on a 0.58:1.00 basis in connection with the Reorganization of the Company on January 1, 2013, (ii) the issuance of

5,483,333 common shares in connection with the commencement of the initial public offering of the Company on February 6, 2013, and (iii) the conversion of preferred shares to common shares in the Company on a 9.5:1.0 basis in connection with the closing of the initial public offering of the Company on February 12, 2013.

As ExOne incurred a net loss during both the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2013, basic average shares outstanding and diluted average shares outstanding were the same because the effect of potential shares of common stock, including incentive stock options and restricted stock issued (Note 11), was anti-dilutive.

The information used to compute basic and diluted net loss attributable to ExOne per common share was as follows:

   Quarter Ended
June 30, 2013
  Six Months Ended
June 30, 2013
 

Net loss attributable to ExOne

  $(1,120 $(3,034

Less: Preferred stock dividends declared

   —      (152
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net loss available to ExOne common shareholders

  $(1,120 $(3,186
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding (basic and diluted)

   13,281,608    11,697,018  

Net loss attributable to ExOne per common share:

   

Basic

  $(0.08 $(0.27

Diluted

   (0.08  (0.27

The Company has omitted basic and diluted earnings per share for the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2012, as a result of the Reorganization (Note 1), as the basis for such calculation is no longer comparable to current period presentation.

Note 4.Acquisition of Net Assets of Variable Interest Entities

On March 27, 2013, ExOne Americas LLC acquired certain assets, including property and equipment (principally land, buildings and machinery and equipment) held by two VIEs of the Company, TMF and Lone Star, and assumed all outstanding debt of such VIEs.

Payments of approximately $1,900 and $200 were made to TMF and Lone Star, respectively, including a return of capital to the entities of approximately $1,400. As the parties subject to this transaction were determined to be under common control, property and equipment acquired in the transaction were recorded at their net carrying value on the date of acquisition (approximately $5,400) similar to a pooling-of-interests. As the VIEs were consolidated by the Company in previous periods, no material differences exist due to the change in reporting entity, and as such, no restatement of prior period financial statements on a combined basis is considered necessary. There was no gain or loss or goodwill generated as a result of this transaction, as the total purchase price was equal to the net book value of assets at the VIE level (previously consolidated by the Company). Simultaneous with the completion of this transaction, the Company also repaid all of the outstanding debt assumed from the VIEs, resulting in a payment of approximately $4,700. Subsequent to this transaction, neither TMF or Lone Star continued to meet the definition of a VIE with respect to ExOne, and as a result, the remaining assets and liabilities of both entities were deconsolidated following the transaction, resulting in a reduction to equity (through noncontrolling interest) of approximately $2,700.

Note 5.Inventories

   June 30,
2013
   December 31,
2012
 

Raw materials and components

  $3,906    $4,892  

Work in process

   3,536     2,098  

Finished goods

   1,323     495  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $8,765    $7,485  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

At June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the allowance for slow-moving and obsolete inventories was approximately $859 and $891, respectively, and has been reflected as a reduction to inventories (raw materials and components).

Note 6.Line of Credit

The Company has a line of credit and security agreement with a German bank collateralized by certain assets of the Company for approximately $1,700 (€1,300). In addition to the collateralization of assets against this facility, the line of credit and security agreement was also previously guaranteed by the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) of the Company. On July 19, 2013, the bank removed this guarantee from the arrangement. There were no changes to available borrowing capacity or interest rates as a result of the removal of the guarantee.

Of the total amount available under this facility, approximately $650 (€500) is available for short-term borrowings or cash advances (overdrafts). Both short-term borrowings and overdrafts are subject to variable interest rates as determined by the bank. At June 30, 2013, interest rates were 2.51% for short-term borrowings and 6.20% for overdrafts. There is no commitment fee associated with this agreement. At June 30, 2013, the Company had no outstanding short-term borrowings. At December 31, 2012, the Company had outstanding short-term borrowings of $528 (€400). At June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, there were no outstanding overdraft amounts.

Amounts in excess of the amounts available for short-term borrowings and overdrafts are available for additional bank transactions requiring security (i.e. bank guarantees, leasing, letters of credit, etc.). Amounts covered under the security agreement accrue interest at 1.75%. There is no charge for unused amounts under the security agreement. At June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Company had transactions guaranteed by the security agreement of $343 (€264) and $757 (€573), respectively.

Note 7.Demand Note Payable to Member

The Company has received cash advances to support its operations from an entity controlled by the majority member of the former limited liability company (also the Chairman and CEO of the Company). These cash advances accrued interest at 8.0% annually and were payable on demand. The Company formalized these cash advances in the form of a line of credit with the entity in 2012.

At December 31, 2012, the line of credit balance outstanding on these advances, including accrued interest, was approximately $8,666. In January and February 2013, approximately $1,219 in additional amounts (including accrued interest) were added to the outstanding line of credit, including the conversion of preferred stock dividends payable of approximately $1,133 by the principal preferred stock holder (also the majority member of the former limited liability company and Chairman and CEO of the Company) to amounts payable under the line of credit. On February 14, 2013, the Company repaid all outstanding amounts on the line of credit (approximately $9,885) and retired the arrangement.

Note 8.Long-Term Debt

Long-term debt consists of the following:

   June 30,
2013
   December 31,
2012
 

ExOne

    

Building note payable to a bank, with monthly payments of $18 including interest at 4.00% through May 2017 and subsequently, the monthly average yield on U.S. Treasury Securities plus 3.25% for the remainder of the term through May 2027.

  $2,270    $2,334  

Building note payable to an unrelated entity, with monthly payments including interest at 6.00% through June 2014.

   —       300  

Lone Star Metal Fabrication, LLC

    

Building note payable to a bank, with monthly payments including interest at 7.00% through July 2014.

   —       727  

Troy Metal Fabricating, LLC

    

Equipment note payable to a bank, with monthly payments including interest at one-month BBA LIBOR plus 3.00% (3.21% at December 31, 2012) through December 2017.

   —       1,193  

Equipment note payable to a bank, with monthly payments including interest at 4.83% through December 2016.

   —       1,056  

Equipment line of credit to a bank, converted to term debt in January 2012; monthly payments including interest at one-month BBA LIBOR plus 2.75% (2.96% at December 31, 2012) through December 2016.

   —       886  

Building note payable to a bank, with monthly payments including interest at one-month BBA LIBOR plus 2.45% (2.66% at December 31, 2012) through April 2013. Interest is fixed at 6.80% under a related interest rate swap agreement.

   —       760  

Equipment note payable to a bank, with monthly payments including interest at one-month BBA LIBOR plus 2.75% (2.96% at December 31, 2012) through January 2014. Interest is fixed at 6.68% under a related interest rate swap agreement.

   —       228  

Equipment note payable to a bank, with monthly payments including interest at one-month BBA LIBOR plus 2.75% (2.96% at December 31, 2012) through April 2013.

   —       213  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   2,270     7,697  

Less: Current portion of long-term debt

   124     2,028  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $2,146    $5,669  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

On February 14, 2013, the Company repaid $300 to retire its building note payable to an unrelated entity. There were no prepayment penalties or gains or losses associated with this early retirement of debt.

On March 27, 2013, in connection with the acquisition of certain net assets of the Lone Star and TMF VIEs (Note 4), the Company assumed and repaid all amounts outstanding on Lone Star and TMF debt (approximately $4,700). There were no prepayment penalties or gains or losses associated with this early retirement of debt.

Prior to deconsolidation, the Company, through its VIEs, entered into certain interest rate swap agreements with a bank. The Company utilized the interest rate swaps for the purpose of managing risks related to the variability of future earnings and cash flows caused by changes in interest rates. Under the terms of the agreements, the Company agreed to pay interest at fixed rates and receive variable interest from the counterparty.

At December 31, 2012, the fair value of the interest rate swaps was a liability of approximately $13. These obligations are included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the condensed consolidated balance sheets. Gains (losses) on interest rate swap contracts are recorded as a component of interest expense in the condensed statement of consolidated operations and comprehensive loss.

Note 9.Capital and Financing Leases

In January 2013, the Company entered into an equipment leasing arrangement with a bank. Terms of the agreement include monthly payments of $5 over a five-year period beginning in January 2013 and a bargain purchase option at the end of the lease term. As a result, this agreement was determined to be a capital lease. The present value of future minimum lease payments, including an interest rate of 4.4%, was approximately $252 at June 30, 2013.

In November 2012, the Company entered into a sale-leaseback transaction with a bank for a 3D printing machine. Due to continuing involvement outside of the normal leaseback by the Company, this transaction has been accounted for as a financing lease. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company received proceeds of approximately $974 (€737) with repayment of the lease occurring over a three-year period beginning in January 2013. The present value of the future minimum lease payments, including an interest rate of 6.0%, was approximately $548 (€421) and $853 (€646) at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.

In July 2012, the Company entered into a sale-leaseback transaction with a related party for a 3D printing machine. Based on the economic substance of the transaction between the parties, this transaction was accounted for as a financing lease. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company received proceeds of approximately $1,553 with repayment of the lease occurring over a five-year period beginning in August 2012. On April 4, 2013, the Company settled this financing lease obligation for a cash payment of approximately $1,372 (including accrued interest). There were no prepayment penalties or gains or losses associated with this settlement.

In March 2012, the Company entered into a sale-leaseback transaction with a bank for a 3D printing machine. Due to continuing involvement outside of the normal leaseback by the Company, this transaction has been accounted for as a financing lease. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company received proceeds of approximately $985 (€739) with repayment of the lease occurring over a three-year period beginning in April 2012. The present value of the future minimum lease payments, including an interest rate of 6.0%, was approximately $429 (€330) and $553 (€418) at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.

Note 10.Common Units, Preferred Units, Preferred Stock and Common Stock

Common Units

At December 31, 2012, the Company had 10,000,000 common units issued and outstanding.

Net income (loss) was allocated to each common unitholder in proportion to the units held by each common unitholder relative to the total units outstanding. The common unitholders shared the Company’s positive cash

flow, to the extent available, which was distributed annually and allocated among the common unitholders in proportion to the units held by each common unitholder relative to the total units outstanding. Common unitholders were entitled to one vote per unit on all matters.

On January 1, 2013, in connection with the Reorganization of the Company (Note 1), common units in the former limited liability company were exchanged for 5,800,000 shares of common stock.

Preferred Units and Preferred Stock

On December 30, 2011, the Company entered into a debt conversion agreement with the majority member of the former limited liability company to convert $18,984 of unpaid principal and interest on a demand note payable to member into redeemable preferred units of the Company in full satisfaction of the indebtedness. Accordingly, 18,983,602 in redeemable preferred units were issued at a conversion price of $1.00 per share.

The preferred units were non-voting limited liability company membership interests, and permitted the majority member (unitholder) to receive cumulative dividends at the annual rate of 8.0% per unit prior to, and in preference to, any declaration or payment of any dividend on the Company’s common units. Dividends on the preferred units accumulated and were payable irrespective of whether the Company had earnings, whether there were funds legally available for the payment of such dividends, and whether dividends were declared.

The Company had the option to redeem all or any number of the preferred units at any time upon written notice and payment to the unitholder of $1.00 plus all accrued but unpaid dividends for each unit being redeemed. The unitholder had the option to convert all or any number of preferred units to common units at the conversion rate of 9.5 preferred units for 1.0 common unit. Preferred units were designed to automatically convert to 1,998,275 common units upon the closing of any initial public offering in which the gross proceeds of the offering exceeded $50,000 provided that the unitholder elected to retain such units. The Company analyzed the conversion feature under the applicable FASB guidance for accounting for derivatives and concluded that the conversion feature did not require separate accounting under such FASB guidance.

Because the unitholder was also the majority member of the Company at December 31, 2011, he had the ability to redeem the preferred units at his option, thus giving the units characteristics of a liability rather than equity. Accordingly, the Company’s preferred units were classified as a liability in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2011. At December 31, 2011, the unitholder had committed to not exercise his redemption rights through January 1, 2013.

In February 2012, the redemption feature on the preferred units was removed by an amendment to the preferred unit agreement. As a result, the preferred units were reclassified at fair value ($18,984) from a liability to equity in the condensed consolidated balance sheets.

In May 2012, the unitholder sold 6,000,000 preferred units to two separate unrelated parties for $1.00 per unit.

On January 1, 2013, in connection with the Reorganization of the Company (Note 1), all of the preferred units in the former limited liability company were exchanged for 18,983,602 shares of preferred stock.

On February 12, 2013, immediately prior to the closing of the initial public offering of the Company (Note 1), shares of preferred stock were converted into shares of common stock at a 9.5 to 1.0 basis (1,998,275 shares). Following the conversion, there are no issued or outstanding shares of preferred stock in the Company. Following the closing of the initial public offering of the Company on February 12, 2013, there are 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock authorized at a par value of $0.01 per share.

Common Stock

Following the closing of the initial public offering of the Company on February 12, 2013, there are 200,000,000 shares of common stock authorized at a par value of $0.01 per share and 13,281,608 shares issued and outstanding.

The following table summarizes common stock activity:

Common Stock
(number of shares)

Balance at December 31, 2012

—  

Conversion of common units of The Ex One Company, LLC to common stock of The ExOne Company

5,800,000

Conversion of preferred stock to common stock immediately prior to closing of the initial public offering of The ExOne Company

1,998,275

Initial public offering of The ExOne Company

5,483,333

Balance at June 30, 2013

13,281,608

Note 11.Equity-Based Compensation

2013 Equity Incentive Plan

On January 24, 2013, the Board of Directors of the Company adopted the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). In connection with the adoption of the Plan, 500,000 shares of common stock were reserved for issuance pursuant to the Plan, with automatic increases in such reserve available each year annually on January 1 from 2014 through 2023 equal to the lesser of (i) 3.0% of the total outstanding shares of common stock as of December 31 of the immediately preceding year or (ii) a number of shares of common stock determined by the Board of Directors, provided that the maximum number of shares authorized under the Plan will not exceed 1,992,242 shares, subject to certain adjustments.

On January 24, 2013, the Board of Directors authorized awards of 180,000 incentive stock options (“ISOs”) under the Plan to certain employees, which grants were effective contemporaneously with the initial public offering of the Company at an exercise price determined by the initial offering price ($18.00 per share). These awards vest in one-third increments on the first, second and third anniversaries of the grant date, respectively, and expire on February 6, 2023.

On January 24, 2013, the Board of Directors authorized awards of 10,000 shares of restricted stock under the Plan to certain members of the Board of Directors, which grants were effective contemporaneously with the initial public offering of the Company. These awards vest in one-third increments on the first, second and third anniversaries of the grant date, respectively.

On March 11, 2013, the Board of Directors authorized an award of 10,000 shares of restricted stock under the Plan to an executive of the Company. This award vests vest in one-third increments on the first, second and third anniversaries of the grant date, respectively.

The following table summarizes the total equity-based compensation expense recognized for all ISOs and restricted stock awards:

   Quarter Ended
June 30, 2013
   Six Months Ended
June 30, 2013
 

Equity-based compensation expense recognized:

    

ISOs

  $161    $257  

Restricted stock

   39     54  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity-based compensation expense before income taxes

  $200    $311  

Benefit for income taxes*

   —       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity-based compensation expense net of income taxes

  $200    $311  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

*The benefit for income taxes from equity-based compensation has been determined to be $0 based on a full valuation allowance against net deferred tax assets for both the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2013. In the absence of a full valuation allowance, the tax benefit derived from equity-based compensation would be approximately $34 and $51 for the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively.

At June 30, 2013, total future compensation expense related to unvested awards yet to be recognized by the Company was approximately $1,672 for ISOs and $412 for restricted stock awards. Total future compensation expense related to unvested awards yet to be recognized by the Company is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average remaining vesting period of approximately 2.7 years.

The fair value of ISOs was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions:

Weighted average fair value per ISO

$    11.03

Volatility

68.70

Average risk-free interest rate

1.07

Dividend yield

0.00

Expected term (years)

6.0

Expected volatility has been estimated based on historical volatilities of certain peer group companies over the expected term of the awards, due to the fact that prior to issuance, the Company was a nonpublic entity. The average risk-free rate is based on a weighted average yield curve of risk-free interest rates consistent with the expected term of the awards. Expected dividend yield is based on historical dividend data as well as future expectations. Expected term has been calculated using the simplified method as the Company does not have sufficient historical exercise experience upon which to base an estimate.

The activity for ISOs for the six months ended June 30, 2013, was as follows:

   Number of
ISOs
  Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
   Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair
Value
 

Outstanding at January 1, 2013

   —     $—      $—    

ISOs granted

   180,000   $18.00    $11.03  

ISOs forfeited

   (5,000 $18.00    $11.03  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding at June 30, 2013

   175,000   $18.00    $11.03  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

ISOs exercisable

   —     $—      $—    

ISOs expected to vest

   175,000   $18.00    $11.03  

At June 30, 2013, the aggregate intrinsic value of both unvested ISOs and ISOs expected to vest was approximately $7,651. The weighted average remaining contractual term of ISOs expected to vest at June 30, 2013, was approximately 9.6 years.

The activity for restricted stock awards for the six months ended June 30, 2013, was as follows:

   Shares of
Restricted
Stock
   Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair
Value
 

Outstanding at January 1, 2013

   —      $—    

Restricted shares granted

   20,000    $23.26  

Restricted shares forfeited

   —      $—    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding at June 30, 2013

   20,000    $23.26  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Restricted shares vested

   —      $—    

Restricted shares expected to vest

   20,000    $23.26  

Other

In May 2012, the Company’s majority member completed the sale of 300,000 common units of the former limited liability company to another existing member of the former limited liability Company for $1.25 per unit. The fair value of these common units on the measurement date was $7.20 per common unit. The Company recognized compensation expense of approximately $1,785 during the quarter ended June 30, 2012, in connection with the sale of these common units which has been recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses in the condensed statement of consolidated operations and comprehensive loss.

Determining the fair value of the common units required complex and subjective judgments. The Company used the sale of a similar security in an arms-length transaction with unrelated parties to estimate the value of the enterprise at the measurement date, which included assigning a value to the similar security’s rights, preferences and privileges, relative to the common units. The enterprise value was then allocated to the Company’s outstanding equity securities using a Black-Scholes option pricing model. The option pricing required certain estimates to be made, including: (i) the anticipated timing of a potential liquidity event (less than one year), (ii) volatility (65.0%) estimated based on historical volatilities of peer group companies, and (iii) a risk-free interest rate (0.2%).

Note 12.License Agreements

The Company has license agreements with certain organizations which require license fee payments to be made on a periodic basis, including royalties on net sales of licensed products, processes and consumables. License fee expenses amounted to approximately $53 and $83 for the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively. License fee expenses amounted to approximately $269 and $386 for the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2012, respectively. License fee expenses are included in cost of sales in the condensed consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss. At June 30, 2013, accrued license fees were approximately $706 and are recorded in accrued expenses and other current liabilities ($528) and other noncurrent liabilities ($178) in the condensed consolidated balance sheets. At December 31, 2012, accrued license fees were approximately $1,015 and are recorded in accrued expenses and other current liabilities ($748) and other noncurrent liabilities ($267) in the condensed consolidated balance sheets.

Included in the license agreements is an exclusive patent license agreement with the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (the “MIT Agreement”). Patents covered under the MIT Agreement have expiration dates ranging from 2013 to 2021.

On January 22, 2013, the Company and MIT agreed to an amendment of their exclusive patent license agreement (the “Amended MIT Agreement”). The Amended MIT Agreement provides for, among other things, (1) a reduction in the term of the agreement between the Company and MIT from the date of expiration or abandonment of all issued patent rights to December 31, 2016, (2) an increase in the annual license maintenance fees due for the years ended December 31, 2013 through December 31, 2016 from $50 annually to $100 annually, with amounts related to 2013 through 2016 guaranteed by the Company, (3) a settlement of all past and future royalties on net sales of licensed products, processes and consumables for a one-time payment of $200 (paid in March 2013), and (4) a provision for extension of the term of the arrangement between the parties for an annual license maintenance fee of $100 for each subsequent year beyond 2016. As a result of the Amended MIT Agreement, the Company recorded a reduction to its accrued license fees at December 31, 2012, of approximately $1,500, with a corresponding reduction to cost of sales.

There were no license fee expenses associated with the Amended MIT Agreement for either the quarter or six months ended June 30, 2013. License fee expenses, including minimum license maintenance fees and royalties, associated with the MIT Agreement for the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2012 were $273 and $382, respectively. Reimbursement of qualifying patent expenses incurred by MIT were approximately $0 and $3 for the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively. Reimbursement of qualifying patent expenses incurred by MIT were approximately $5 and $22 for the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2012, respectively. Reimbursement of qualifying patent expenses incurred by MIT are recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses in the condensed statement of consolidated operations and comprehensive loss.

Note 13.Income Taxes

Prior to Reorganization (Note 1) the Company was a limited liability company whereby its members were taxed on a proportionate share of the Company’s taxable income. Following the merger of The Ex One Company, LLC with and into The ExOne Company, The ExOne Company became a corporation, taxable for federal, state, local and foreign income tax purposes. On January 1, 2013, the Company recorded a net deferred tax asset of approximately $410 based on the difference between the book and tax basis of assets and liabilities as of that date. Due to a history of operating losses by the limited liability company, a valuation allowance of 100% of the initial net deferred tax asset was established.

The provision for income taxes was $72 and $91 for the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively. The provision for income taxes was $246 and $234 for the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2012, respectively. The provision for income taxes for all periods presented related entirely to the taxable income of ExOne GmbH. The Company has completed a discrete period computation of its provision for income taxes for each of the periods presented. Discrete period computation is as a result of (i) jurisdictions with losses before income taxes for which no tax benefit can be recognized and (ii) an inability to generate reliable estimates for results in certain jurisdictions as a result of inconsistencies in generating net operating profits (losses) in those jurisdictions.

The effective tax rate was 106.9% and 103.2% for the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively. The effective tax rate was 107.7% and 105.0% for the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2012, respectively. For the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2013, the effective tax rate differs from the U.S. federal statutory rate of 34.0% primarily due to net changes in valuation allowances for the period. For the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2012, the effective tax rate differs from the U.S. federal statutory rate of 34.0% primarily due to the effects of (i) limited liability company losses not subject to tax and (ii) net changes in valuation allowances for the period.

The components of net deferred income tax assets and net deferred income tax liabilities were as follows:

   June 30,
2013
  January 1,
2013
(Reorganization)
  December 31,
2012
 

Current deferred tax assets (liabilities):

    

Accounts receivable

  $27   $31   $—    

Inventories

   376    (40  (434

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

   599    562    143  

Deferred revenue and customer prepayments

   32    1,851    1,912  

Other

   48    10    250  

Valuation allowance

   (1,082  (2,429  (2,049
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Current deferred tax assets (liabilities)

   —      (15  (178

Noncurrent deferred tax assets (liabilities):

    

Net operating loss carryforwards

   1,595    431    431  

Tax credit carryforwards

   436    —      —    

Property and equipment

   962    691    599  

Other

   25    342    567  

Valuation allowance

   (3,018  (1,449  (1,419
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Noncurrent deferred tax assets (liabilities)

   —      15    178  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)

  $—     $—     $—    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The Company has provided a valuation allowance for its net deferred tax assets as a result of the Company not generating consistent net operating profits in jurisdictions with which it operates. As such, any benefit from deferred taxes in any of the periods presented has been fully offset by changes in the valuation allowance for net deferred tax assets. The Company continues to assess its future taxable income by jurisdiction based on (i) recent historical operating results (ii) the expected timing of reversal of temporary differences (iii) various tax planning strategies that the Company may be able to enact in future periods (iv) the impact of potential operating changes on the business and (v) forecast results from operations in future periods based on available information at the end of each reporting period. To the extent that the Company is able to reach the conclusion that deferred tax assets are realizable based on any combination of the above factors, a reversal of existing valuation allowances may occur.

At June 30, 2013, the Company had approximately $620 in net operating loss carryforwards which expire from 2013 through 2019, to offset the future taxable income of its Japanese subsidiary. At June 30, 2013, the Company had approximately $975 in net operating loss carryforwards which expire in 2033, and $436 in tax credit carryforwards which expire in 2023, to offset the future taxable income of its United States subsidiary.

The Company has a liability for uncertain tax positions related to certain capitalized expenses and related party transactions. At June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the liability for uncertain tax positions was approximately $548 and $416, respectively, and is included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the condensed consolidated balance sheets. At June 30, 2013, there was no liability for uncertain tax positions related to the Company’s Japanese subsidiary. At December 31, 2012, the liability for uncertain tax positions related to the Company’s Japanese subsidiary was $94 and was fully offset against net operating loss carryforwards of this subsidiary.

The Company includes interest and penalties related to income taxes as a component of the provision for income taxes in the condensed statement of consolidated operations and comprehensive loss.

Note 14.Fair Value Measurements

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. When determining the fair value measurements for assets and liabilities which are required to be recorded at fair value, the Company considers the principal or most advantageous market in which the Company would transact and the market-based risk measurements or assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, such as inherent risk, transfer restrictions and credit risk.

The Company applies the following fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value into three levels and bases the categorization within the hierarchy upon the lowest level of input that is available and significant to the fair value measurement:

 

Level 1 - Observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets for identical investments that the Company has the ability to access.

THE EX ONE COMPANY, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

O. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

Level 2 - Inputs include:

a. Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets;

b. Quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in inactive markets;

c. Inputs, other than quoted prices in active markets, that are observable either directly or indirectly;

d. Inputs that are derived principally from, or corroborated by, observable market data by correlation or other means.

Level 3 - Inputs that are generally unobservable and typically reflect management’s estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.

The Company’s financial instruments within the fair value hierarchy are more fully disclosed in Note 15 of the consolidated financial statements.

P. Royalty Expense Under License Agreements

The Company has entered into license agreements for the use of intellectual properties that require royalty payments based upon the net sales of the licensed products. The expense is included in cost of sales in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss (Note 13).

Q. Taxes on Revenue Producing Transactions

Taxes assessed by governmental authorities on revenue producing transactions, including sales, excise, value added and use taxes, are recorded on a net basis (excluded from revenue) in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

R. Equity Based Compensation

The Company measures equity based compensation expense at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is generally recognized as expense over the requisite service period. There was no expense recognized for equity based compensation in 2010 or 2011. See Note 18.

S. New Accounting Standards to be Implemented

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-04, “Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs.” ASU 2011-04 explains how to measure fair value and intends to improve the comparability of fair value measurements presented and disclosed in financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and International Financial Reporting Standards. ASU 2011-04 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning on or after December 15, 2011; early adoption is not permitted for public entities. The standard will become effective for the Company in January 2012. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of ASU 2011-04 on its consolidated financial statements.

THE EX ONE COMPANY, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 3 - Inventories

Inventories consist of the following at December 31:

   2010   2011 

Raw materials and components

  $1,489,499    $2,136,797  

Work in progress

   1,528,711     1,694,236  

Finished goods and goods in transit

   50,950     599,791  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $3,069,160    $4,430,824  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Inventories are net of an allowance for slow moving and obsolete inventory of approximately $1.4 million and $1.3 million as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

Note 4 - Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consist of the following at December 31:

   2010   2011   Useful Life
(in  years)

Land

  $177,475    $177,475    N/A

Building

   1,978,449     1,978,449    25

Machinery and equipment

   6,620,268     7,714,007    3-7

Computer equipment and software

   437,538     724,022    3-5

Leasehold improvements

   167,259     236,078    Various

Other

   661,042     691,933    3-7

Construction in progress

   407,001     110,364    N/A
  

 

 

   

 

 

   
   10,449,032     11,632,328    

Less: Accumulated depreciation

   2,458,644     3,713,769    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   
  $7,990,388    $7,918,559    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Depreciation expense was approximately $1,072,000 in 2010 and approximately $1,170,000 in 2011.

Note 5 - Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consist of the following at December 31:

   2010   2011 

Accrued license fees

  $749,321    $1,096,383  

Accrued sales and use and other taxes

   100,331     123,992  

Accrued payroll and related costs

   798,555     705,257  

Accrued warranty allowance

   185,773     116,527  

Liability for uncertain tax positions

   14,577     264,146  

Other

   496,483     362,730  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $2,345,040    $2,669,035  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

THE EX ONE COMPANY, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 6 - Line of Credit Agreement

The Company has a line of credit and security agreement with a German bank guaranteed by the majority member of the Company for $1.9 million (€1.5 million). Of this amount, $0.6 million (€0.5 million) is available for cash advances or for short-term loans. Interest rates for the overdraft (6.5% as of December 31, 2011) or short-term loans (2.8% as of December 31, 2011) are variable based on the current market rates established by the German bank. Amounts in excess of the $0.6 million (€0.5 million) are available for additional bank transactions requiring security (i.e. bank guarantees, leasing, letters of credit, etc.) and additional cash borrowings at an increased interest rate (10.5% as of June 30, 2012). There are no fees associated with the unused portion of either line. There were no outstanding borrowings on the agreement at December 31, 2010 and 2011. During 2012, the amount available for cash advances at the reduced interest rate above was increased from €0.5 million to €0.8 million.

Note 7 - Long-term Debt

Long-term debt consists of the following at December 31:

   2010   2011 
Lone Star Metal Fabrication, LLC    

Building note payable to a bank,

with monthly payments including

interest at 7% through July 2014

  $801,988    $765,469  

Equipment note payable to a bank, with monthly

payments including interest at 7% through

July 2014

   563,330     420,050  
Troy Metal Fabricating, LLC    

Building note payable to a bank, with monthly

payments including interest at Daily BBA LIBOR

plus 2.45% (2.74% at December 31, 2011)

through April 2013. Interest is fixed at 6.8%

under an interest rate swap (see below)

   803,635     781,201  

Equipment note payable to a bank,

with monthly payments including

interest at LIBOR plus 2.75%

(2.72% at December 31, 2011) through April 2013

   1,038,249     631,382  

Equipment note payable to a bank, with monthly

payments including interest at Daily BBA LIBOR

plus 2.75% (2.72% at December 31, 2011)

through January 2014. Interest is fixed at 6.68% under an

interest rate swap (see below)

   631,979     432,777  

THE EX ONE COMPANY, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 7 - Long-term Debt (Continued)

   2010   2011 

Equipment note payable to a bank, with monthly payments including interest at 4.83% through December 2016

   —       1,290,576  

Equipment line of credit to a bank, converted to term debt in January 2012; monthly payments including interest at the Daily BBA LIBOR plus 2.75% (3.04% at December 31, 2011) through December 2016

   —       1,107,500  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   3,839,181     5,428,955  

Less: Current portion

   808,010     1,294,030  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $3,031,171    $4,134,925  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Lone Star and TMF debt is guaranteed by the Company and either the majority member of the Company or related parties that are controlled by the majority member of the Company, and is collateralized by buildings and equipment. Certain of the Company’s long-term debt arrangements have a requirement to deliver financial statements to the bank within a period of time not to exceed more than 90 days after year end. The bank has agreed to extend this requirement to November 30, 2012.

Approximate future maturities of long-term debt are as follows:

Year Ending

December 31

  Amount 

2012

  $1,294,000  

2013

   1,875,000  

2014

   1,263,000  

2015

   492,000  

2016

   505,000  
  

 

 

 
  $5,429,000  
  

 

 

 

The Company entered into interest rate swap agreements in June 2008. The Company utilizes the interest rate swaps for the purpose of managing risks related to the variability of future earnings and cash flows caused by changes in interest rates. Under the terms of the agreements, the Company pays interest at the fixed rates and the Company will receive variable interest rates from the counterparty.

The significant terms of the interest rate swap agreements are presented in the following table:

   TMF Building note   TMF Equipment note 

Notional amount

   $860,000     $1,970,472  

Fixed rate

   6.80%     6.68%  

Floating rate

   Daily BBA LIBOR plus 2.45%     Daily BBA LIBOR plus 2.75%  

Maturity date

   April 2, 2013     April 2, 2013  

The fair value of the interest rate swap on the TMF Building note was a liability of approximately $65,000 at December 31, 2010 and $40,000 at December 31, 2011. The fair value of the interest rate swap on the TMF Equipment

THE EX ONE COMPANY, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 7 - Long-term Debt (Continued)

note was a liability of approximately $51,000 at December 31, 2010 and $20,000 at December 31, 2011. These obligations are presented within accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. The Company recognized expense of approximately $18,000 in 2010 and $56,000 in 2011 on these contracts, which is recognized in interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

Note 8 - Redeemable Preferred Units

The Company received cash advances to support operations from an entity controlled by the Company’s majority member (the Note or Unit Holder). These advances were evidenced by notes that accrued interest at 8% annually, payable on demand. The balance outstanding on the notes was $15,044,778 as of December 31, 2010 and $18,983,602 as of December 30, 2011. On December 31, 2011, the Company entered into a Debt Conversion Agreement with the Note Holder to convert $18,983,602 of unpaid principal and interest into Class A Redeemable Preferred Units (Class A Units) of the Company in full satisfaction of the indebtedness. The Class A Units are held by the Unit Holder. The debt converted at $1 per share. As of December 31, 2011, the Company’s majority member has committed to not exercise its redemption rights through January 1, 2013.

The Class A Units are non-voting limited liability company membership interests, and permit the Unit Holder to receive cumulative dividends at the annual rate of eight percent (8%) per Class A Unit prior to and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on the Company’s common units. Dividends on the Class A Units accumulate and are payable irrespective of whether the Company has earnings, whether there are funds legally available for the payment of such dividends, and whether dividends are declared.

The Company may redeem all or any number of the Class A Units at any time upon written notice and payment to the Unit Holder of one dollar plus all accrued but unpaid dividends, for each Class A Unit being redeemed. The Unit Holder may convert all or any number of Class A Units to common units at the conversion rate of 9.5 Class A Units for one common unit. Class A Units will be automatically converted to 1,998,273 common units upon the closing of any initial public offering in which the gross proceeds of the offering exceed $50,000,000, provided that the Unit Holder may elect to retain such Class A units. The Company has analyzed the conversion feature under the applicable FASB guidance for accounting for derivatives and has concluded that the conversion feature does not require separate accounting under such FASB guidance.

Because the Company’s majority member is the ultimate owner of the Company through the entity holding the Class A Units as of December 31, 2011, he had the ability to redeem the Class A units at his option, thus giving the units the characteristics of a liability rather than equity. Accordingly, the Company’s Class A Units were classified as a liability in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.

In May 2012, the redemption feature on the Class A Units was removed. See Note 18.

Note 9 - Members’ Equity (Deficit)

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, the Company has 10,000,000 common units issued and outstanding. As described in Note 8, the Company issued 18,983,602 units of Class A Units in conjunction with the conversion of related party debt.

Net income or loss is allocated to each unit holder in proportion to the units held by each unit holder relative to the total units outstanding. The unit holders share the Company’s positive cash flow, to the extent available, which is distributed annually and allocated among the unit holders in proportion to the units held by each holder relative to the total units outstanding. Common unit holders are entitled to one vote per unit on all matters.

THE EX ONE COMPANY, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 10 - Related Party Transactions

The Company provides various services to several related entities under common control primarily in the form of accounting, finance, information technology and human resource outsourcing. The cost of these services is generally reimbursed by these related entities and was approximately $90,000 in 2010 and $210,000 in 2011. In addition, the Company may purchase certain items on behalf of related parties under common control. Amounts due from these related entities were $181,568 at December 31, 2010 and $395,636 at December 31, 2011.

The Company receives design services and the corporate use of an airplane from related entities under common control. The cost of these services received was approximately $35,000 in 2010 and $23,000 in 2011. Amounts due to these related entities, included in accounts payable in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, were approximately $37,000 at December 31, 2010 and $17,000 at December 31, 2011.

Note 11 - Income Taxes

Level 1Observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets for identical investments that the Company has the ability to access.
Level 2Inputs include:
Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets;
Quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in inactive markets;
Inputs, other than quoted prices in active markets, that are observable either directly or indirectly;
Inputs that are derived principally from, or corroborated by, observable market data by correlation or other means.
Level 3Inputs that are generally unobservable and typically reflect management’s estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.

The Company is a limited liability company whereby the members are taxed on its proportionate share of the Company’s taxable income, therefore, no provision for U.S. federal or state income taxes has been recorded. The Company reported taxable income from ProMetal GmbH of approximately $648,000 in 2010 and $2,473,000 in 2011. ExOne KK reported taxable income of approximately $396,000 in 2011 and no taxable income in 2010. All of ExOne KK’s 2011 taxable income was offset by net operating losses.

The provision for income taxes related entirely to the Company’s German operations, and amounted to approximately $198,000 in 2010 and $1,031,000 in 2011. The expense from deferred taxes of approximately $140,000 in 2010 was offset by a decrease in the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets by the same amount in 2010. The benefit from deferred taxes of approximately $1,370,000 in 2011 was offset by an increase in the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets by the same amount in 2011.

A reconciliation of income tax at the U.S. statutory rate of 35% to the Company’s effective rate for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 is as follows:

   2010  2011 

Tax expense (benefit) at U.S. statutory rate

  ($1,744,000 ($2,305,000

Limited liability company losses not subject to tax

   2,110,000    1,818,000  

Foreign income taxed at different rates

   (95,000  (71,000

Increase in uncertain tax positions

   15,000    249,000  

Permanent differences and other

   52,000    (30,000

Net change in valuation allowance

   (140,000  1,370,000  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income tax expense – effective rate

  $198,000   $1,031,000  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

THE EX ONE COMPANY, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 11 - Income Taxes (Continued)

The components of the Company’s net deferred income tax assets and net deferred income tax liabilities at December 31, 2010 and 2011 are as follows:

   2010  2011 

Current deferred tax assets (liabilities)

   

Inventories

  $160,000   $(638,000)��

Accounts receivable

   3,000    515,000  

Other assets

   5,000    (67,000

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

   —      (117,000

Valuation allowance

   (168,000  (420,000
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Current deferred tax assets (liabilities)

  $—     $(727,000
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Noncurrent deferred tax assets

   

Net operating loss carryforwards

  $973,000   $868,000  

Property and equipment

   793,000    922,000  

Deferred revenue and customer deposits

   146,000    1,917,000  

Other

   186,000    236,000  

Valuation allowance

   (2,098,000  (3,216,000
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Noncurrent deferred tax assets

   —      727,000  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

  $—     $—    
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The Company has provided a valuation allowance for its net deferred tax assets because the Company has not demonstrated a history of generating net operating profits. The Company has approximately $2,169,000 in foreign net operating loss carryforwards to offset future taxable income of ExOne KK, which expire in 2013 through 2019.

The Company has a liability for uncertain tax positions related to certain capitalized expenses and related party transactions. The liability amounted to approximately $15,000 at December 31, 2010 and $264,000 at December 31, 2011 and is included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. The uncertain tax position for ExOne KK has been offset by the use of approximately $315,000 of net operating loss carryforwards in 2010 and $377,000 in 2011. The table below summarizes the change in the Company’s unrecognized tax positions.

   2010   2011 

Balance at January 1

  $—      $15,000  

Increases related to current year tax positions

   15,000     249,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31

  $15,000    $264,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company includes interest and penalties accrued in the consolidated financial statements as a component of income tax expense.

THE EX ONE COMPANY, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 12 - Operating Lease Commitments

The Company leases various manufacturing facilities, office and warehouse spaces, vehicles and equipment under operating leases arrangements, expiring in various years through 2019. Rental expense amounted to approximately $832,000 in 2010 and $399,000 in 2011.

Minimum future rental payments as of December 31, 2011 are approximately as follows:

Year Ending

December 31

    

2012

  $632,000  

2013

   433,000  

2014

   59,000  

2015

   39,000  

2016

   13,000  

Thereafter

   —    
  

 

 

 
  $1,176,000  
  

 

 

 

Note 13 - License Agreements

The Company has license agreements with organizations which require license fee payments based on net sales. License fee expenses amounted to approximately $357,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010 and $682,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011, and are included in cost of sales in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. Accrued license fees were approximately $749,000 at December 31, 2010 and $1,096,000 at December 31, 2011 and are recorded in accrued expenses and other current liabilities (Note 5).

Included in the license agreements is an exclusive patent license agreement (Agreement) with the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT). These patents have expiration dates ranging from 2012 to 2021. The terms of the Agreement require that the Company remit payment to MIT based upon worldwide net sales of licensed products, processes and consumables. The terms of the Agreement remain in force until the expiration or abandonment of all issued patent rights. The Company is required to pay MIT minimum license maintenance fees of $100,000 per year in 2011 and 2012, and $50,000 per year beginning in 2013 through the end of the term of the Agreement. Minimum license maintenance fees were $150,000 in 2010. The minimum license maintenance fees are nonrefundable, and may be credited to cumulative license fee payments due on revenue during the same calendar year. License fees on revenue of licensed products range from approximately 2.5%-5% through December 31, 2012, and 3% thereafter.

Note 14 - Computation of Earnings (Loss) per Unit

The Company presents basic and diluted earnings (loss) per unit amounts. Basic earnings (loss) per unit is calculated by dividing net loss available to common unit-holders by the weighted average number of common units outstanding during the applicable period. Diluted earnings (loss) per unit is calculated by dividing net earnings (loss) available to the Company’s common unitholders by the weighted average number of common and common equivalent units outstanding during the applicable period. As the Company has incurred a net loss in

THE EX ONE COMPANY, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 14 - Computation of Earnings (Loss) per Unit (continued)

2010 and 2011, the conversion of the preferred units has an anti-dilutive effect and is therefore excluded from the calculation below.

   2010  2011 

Net loss available to common unit-holders

  $(5,507,694 $(8,036,968
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Denominator:

   

Weighted average shares

   10,000,000    10,000,000  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loss per unit

   

Basic

  $(.55 $(.80

Diluted

  $(.55 $(.80

Note 15 - Fair Value Measurements

Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America require the Company to disclose its estimate of the fair value of material financial instruments, including those recorded as assets or liabilities in its consolidated financial statements. The carrying amounts of current assets and liabilities approximate fair value due to their short-term maturities. Generally, the fair value of a fixed-rate instrument will increase as interest rates fall and decrease as interest rates rise.statements, in accordance with GAAP.

The following tables settable sets forth the fair value of the Company’s liabilities measured on a recurring basis by level:

 

   December 31, 2010 
   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3 

Interest rate swap liability

  $—      $116,000    $—    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

   December 31, 2011 
   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3 

Redeemable Class A Preferred Units

  $—      $—      $18,983,602  

Interest rate swap liability

   —       60,000     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $—      $60,000    $18,983,602  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table sets forth a summary of changes in the fair value of the Company’s Level 3 assets for the year ended December 31, 2011:

Balance - beginning of year

  $—    

Conversion of demand note payable to member into Class A Redeemable Preferred Units (Note 8)

   18,983,602  
  

 

 

 

Balance - end of year

  $18,983,602  
  

 

 

 
   Level   June 30,
2013
   December 31,
2012
 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities:

      

Interest rate swap liability

   2    $—      $13  

The fair value of the interest rate swap liability is determined by using a discounted cash flow methodmodel using the appropriateobservable inputs from the related forward interest rate yield curves with the differential between the forward rate and the original stated interest rate of the swapinstrument discounted back from the settlement date of the contractcontracts to Decemberthe respective balance sheet date. As this model utilizes observable inputs and does not require significant management judgment it has been determined to be a Level 2 financial instrument in the fair value hierarchy.

Prior to redemption during the quarter ended March 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

The2012, the fair value of the Company’s Class A Redeemable Preferred Units isredeemable preferred units was estimated based on unobservable inputs, including the present value of the Company’s demand note payable to member immediately prior to conversion (Note 10). As this estimate utilized unobservable inputs and required significant management judgment it was determined to be a Level 3 financial instrument in the conversion described in Note 8.fair value hierarchy.

THE EX ONE COMPANY, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes toThe following table sets forth a summary of changes in the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

fair value of the Company’s Level 3 financial instruments:

 

Note 16 - Segment Information

   Quarter Ended
June 30,
   Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
   2013   2012   2013   2012 

Beginning balance

  $—      $—      $—      $18,984  

Realized gains (losses)

   —       —       —       —    

Unrealized gains (losses)

   —       —       —       —    

Purchases

   —       —       —       —    

Sales

   —       —       —       —    

Issuances

   —       —       —       —    

Settlements

   —       —       —       (18,984

Transfers into Level 3

   —       —       —       —    

Transfers out of Level 3

   —       —       —       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

  $—      $—      $—      $—    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The carrying values and fair values of other financial instruments of the Company operates globally in one reportable business segment in which it develops, manufactures and markets printing machines, which produce 3D printed parts and related consumables. The Company also provides production and contract services for its customers. The Company conducts its business through wholly-owned subsidiaries in the U.S., Germany and in Japan.

The Company’s revenue from customers by product line iswere as follows:

 

   2010   2011 

3D printed parts, materials and other

  $7,818,100    $9,884,149  

3D printing machines

   5,621,921     5,405,558  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $13,440,021    $15,289,707  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   June 30, 2013   December 31, 2012 
   Carrying
Value
   Fair
Value
   Carrying
Value
   Fair
Value
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $64,550    $64,550    $2,802    $2,802  

Line of credit

   —       —       528     528  

Demand note payable to member

   —       —       8,666     8,666  

Current portion of long-term debt

   124     124     2,028     2,028  

Current portion of capital and financing leases

   507     507     920     920  

Long-term debt - net of current portion

   2,146     1,854     5,669     7,880  

Capital and financing leases - net of current portion

   722     722     1,949     1,949  

Summarized financial information concerning the Company’s geographical operations is shownThe carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, line of credit, demand note payable to member, current portion of long-term debt and current portion of financing leases approximate fair value due to their short-term maturities. Cash and cash equivalents are classified in the following tables:Level 1; Line of credit, demand note payable to member, current portion of long-term debt, current portion of capital and financing leases, long-term debt – net of current portion and capital and financing leases – net of current portion are classified in Level 2.

 

   2010  2011 

Revenue:

   

United States

  $3,936,019   $4,587,296  

Germany

   6,909,283    5,677,610  

Japan

   2,594,719    5,024,801  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  $13,440,021   $15,289,707  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations:

   

United States

  $(4,772,142 $(3,532,407

Germany

   1,695,472    1,236,907  

Japan

   (490,012  (419,753
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Subtotal

   (3,566,682  (2,715,253

Intercompany elimination

   (498,227  (2,459,235
  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  $(4,064,909 $(5,174,488
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Assets:

   

United States

  $7,493,516   $8,795,371  

Germany

   6,038,230    5,810,990  

Japan

   1,701,227    3,634,957  

Deferred tax assets

   —      727,000  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  $15,232,973   $18,968,318  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Depreciation:

   

United States

  $761,741   $777,626  

Germany

   167,753    154,555  

Japan

   142,251    237,553  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  $1,071,745   $1,169,734  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Long-lived assets:

   

United States

  $5,872,567   $5,671,757  

Germany

   1,014,074    1,229,580  

Japan

   1,103,747    1,017,222  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  $7,990,388   $7,918,559  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 
Note 15.Customer Concentrations

THE EX ONE COMPANY, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes toDuring the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 16 - Segment Information (continued)

   2010   2011 

Capital expenditures:

    

United States

  $592,232    $608,105  

Germany

   676,141     406,013  

Japan

   526,388     66,311  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $1,794,761    $1,080,429  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

   

Year Ended December 31, 2010

Intercompany Revenues to:

 
   Americas   Europe   Asia   Total 

United States

  $—      $264,237    $142,388    $406,625  

Germany

   863,975     —       1,928,617     2,792,592  

Japan

   —       —       —       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $863,975    $264,237    $2,071,005    $3,199,217  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   

Year Ended December 31, 2011

Intercompany Revenues to:

 
   Americas   Europe   Asia   Total 

United States

  $—      $340,561    $200,414    $540,975  

Germany

   2,219,784     —       4,582,226     6,802,010  

Japan

   —       —       —       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $2,219,784    $340,561    $4,782,640    $7,342,985  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Note 17 - Customer Concentrations

During 2010quarters and 2011,six months ended June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2012, the Company conducted a significant portion of its business with a limited number of customers. The Company had one customer in 2010For the quarter and threesix months ended June 30, 2013, the Company’s five most significant customers in 2011 which individually represented 10% or greaterapproximately 68.4% and 45.7% of total revenue, for those respective years. Therespectively. For the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2012, the Company’s top five most significant customers represented approximately 43%50.5% and 37.6% of total revenue, in 2010respectively. At June 30, 2013 and 47% of total revenue in 2011. AccountsDecember 31, 2012, accounts receivable from these customers at December 31, 2010 and 2011 were not significant.

Note 18 - Subsequent Events

In May 2012, the Company purchased the building used to house the Irwin, Pennsylvania manufacturing facilities and administrative offices from a third-party. The purchase price of $3.3 million was financed by a mortgage with a commercial bank for $2.4 million, a note payable for $0.3 million, and cash. The mortgage matures in May 2027, bearing interest at 4.0% for the first five years, and adjusts to the monthly average yield on U.S. Treasury securities plus 0.325% for the remaining ten years. Monthly payments including principal and interest are approximately $18,000 for the first five years. The third party note matures in June 2014, requires minimum monthly payments of $1,500, and bears interest at 6%.

In May 2012, the sole Preferred Class A Unit Holder sold 6 million units (3 million units each) to two unrelated limited partnerships for $1 per share.

In February 2012, the redemption feature on the Class A Redeemable Preferred Units (Note 8) was removed. As a result, the Company’s Class A Redeemable Preferred Units will be reclassified from a liability to

THE EX ONE COMPANY, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 18 - Subsequent Events (continued)

equity on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets in 2012. During 2012five most significant customers were approximately $3,528 and through October 31, 2012, the Company declared dividends of approximately $1.1 million.

During July 2012, the Company entered into a transaction with a related party that provided for proceeds to the Company in the amount of approximately $1.5 million. The transaction did not meet the sale criteria as provided by the FASB guidance on accounting for sales-leaseback transactions, therefore the sale was recorded as a financing transaction. The terms of the agreement provide for monthly payments, including interest, of $30,000 over a term of five years.

In March 2012, the Company entered into a sales-leaseback transaction with an unrelated third-party for a 3D printing machine. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company received approximately $1.0 million in proceeds from the sale and will recognize profit of approximately $0.3 million on the sale over the term of the lease, classified as a capital lease. Annual minimum lease payments are approximately $0.3 million through 2015.

During 2012 and through October 31, 2012, an entity controlled by the Company’s majority member provided cash advances to support current operations of approximately $8.8 million. These advances accrue interest at 8% annually and are payable on demand.

During 2012, the Company’s majority member completed the sale of 1,300,000 common units to two employees and one existing member of the Company for $1.25 per unit. The fair value of these common units on the measurement date was $7.20 per common unit, resulting in a non-cash compensation charge of approximately $7.7 million in 2012. Determining the fair value of the common units required complex and subjective judgments. We used the sale of a similar security in an arms-length transaction with unrelated parties to estimate the value of the enterprise at the measurement date, which included assigning a value to the similar security’s rights, preferences and privileges relative to the common units. The enterprise value was then allocated to the Company’s outstanding equity securities using a Black-Scholes option pricing model. The option pricing model involves making estimates such as: the anticipated timing of a potential liquidity event (less than one year), volatility of our equity securities (65%), and risk-free interest rate (0.16%). Change in these assumptions could materially impact the value assigned to the common units.

THE EX ONE COMPANY, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

   December 31,
2011
  September 30,
2012
(unaudited)
 

ASSETS

   

Current Assets

   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $3,496,228   $1,430,868  

Accounts receivable - net

   1,335,201    2,412,723  

Related party receivable

   395,636    44,189  

Inventories - net

   4,430,824    8,761,779  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

   458,989    1,232,119  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Current Assets

   10,116,878    13,881,678  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Property and Equipment - Net

   

(Including assets of consolidated variable interest entities of $5.8 million at December 31, 2011 and $5.9 million at September 30, 2012)

   7,918,559    12,707,541  

Deferred Tax Assets

   727,000    734,000  

Other Assets

   205,881    112,483  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Assets

  $18,968,318   $27,435,702  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS’ DEFICIT

   

Current Liabilities

   

Line of credit

  $—     $899,859  

Demand note payable to member

   —      7,265,605  

Current portion of long-term debt

   1,294,030    1,950,842  

Current portion of capital lease obligations

   —      512,675  

Accounts payable

   864,333    1,884,250  

Dividends payable

   —      1,030,588  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

   2,669,035    3,953,983  

Accrued income taxes

   956,438    —    

Deferred tax liabilities

   727,000    734,000  

Deferred revenue and customer deposits

   4,938,019    2,994,429  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Current Liabilities

   11,448,855    21,226,231  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Long-term Liabilities

   

Long-term debt - net of current portion (including consolidated variable interest entities of $4.1 million at December 31, 2011 and $2.4 million at September 30, 2012)

   4,134,925    4,866,683  

Capital lease obligations - net of current portion

   —      1,674,261  

Redeemable Class A Preferred Units

   18,983,602    —    

Other liabilities

   —      381,784  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Long-term Liabilities

   23,118,527    6,922,728  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

   34,567,382    28,148,959  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Members’ Equity (Deficit)

   

Controlling interest in members’ deficit

   

Class A Preferred Units, 18,983,602 issued and outstanding (Liquidation value of approximately $20.0 million at September 30, 2012)

   —      18,983,602  

Common units, 10,000,000 issued and outstanding

   10,000,000    10,000,000  

Members’ deficit

   (27,485,083  (31,850,906

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

   (220,416  (272,792
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Controlling Interest in Members’ Deficit

   (17,705,499  (3,140,096

Noncontrolling interest

   2,106,435    2,426,839  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Members’ Deficit

   (15,599,064  (713,257
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Members’ Deficit

  $18,968,318   $27,435,702  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

THE EX ONE COMPANY, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

    For the Nine Months Ended
September 30
 
            2011                  2012         

Revenue

  $12,571,348   $15,913,225  

Cost of Sales

   9,326,756    10,018,149  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Gross Profit

   3,244,592    5,895,076  

Operating Expenses

   

Research and development

   1,146,441    1,178,794  

Selling, general and administrative (includes non-cash equity based compensation of $7.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012)

   5,196,259    14,826,759  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Operating Expenses

   6,342,700    16,005,553  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loss from Operations

   (3,098,108  (10,110,477
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other (Income) Expense

   

Interest expense

   1,187,674    541,782  

Other expense (income)

   34,293    (71,171

Interest income

   (1,679  (2,078
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Other Expense

   1,220,288    468,533  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loss before Income Taxes

   (4,318,396  (10,579,010

Provision for Income Taxes

   708,808    170,821  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net Loss Attributable to the Controlling and Noncontrolling Interests

   (5,027,204  (10,749,831

Less: Net income of Noncontrolling Interests

   243,671    320,404  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net Loss Attributable to the Controlling Interest

   (5,270,875  (11,070,235

Other Comprehensive Loss:

   

Foreign currency translation gain (loss)

   287,319    (52,376
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Comprehensive Loss

  $(4,983,556 $(11,122,611
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net loss available to common unitholders - basic

  $(0.53 $(1.21
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net loss available to common unitholders - diluted

  $(0.53 $(1.21
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed unaudited consolidated financial statements.

THE EX ONE COMPANY, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Members’ Deficit

   

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012

    
  Preferred Class A Units  Common Units                
  Number
of
Units
  Amount  Number
of
Units
  Amount  Members’
Deficit
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive

Loss
  Total
Controlling

Interest
  Noncontrolling
Interest
  Total
Members’
Deficit
 

Balance - December 31, 2011

  —     $—      10,000,000   $10,000,000   $(27,485,083 $(220,416 $(17,705,499 $2,106,435   $(15,599,064

Net income (loss)

  —      —      —      —      (11,070,235  —      (11,070,235  320,404    (10,749,831

Reclassification of Redeemable Class A preferred units to Class A preferred units

  18,983,602   

 

18,983,602

  

  —      —      —      —      18,983,602    —      18,983,602  

Equity based compensation

  —      —      —      —      7,735,000    —      7,735,000    —      7,735,000  

Dividends declared on Class A preferred units

  —      —      —      —      (1,030,588  —      (1,030,588  —      (1,030,588

Loss on foreign currency translation

  —      —      —      —      —      (52,376  (52,376  —      (52,376
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance - September 30, 2012

  18,983,602   $18,983,602    10,000,000   $10,000,000   $(31,850,906 $(272,792 $(3,140,096 $2,426,839   $(713,257
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

THE EX ONE COMPANY, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

   For the Nine Months Ended
September 30
 
    2011  2012 

Cash Provided by (Used for) Operating Activities

   

Net loss

  $(5,027,204 $(10,749,830

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used for operating activities

   

Depreciation

   830,679    1,258,086  

Equity based compensation

   —      7,735,000  

Changes in assets and liabilities

   

Accounts receivable

   282,656    (1,107,441

Related party receivable

   (198,589  351,447  

Inventories

   (714,039  (5,310,407

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

   (270,386  (732,196

Accounts payable

   (141,158  1,042,210  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

   413,600    1,278,417  

Accrued income taxes

   532,446    (954,806

Deferred revenue and customer deposits

   1,250,598    (2,178,378

Other assets and liabilities - net

   (291,267  284,074  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net Cash Used for Operating Activities

   (3,332,664  (9,083,824
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash Used for Investing Activities

   

Additions to property and equipment

   (231,660  (1,973,310
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash Provided by (Used for) Financing Activities

   

Proceeds from borrowings under line-of-credit

   —      904,837  

Proceeds from sale-leaseback transactions

   —      2,251,719  

Proceeds from long-term debt

   1,107,500    —    

Payments on long-term debt and capital lease obligations

   (603,416  (1,372,584

Proceeds from borrowings on demand note payable to member

   3,290,465    7,265,605  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities

   3,794,549    9,049,577  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Effect of Currency Translation on Cash and Cash Equivalents

   200,560    (57,803
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents

   430,785    (2,065,360

Cash and Cash Equivalents-Beginning of period

   1,021,048    3,496,228  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents - End of period

  $1,451,833   $1,430,868  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 
Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information  

Cash paid for interest

  $173,896   $253,192  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash paid for income taxes

  $—     $1,093,782  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 
Supplemental Disclosure of Noncash Investing and Financing Activities  

Reclassification of Redeemable Class A preferred units to Class A preferred units (Note 10)

  $—     $18,983,602  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Dividend declared - not paid

  $—     $1,030,588  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Capital lease obligations and long-term debt incurred for purchase of property and equipment

  $—     $4,951,719  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Inventories transferred to property and equipment for internal use

  $—     $1,400,000  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

THE EX ONE COMPANY, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Index to Notes to the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated

Financial Statements$1,671, respectively.

 

Note 16.
Page

1.       Organization, Nature of Business, Basis of Presentation Use of Estimates and Going Concern

F-31

2.      Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

F-32

3.      Inventories

F-32

4.      Property and Equipment

F-33

5.      Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

F-33

6.      Sale-Leaseback Transaction

F-33

7.      Line of Credit Agreement

F-34

8.      Long-term Debt

F-35

9.      Demand Note Payable to Member

F-37

10.    Common and Class A Preferred Units

F-37

11.    Equity Based Compensation

F-38

12.    Related Party Transactions

F-38

13.    Income Taxes

F-39

14.    License Agreements

F-40

15.    Computation of Loss per Unit

F-40

16.    Fair Value Measurements

F-41

17.    Customer Concentrations

F-42

18.    Subsequent Events

F-42

THE EX ONE COMPANY, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1 - Organization, Nature of Business, Basis of Presentation, Use of Estimates and Going Concern

The Ex One Company, LLC and Subsidiaries (ExOne) is a limited liability company that is organized under the laws of the state of Delaware. The condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of ExOne, its wholly-owned subsidiaries: ProMetal, LLC, ProMetal RCT, LLC, Luxcelis, LLC, ExOne KK (Japan) and ProMetal GmbH (Germany), and two variable interest entities in which ExOne is the primary beneficiary: Lone Star Metal Fabrication, LLC (Lone Star) and Troy Metal Fabricating, LLC (TMF). Collectively, the consolidated group is referred to as “the Company.” All material intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

The Company is a global provider of 3D printing machines that can produce three-dimensional objects through a process known as Additive Manufacturing (“AM”) to industrial customers for end-market applications. The business consists of producing parts for customers utilizing its own 3D machines and technology, manufacturing and selling 3D machines to customers to print their own parts, and supplying associated products and services necessary for customers to print on their own 3D machines.

At December 31, 2011 and September 30, 2012, ExOne leases property and equipment from Lone Star and TMF. ExOne does not have an ownership interest in Lone Star or TMF. ExOne is the primary beneficiary of Lone Star and TMF in accordance with the guidance issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) on the consolidation of variable interest entities (VIEs) since ExOne guarantees certain debt of both Lone Star and TMF and governs these entities through common ownership. This guidance requires certain VIEs to be consolidated when an enterprise has the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and who has the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. The condensed consolidated financial statements therefore include the accounts of Lone Star and TMF. The assets of Lone Star and TMF can only be used to settle obligations of Lone Star and TMF, and the creditors of Lone Star and TMF do not have recourse to ExOne’s general credit.

The Company applies the accounting standard for noncontrolling interests in the condensed consolidated financial statements. The variable interest related to Lone Star and TMF requires the equity of these entities to be classified as a non-controlling interest in the Company’s condensed consolidated balance sheets.

The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of the Company were prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission; therefore, as permitted under these rules, certain footnotes and other financial information included in audited financial statements were condensed or omitted.

The interim financial statements contain all adjustments (consisting of only normal recurring adjustments) necessary to present fairly the interim results of operations, comprehensive loss, financial position and cash flows for the periods presented.

These interim financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010. The December 31, 2011 condensed consolidated balance sheet was derived from audited financial statements.

The interim results of operations and comprehensive loss, members’ deficit and cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full fiscal year or any other future period.

The preparation of these condensed consolidated financial statements requires the Company to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses and

THE EX ONE COMPANY, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 1 - Organization, Nature of Business, Basis of Presentation, Use of Estimates and Going Concern (continued)

related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Significant estimates reported in the accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements include: fair value of the Company’s common units used to measure equity based compensation, allowance for slow moving and obsolete inventory, accrued license fees, valuation allowance on deferred tax assets, and the estimated fair value of the Company’s long-lived assets for purposes of impairment testing. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable, the results of which forms the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

The Company has incurred net losses of approximately $5.2 million and $7.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011, and had an accumulated deficit of approximately $15.6 million as of December 31, 2011. As shown in the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements, the Company incurred a net loss of approximately $10.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012, and had a working capital deficit of approximately $7.3 million. These conditions raise substantial doubt as to the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty. The ability to continue as a going concern is dependent upon the continued financial support of the Company’s majority member, the Company’s ability to generate sufficient cash flows to meet its obligations on a timely basis, to obtain additional financing as may be required, and ultimately to attain profitable operations. Management believes the Company will be able to raise additional capital or debt sufficient to support the Company’s operations through October 1, 2013. However, there is no assurance that profitable operations or sufficient cash flows will occur in the future.

Note 2 - Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consist of the following at December 31, 2011 and September 30, 2012:

   2011   2012 

Prepaid value-added taxes (VAT)

  $140,028    $600,338  

Deferred issuance costs

   —       227,224  

Other prepaid expenses and other current assets

   318,961     404,557  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $458,989    $1,232,119  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Note 3 - Inventories

Inventories consist of the following at December 31, 2011 and September 30, 2012:

   2011   2012 

Raw materials and components

  $2,136,797    $4,409,184  

Work in progress

   1,694,236     3,897,610  

Finished goods and goods in transit

   599,791     454,985  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $4,430,824    $8,761,779  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Inventories are net of an allowance for slow moving and obsolete inventory of approximately $1.4 million and $1.3 million as of December 31, 2011 and September 30, 2012, respectively.

THE EX ONE COMPANY, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 4 - Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consist of the following at December 31, 2011 and September 30, 2012:

   2011   2012   Useful Life
(in years)

Land

  $177,475    $777,475    N/A

Building

   2,214,527     5,013,633    25

Machinery and equipment:

      

In use(1)

   8,086,734     9,347,088    3-7

Construction in progress

   110,364     1,028,111    N/A

Computer equipment and software

   724,022     892,576    3-5

Other

   319,206     513,843    3-7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   
   11,632,328     17,572,726    

Less: Accumulated depreciation

   3,713,769     4,865,185    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   
  $7,918,559    $12,707,541    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

(1)Includes leased assets of approximately $1,400,000 at September 30, 2012

Depreciation expense was approximately $831,000 and $1,258,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012, respectively.

Note 5 - Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consist of the following at December 31, 2011 and September 30, 2012:

    2011   2012 

Accrued license fees

  $1,096,384    $1,949,649  

Accrued sales and use and other taxes

   123,992     39,777  

Accrued payroll and related costs

   705,257     848,502  

Accrued warranty allowance

   116,527     268,741  

Liability for uncertain tax positions

   264,146     353,516  

Other

   362,729     493,798  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $2,669,035    $3,953,983  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Note 6 - Sale-Leaseback Transactions

In March 2012, the Company entered into a sale-leaseback transaction with an unrelated third-party for a 3D printing machine. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company received approximately $1.0 million in proceeds from the sale and will recognize profit of approximately $0.3 million on the sale over the term of the lease through 2015. The deferred profit of approximately $0.3 million is included in other liabilities in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheets. The Company has classified the lease as a capital lease. The present value of the future minimum lease payments, including an interest rate of 3.5% was approximately $656,000 as of September 30, 2012.

During July 2012, the Company entered into a sale-leaseback transaction with a related party that provided for proceeds to the Company in the amount of approximately $1.6 million. The transaction did not meet the sale criteria as provided by the FASB guidance on accounting for sale-leaseback transactions, therefore the sale was

THE EX ONE COMPANY, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 6 - Sale-Leaseback Transactions (continued)

recorded as a financing transaction. The terms of the agreement provide for monthly payments, including interest, of $30,000 over a term of five years. The present value of the future minimum lease payments, including an interest rate of approximately 6.0% was $1,531,000 as of September 30, 2012

The future minimum lease payments are recorded as capital lease obligations in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheets.

The future minimum lease payments for sale-leaseback transactions are approximately as follows:

Period Ending September 30,

    

2013

  $610,000  

2014

   610,000  

2015

   550,000  

2016

   360,000  

2017

   331,000  
  

 

 

 
  $2,461,000  

Less: Interest

   273,000  
  

 

 

 

Total

  $2,188,000  
  

 

 

 

Note 7 - Line of Credit Agreement

The Company has a line of credit and security agreement with a German bank guaranteed by the majority member of the Company for $1.9 million (€1.5 million). Of this amount, $1.0 million (€0.8 million) is available for cash advances or for short-term loans. Interest rates for the overdraft (6.2% as of September 30, 2012) or short-term loans (1.8% as of September 30, 2012) are variable based on the current market rates established by the German bank. Amounts in excess of the $1.0 million (€0.8 million) are available for additional bank transactions requiring security (i.e. bank guarantees, leasing, letters of credit, etc.) and additional cash borrowings at an increased interest rate (16% as of September 30, 2012). There are no fees associated with the unused portion of either line. There were no outstanding borrowings on the agreement at December 31, 2011. Borrowings outstanding under this agreement were $0.9 million as of September 30, 2012. The Company notified the bank in December 2012 that it is not in compliance with an asset to ratio covenant related to this facility. According to the terms of the agreement, the bank at its discretion may request additional security to maintain the facility.

THE EX ONE COMPANY, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 8 - Long-term Debt

Long-term debt consists of the following at December 31, 2011 and September 30, 2012:

   2011   2012 

Building note payable to a bank, with monthly payments including interest at 4.0% through 2017 and subsequently, the monthly average yield on U.S. Treasury Securities plus 0.3% for the remainder of the term through May 2027

   —      $2,407,369  

Building note payable to an unrelated entity, with monthly payments including interest at 6% through June 2014

   —       292,500  

Lone Star Metal Fabrication, LLC

    

Building note payable to bank, with monthly payments including interest at 7% through July 2014

  $765,469     736,377  

Equipment note payable to a bank, with monthly payments including interest at 7% through July 2014

   420,050     —    

Troy Metal Fabricating, LLC

    

Building note payable to a bank, with monthly payments including interest at Daily BBA LIBOR plus 2.45% (2.7% at September 30, 2012) through April 2013. Interest is fixed at 6.8% under an interest rate swap (see below)

   781,201     764,526  

Equipment note payable to a bank, with monthly payments including interest at LIBOR plus 2.75% (3.0% at September 30, 2012) through April 2013

   631,382     279,661  

Equipment note payable to a bank, with monthly payments including interest at Daily BBA LIBOR plus 2.75% (3.0% at September 30, 2012) through January 2014. Interest is fixed at 6.68% under an interest rate swap (see below)

   432,777     279,891  

Equipment note payable to a bank, with monthly payments including interest at 4.83% through December 2016

   1,290,576     1,115,826  

THE EX ONE COMPANY, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 8 - Long-term Debt (continued)

   2011   2012 

Equipment line of credit to a bank, converted to term debt in January 2012; monthly payments including interest at the Daily BBA LIBOR plus 2.75% (3.0% at September 30, 2012) through December 2016

   1,107,500     941,375  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   5,428,955     6,817,525  

Less: Current portion

   1,294,030     1,950,842  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $4,134,925    $4,866,683  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Lone Star and TMF debt is guaranteed by the Company and either the majority member of the Company or related parties that are controlled by the majority member of the Company, and is collateralized by buildings and equipment. See also Note 19.

Approximate future maturities of long-term debt are as follows:

Period Ending

September 30,

  Total 

2013

  $1,950,000  

2014

   988,000  

2015

   1,273,000  

2016

   638,000  

2017 and beyond

   1,969,000  
  

 

 

 
  $6,818,000  
  

 

 

 

The Company entered into interest rate swap agreements in June 2008. The Company utilizes the interest rate swaps for the purpose of managing risks related to the variability of future earnings and cash flows caused by changes in interest rates. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company agrees to pay interest at the fixed rates and the Company will receive variable interest from the counterparty.

The significant terms of the interest rate swap agreements are presented in the following table:

   TMF Building note   TMF Equipment note 

Notional amount

   $860,000     $1,970,472  

Fixed rate

   6.80%     6.68%  

Floating rate

   Daily BBA LIBOR plus 2.45%     Daily BBA LIBOR plus 2.75%  

Maturity date

   April 2, 2013     April 2, 2013  

The fair value of the interest rate swap on the TMF Building note was a liability of approximately $40,000 at December 31, 2011 and $18,000 at September 30, 2012. The fair value of the interest rate swap on the TMF Equipment note was a liability of approximately $20,000 at December 31, 2011 and $5,000 at September 30, 2012. These obligations are presented within accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the condensed

THE EX ONE COMPANY, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 8 - Long-term Debt (continued)

consolidated balance sheets. The Company recognized income of approximately $41,000 and $37,000 in the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and September 30, 2012, respectively on these contracts, which is recognized as a reduction to interest expense in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

Note 9 - Demand Note Payable to Member

During 2012, the Company received cash advances to support current operations from an entity controlled by the Company’s majority member (the Note or Unit Holder). These advances accrued interest at 8% annually and are payable on demand. The balance outstanding on these advances, including interest, were $7,265,605 as of September 30, 2012. Additional advances of approximately $2.3 million were received through December 15, 2012 and are at the same terms as the earlier advances. The Company formalized these cash advances in the form of a line credit with the entity, which is referred to as the Rockwell Line of Credit.

Prior to January 1, 2012 the Company received cash advances to support operations from an entity controlled by the Note Holder. These advances were evidenced by notes that accrued interest at 8% annually and were payable on demand. The balances outstanding on the advances were $18,983,602 as of December 30, 2011. Refer to Note 10.

Note 10 - Common and Class A Preferred Units

Common Units

As of December 31, 2011 and September 30, 2012, the Company has 10,000,000 common units issued and outstanding.

Net income or loss is allocated to each unit holder in proportion to the units held by each unit holder relative to the total units outstanding. The unit holders share the Company’s positive cash flow, to the extent available, which is distributed annually and allocated among the unit holders in proportion to the units held by each holder relative to the total units outstanding. Common unit holders are entitled to one vote per unit on all matters.

Class A Preferred Units

On December 30, 2011, the Company entered into a Debt Conversion Agreement with the Note Holder to convert $18,983,602 of unpaid principal and interest, as described in Note 9, into Class A Redeemable Preferred Units (Class A Units) of the Company in full satisfaction of the indebtedness. The Class A Units are held by the Unit Holder. The conversion price was $1 per share.

The Class A Units are non-voting limited liability company membership interests, and permit the Unit Holder to receive cumulative dividends at the annual rate of eight percent (8%) per Class A Unit prior to and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on the Company’s common units. Dividends on the Class A Units accumulate and are payable irrespective of whether the Company has earnings, whether there are funds legally available for the payment of such dividends, and whether dividends are declared.

The Company may redeem all or any number of the Class A Units at any time upon written notice and payment to the Unit Holder of one dollar plus all accrued but unpaid dividends, for each Class A Unit being redeemed. The Unit Holder may convert all or any number of Class A Units to common units at the conversion rate of 9.5 Class A Units for one common unit. Class A Units will be automatically converted to 1,998,273 common units upon the closing of any initial public offering in which the gross proceeds of the offering exceed

THE EX ONE COMPANY, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 10 - Common and Class A Preferred Units(continued)

$50,000,000, provided that the Unit Holder may elect to retain such Class A units. The Company has analyzed the conversion feature under the applicable FASB guidance for accounting for derivatives and has concluded that the conversion feature does not require separate accounting under such FASB guidance.

Because the Company’s majority member is the ultimate owner of the Company and he is the sole Class A unit holder as of December 31, 2011, he had the ability to redeem the Class A units at his option, thus giving the units the characteristics of a liability rather than equity. Accordingly, the Company’s Class A Units have been classified as a liability in the Company’s condensed consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2011. As of December 31, 2011, the Company’s majority member had committed to not exercise his redemption rights through January 1, 2013.

In February 2012, the redemption feature on the Class A Units was removed by an amendment to the Class A Unit agreement. As a result, the Class A Units were reclassified at fair value from a liability to equity in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheets during the nine months ended September 30, 2012.

In May 2012, the Unit Holder sold 6 million Class A Units (3 million units each) to two unrelated limited partnerships for $1 per share, under the same terms detailed above.

Note 11 - Equity Based Compensation

In May 2012, the Company’s majority member completed the sale of 300,000 common units to an existing member of the Company for $1.25 per unit. In July and August of 2012, the Company’s majority member completed the sale of additional common units to two employees under the terms described above. The fair value of these common units on the measurement date was $7.20 per common unit. The Company recognized compensation expense of approximately $7.7 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2012 in conjunction with the sale of these common units.

Determining the fair value of the common units required complex and subjective judgments. We used the sale of a similar security in an arms-length transaction with unrelated parties to estimate the value of the enterprise at the measurement date, which included assigning a value to the similar security’s rights, preferences and privileges, relative to the common units. The enterprise value was then allocated to the Company’s outstanding equity securities using a Black-Scholes option pricing model. The option pricing model involves making estimates such as: the anticipated timing of a potential liquidity event (less than one year), volatility of our equity securities (65%), and risk-free interest rate (0.16%). Change in these assumptions could materially impact the value assigned to the common units.

Note 12 - Related Party Transactions

The Company provides various services to several related entities under common control by the Chairman and CEO of the Company, primarily in the form of accounting, finance, information technology and human resource outsourcing.outsourcing, which are generally reimbursed by the related entities. The cost of these services is generally reimbursed by these related entities and was approximately $108,000$40 and $138,000$88 for the ninequarter and six months ended SeptemberJune 30, 20112013, respectively. The cost of these services was

approximately $30 and $78 for the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2012, respectively. In addition, the Company may purchase certain items on behalf of related parties under common control.control by the Chairman and CEO of the Company. Amounts due from these related entities were $395,636 at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2011 and $44,189 at September 30, 2012.2012, were not significant.

The Company receives design services and the corporate use of an airplane from related entities under common control.control by the Chairman and CEO of the Company. The cost of these services received was approximately $13,000$56 and $68,000$97 for the ninequarter and six months ended SeptemberJune 30, 20112013, respectively. The cost of these services received was approximately $40 and $59 for the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2012, respectively. Amounts due to these related entities included in accounts payable in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheets, were approximately $17,000 at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2011 and $69,000 at September 30, 2012. Refer to Note 6, Note 9 and Note 10 for additional related party transactions.

THE EX ONE COMPANY, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2012, were not significant.

 

Note 13 - Income Taxes

The Company is a limited liability company whereby the members are taxed on its proportionate share of the Company’s taxable income, therefore, no provision for U.S. federal or state income taxes has been recorded. The Company reported taxable income from ProMetal GmbH of approximately $1,717,000 and $152,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012, respectively. ExOne KK reported taxable income of approximately $587,000 and $424,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012, respectively. All of ExOne KK’s taxable income for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012 was offset by net operating losses.

The provision for income taxes related entirely to the Company’s German operations, and amounted to approximately $709,000 and $171,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012, respectively. The benefit from deferred taxes of approximately $772,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 was offset by a increase in the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets by the same amount in 2011. The benefit from deferred taxes of approximately $88,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 was offset by an increase in the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets by the same amount.

A reconciliation of income tax at the U.S. statutory rate of 35% to the Company’s effective rate for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012 is as follows:

   2011  2012 

Tax expense (benefit) at U.S. statutory rate

  ($1,511,000 ($3,707,000

Limited liability company losses not subject to tax

   1,506,000    3,703,000  

Foreign income taxed at different rates

   (77,000  (63,000

Increase in uncertain tax positions

   165,000    108,000  

Permanent differences and other

   (146,000  42,000  

Net change in valuation allowance

   772,000    88,000  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income tax expense – effective rate

  $709,000   $171,000  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The components of the Company’s net deferred income tax assets and net deferred income tax liabilities at December 31, 2011 and September 30, 2012 are as follows:

   2011  2012 

Current deferred tax assets (liabilities)

   

Inventories

  $(638,000 $(844,000

Accounts receivable

   515,000    51,000  

Other assets

   (67,000  46,000  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

   (117,000  500,000  

Valuation allowance

   (420,000  (487,000
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Current deferred tax assets (liabilities)

  $(727,000 $(734,000
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Noncurrent deferred tax assets

   

Net operating loss carryforwards

  $868,000   $691,000  

Property and equipment

   922,000    782,000  

Deferred revenue and customer deposits

   1,917,000    2,274,000  

Other

   236,000    224,000  

Valuation allowance

   (3,216,000  (3,237,000
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Noncurrent deferred tax assets

   727,000    734,000  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

  $—    $—   
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

THE EX ONE COMPANY, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 13 - Income Taxes (continued)

Note 17.Subsequent Events

The Company has provided a valuation allowance forevaluated all of its net deferred tax assets because the Company has not demonstrated a history of generating net operating profits. The Company has approximately $1,729,000 in foreign net operating loss carryforwards at September 30, 2012 to offset future taxable income of ExOne KK, which expire in 2013 through 2019.

The Company has a liability for uncertain tax positions related to certain capitalized expensesactivities and related party transactions. The liability amounted to approximately $264,000 at December 31, 2011 and $373,000 at September 30, 2012 and is included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the condensed consolidated balance sheets. The uncertain tax position for ExOne KK has been offset by the use of net operating loss carryforwards of $108,000 and $22,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012, respectively. The table below summarizes the change in the Company’s unrecognized tax positions.

   December 31,
2011
   September 30,
2012
 

Balance - beginning of period

  $15,000    $264,000  

Increases related to current year tax positions

   249,000     109,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance - end of period

  $264,000    $373,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company includes interest and penalties accruedconcluded that no subsequent events have occurred that would require recognition in the condensed consolidated financial statements as a component of income tax expense.

Note 14 - License Agreements

The Company has license agreements with organizations which require license fee payments based on revenue. License fee expenses amountedor disclosure in the notes to approximately $549,000 and $831,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012, respectively, and are included in cost of sales in the condensed consolidated financial statements, of operations and comprehensive loss. Accrued license fees were approximately $1,096,000 at December 31, 2011 and $1,950,000 at September 30, 2012 and are recorded in accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the condensed consolidated balance sheets.

Included in the license agreements is an exclusive patent license agreement (Agreement) with the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT). These patents have expiration dates ranging from 2012 to 2021. The terms of the Agreement require that the Company remit payment to MIT based upon worldwide revenue of licensed products, processes and consumables. The terms of the Agreement remain in force until the expiration or abandonment of all issued patent rights.

Note 15 - Computation of Loss per Unit

The Company presents basic and diluted loss per unit amounts. Basic loss per unit is calculated by dividing net loss available to common unit-holders by the weighted average number of common units outstanding during the applicable period. Diluted loss per unit is calculated by dividing net loss available to the Company’s common unitholders by the weighted average number of common and common equivalent units outstanding during the

THE EX ONE COMPANY, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 15 - Computation of Loss per Unit (continued)

applicable period. As the Company has incurred a net loss for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012, the conversion of the preferred units,except as described in Note 10, has an anti-dilutive effect and is therefore excluded from the calculation below.

For the Nine Months Ended September 30,

            2011                       2012            

Net loss available to common unit-holders

  $(5,270,875 $(11,070,235

Dividends declared - Preferred Class A units

   —      (1,030,588
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net loss available to common unit-holders after deducting the dividends declared - Preferred Class A units

  $(5,270,875 $(12,100,823
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Denominator:

   

Weighted average shares

   10,000,000    10,000,000  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loss per unit

   

Basic

   $(.53  $(1.21

Diluted

   $(.53  $(1.21

Note 16 - Fair Value Measurements

Accounting principles generally accepted in the United StatesOn August 1, 2013, ExOne Holding Deutschland GmbH (“ExOne Holding”), a newly-formed, wholly-owned subsidiary of America require the Company to disclose its estimate of the fair value of material financial instruments, including those recorded as assets or liabilities in its consolidated financial statements. The carrying amounts of current assets and liabilities approximate fair value due to their short-term maturities. Generally, the fair value of a fixed-rate instrument will increase as interest rates fall and decrease as interest rates rise.

The following tables set forth the fair value of the Company’s liabilities measured on a recurring basis, by level:

   December 31, 2011 
   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3 

Redeemable Class A

      

Preferred Units

  $—      $—      $18,983,602  

Interest rate swap liability

   —       60,000     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $—      $60,000    $18,983,602  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   September 30, 2012 
   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3 

Interest rate swap liability

  $—      $ 23,000    $—    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $—      $23,000    $—    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

THE EX ONE COMPANY, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 16 - Fair Value Measurements (continued)

The Company did not hold any Level 3 assets during the nine months ended September 30, 2011. The following table sets forth a summary of changes in the fair value of the Company’s Level 3 assets for the nine months ended September 30, 2012:

Balance – beginning of period

  $18,983,602  

Conversion of demand note payable to member into Class A Redeemable Preferred Units (Note 9)

    

Reclassification of Class A Redeemable Preferred Units (Note 9)

   (18,983,602
  

 

 

 

Balance – end of period

  $ 
  

 

 

 

The fair value of the interest rate swap liability is determined by using a discounted cash flow method using the appropriate inputs from the forward interest rate yield curves with the differential between the forward rate and the original stated interest rate of the swap discounted back from the settlement date of the contract to December 31, 2011 and September 30, 2012, respectively.

The fair value of the Company’s Class A Redeemable Preferred Units was estimated based on unobservable inputs, including the present value of the Company’s demand note payable to member prior to the conversion described in Note 10.

Note 17 - Customer Concentrations

During the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012, the Company conducted a significant portion of its business with a limited number of customers. The Company had one customer which individually represented 10% or greater of total revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and had two customers which individually represented 10% or greater of total revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. The Company’s top five customers represented approximately 46% and 42% of total revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012, respectively. Accounts receivable from these customers at December 31, 2011 and September 30, 2012 were not significant.

Note 18 - Subsequent Events

During December 2012, the Company executed an equipment note payable to a bank in the amount of approximately $1,193,000, with monthly payments including interest at LIBOR plus 3.0% (3.2% at September 30, 2012) through January 2018.

In November 2012, the Company, entered into an agreement (the “Agreement”) with the Municipality of Gersthofen, Germany (the “Municipality”) to purchase certain real property (the “Property”), from the Municipality for an aggregate amount of approximately $3,900 (€3,000). The Agreement contains terms and conditions that are customary for German land purchase agreements of this nature. Additionally, on August 1, 2013, ExOne Holding and the Municipality entered into an agreement pursuant to which the Municipality granted ExOne Holding an option to purchase adjacent parcels of land consisting of 14,319 square meters on the same terms and conditions as those set forth in the Agreement (the “Option”). The Option expires on December 31, 2016.

The Company intends to construct a sale-leaseback transactionnew facility on the land, which will comprise approximately 150,700 square feet of production, warehouse, service and research and development space as well as approximately 27,600 square feet for offices. On August 14, 2013, ExOne Holding entered into a construction contract with an unrelated third-partya turnkey provider of construction services for a 3D printing machine. Under the termsdesign and construction of the agreement,facility. The total cost for the Company received approximately $0.9 million in proceeds fromland and the sale and plans to recognize profit of approximately $0.5 million on the sale over the termconstruction of the lease, classified as a operating lease. Repayment of the leasefacility (including design services) is over a three-year period beginning in December 2012.estimated at approximately $20,000 (€15,400).

LOGO


2,656,000 Shares

The ExOne Company

Common Stock

 

 

PROSPECTUS

, 2013

 

 

FBR

Through and including            2013 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table sets forth the expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable in connection with the sale of common stock being registered. All the amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee.

 

SEC registration fee

  $10,230    $27,093  

FINRA filing fee

   10,850  

Nasdaq listing fee

   *  

Legal fees and expenses

   *     *  

Blue sky fees and expenses (including legal fees)

   *  

Printing expenses

   *     *  

Accounting fees and expenses

   *     *  

Transfer agent fees and expenses

   *  

NASDAQ listing fees

   *  

Miscellaneous

   *     *  
  

 

   

 

 

Total

  $     $*  
  

 

   

 

 

 

*To be filed by amendmentamendment.

 

Item 14.Indemnification of Officers and Directors.

Delaware law permits a corporation to adopt a provision in its certificate of incorporation eliminating or limiting the personal liability of a director, but not an officer in his or her capacity as such, to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except that such provision shall not eliminate or limit the liability of a director for (1) any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (2) acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (3) liability under section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”) for unlawful payment of dividends or stock purchases or redemptions or (4) any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. Our certificate of incorporation will provideprovides that, to the fullest extent ofpermitted by Delaware law, none of our directors will be liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director.

Under Delaware law, a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any type of proceeding, other than an action by or in the right of the corporation, because he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or other entity, against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such proceeding if: (1) he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporationcorporation; and (2) with respect to any criminal proceeding, he or she had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful. A corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit brought by or in the right of the corporation becauseby reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or other entity, against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such action or suit if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification will be made if the person is found liable to the corporation unless, in such a case, thea court determines the person is nonetheless entitled to indemnification for such expenses. A corporation must also

 

II-1


corporation must also indemnify a present or former director or officer has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any proceeding, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, actually and reasonably incurred by him or her. Expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by a director or officer, or any employees or agents as deemed appropriate by the board of directors, in defending civil or criminal proceedings may be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such proceedings upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director, officer, employee or agent to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation. The Delaware law regarding indemnification and the advancement of expenses is not exclusive of any other rights a person may be entitled to under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

Under the DGCL, the termination of any proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that a person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

Our certificateThe indemnification and advancement of incorporation and bylaws will authorize indemnification of any person entitledexpenses shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to indemnity under law to the full extent permitted by law.

Delaware law also provides that a corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or washas ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of such person’s heirs, executors and administrators. Any indemnification permitted by Delaware law shall be made by the corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the corporation,present or former director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because the person has met the applicable standards of conduct provided by Delaware law. Such determination shall be made with respect to the person who is a director or wasofficer at the time of such determination (i) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such proceeding, even though less than a quorum, (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, (iii) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (iv) by the stockholders.

The Delaware law regarding indemnification and the advancement of expenses is not exclusive of any other rights a person may be entitled to under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

Our bylaws provide that any of our directors or officers, or any person serving at theour request of the corporation as a director, officer, trustee, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other entity,enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans maintained or sponsored by us, shall be indemnified and held harmless by us as of right to the full extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law against anyall expense, liability asserted against and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred by such person whetherby reason of such person’s having served in such capacity. Our bylaws also provide that any such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, trustee, employee or notagent and shall inure to the corporation wouldbenefit of such person’s heirs, executors and administrators; provided, however, that such proceeding must have been authorized by the powerBoard of Directors (except with respect to indemnifya proceeding brought by such person against us to recover a claim for indemnification). This right to indemnification includes the right to be paid the expenses incurred in defending any such liability. proceeding in advance of its final disposition. In addition, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws specifically provide that none of our directors shall be personally liable to us or any of our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director of ours, except as otherwise required by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

We have also entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers, pursuant to which we have agreed to indemnify them to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law against all expenses and, in the case of proceedings other than those brought by or in the right of us, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts actually and reasonably paid in settlement by such persons or on their behalf in connection with proceedings in which they are involved. Under these agreements, we will maintain, atalso indemnify our expense, an insurance policy that insures ourdirectors and

II-2


executive officers to the fullest extent permitted by law against all expenses actually and directors,reasonably incurred by or on such persons’ behalf in connection with any such proceeding or defense, in whole or in part, to which they are a party or participant and in which they are successful. In addition, and subject to customary exclusionscertain limitations, each Indemnification Agreement provides for the advancement of expenses incurred by or on behalf of the directors and deductions,executive officers in connection with any proceeding not initiated by them, and the reimbursement to us of the amounts advanced to the extent that it is ultimately determined that the director or executive officer is not entitled to be indemnified by us. Additionally, the Indemnification Agreements provide for the provision of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies. The provisions of the Indemnification Agreement applies with respect to all periods of such director’s and executive officer’s service and shall continue so long as they are subject to a possible claim, even though the director or executive officer may have ceased to be a director or executive officer of ours.

We maintain policies of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance which insures its directors against specified liabilities that may be incurred in those capacities.the cost of defense, settlement or payment of a judgment under certain circumstances.

 

Item 15.Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

On December 31,30, 2011, wethe Company issued 18,983,602 preferred units to Rockwell Holdings Inc. (“RHI”). in a private offering exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act pursuant to an exemption from registration provided under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. In consideration for the issuance of the preferred units, RHI retired $18,983,602approximately $19.0 million in debt owed by usthe Company to it.

On January 1, 2013, the Company merged its predecessor company, The Ex One Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “LLC”), with and into a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), which changed its name to The ExOne Company (the “Reorganization”). At the time the Reorganization became effective, by operation of the Delaware corporation law and in accordance with the Agreement and Plan of Merger by and between the LLC and the Corporation, each common unit of LLC membership interest was converted into 0.58 shares of the Company’s Common Stock for a total of 5,800,000 shares of Common Stock and each preferred unit of LLC membership interest was converted into 1 share of our Class A Preferred Stock or a total of 18,984,000 shares of Class A Preferred Stock. There were no underwriters. The persons who acquired shares of our Common Stock and our Class A Preferred Stock were those persons who were the owners of the equivalent class of LLC membership interests in the Company’s predecessor company prior to the Reorganization. The shares of Common Stock and Class A Preferred Stock were not sold for cash, and the Company received no consideration in the transaction.

The conversion of securities in the Reorganization was exempt from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act as a private placement. The Staff has previously recognized that registration is not required where securities are issued in a transaction that is merely a change of form of the issuer and not a change in the substance of it, as where an entity is a party to a merger to change its domicile. In the Reorganization, the LLC merely converted itself into a corporation with the same persons being the stockholders of the Corporation as were the members of the LLC and each having the same proportionate equity interest in the Corporation as it had in the LLC, with no change in the kind or amount of assets owned by the surviving entity, the Corporation. In essence, the securities issued in the merger transaction are exempt from registration because the transaction did not involve a sale.

On February 6, 2013, the Company issued 2,500 shares of its common stock to each of Ms. Wachtel and Messrs. Semple, Sellier and Kilmer in connection with their appointment to its Board of Directors and their future service to the Company. These shares were issued pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, and are subject to certain restrictions until certain vesting requirements are met. These shares vest, and the restrictions on transfer lapse, in one-third increments on the first, second and third anniversaries of the grant date, respectively. The issuance of these shares was exempt from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act as a private placement.

II-3


Item 16.Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(A) Exhibits:

 

Exhibit

Number

  

Description

Method of Filing

1.1

  Form of Underwriting Agreement.*To be filed by amendment.

2.1

Asset Purchase Agreement dated March 27, 2013 between the Company and Troy Metal Fabricating, LLC.Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Form 8-K filed on March 29, 2013.

2.2

Asset Purchase Agreement dated March 27, 2013 between the Company and Lone Star Metal Fabrication, LLC.Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to Form 8-K filed on March 29, 2013.

3.1

  Certificate of Incorporation.Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Form S-1 Registration Statement (#333-185933) filed on January 8, 2013

3.2

  Amended and Restated Bylaws.Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Form 8-K (#001-35806) filed on March 29, 2013

3.3

Amendment to Amended and Restated Bylaws.Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Form 8-K (#001-35806) filed on August 20, 2013

4.1

  Form of stock certificate.*Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Amendment No. 2 to Form S-1 Registration Statement (#333-185933) filed on January 28, 2013

5.1

  Opinion of MorellaBuchanan Ingersoll & Associates,Rooney PC.*

To be filed by amendment.

10.1

10.01.01

  Amended and Restated Exclusive Patent License Agreement dated January 1, 2011, by and between Massachusetts Institute of Technology and The Ex One Company, LLC.*LLCIncorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.01.01 to Amendment No. 1 to Form S-1 Registration Statement(#333-185933) filed on January 24, 2013

10.01.02

First Amendment to the Amended and Restated Exclusive Patent License Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2013, by and between Massachusetts Institute of Technology and The Ex One Company, LLCIncorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.01.02 to Amendment No. 1 to Form S-1 Registration Statement(#333-185933) filed on January 24, 2013

10.2

  Employment Agreement, dated June 1, 2012, by and between the Company and S. Kent Rockwell.Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Form S-1 Registration Statement (#333-185933) filed on January 8, 2013

10.3

  Employment Agreement, dated June 1, 2012, by and between the Company and David Burns.Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Form S-1 Registration Statement (#333-185933) filed on January 8, 2013

II-2


Exhibit10.4

Number

10.4  Employment Agreement, dated August 1, 2012, by and between the Company and John Irvin.Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Form S-1 Registration Statement (#333-185933) filed on January 8, 2013

10.5

  Employment Agreement, dated August 21, 2003, by and between Prometal RCT and Rainer Hoechsmann (translated from German).Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Form S-1 Registration Statement (#333-185933) filed on January 8, 2013

10.6

  Letter amending Employment Agreement, dated March 9, 2012, from the Company to Rainer Hoechsmann (translated from German).Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Form S-1 Registration Statement (#333-185933) filed on January 8, 2013

II-4


Exhibit

Number

Description

Method of Filing

10.7

10.07.01

  2013 Equity Incentive Plan.*Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.07.01 to Amendment No. 1 to Form S-1 Registration Statement(#333-185933) filed on January 24, 2013

10.07.02

Form of Award Agreements under 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.07.02 to Amendment No. 1 to Form S-1 Registration Statement(#333-185933) filed on January 24, 2013

10.8

  Lone Star Metal Fabrication, LLC Equipment Lease.Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Form S-1 Registration Statement (#333-185933) filed on January 8, 2013

10.9

  Lone Star Metal Fabrication, LLC Building Lease.Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to Form S-1 Registration Statement (#333-185933) filed on January 8, 2013

10.10.01

  Troy Metal Fabricating, LLC Equipment Lease October 1, 2011.Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10.01 to Form S-1 Registration Statement (#333-185933) filed on January 8, 2013

10.10.02

Troy Metal Fabricating, LLC Equipment Lease December 31, 2011.
10.10.03

  Troy Metal Fabricating, LLC Equipment Lease December 31, 2012.Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10.02 to Form S-1 Registration Statement (#333-185933) filed on January 8, 2013
10.10.04

10.10.03

  Troy Metal Fabricating, LLC Equipment Lease May 31, 2008.Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10.03 to Form S-1 Registration Statement (#333-185933) filed on January 8, 2013
10.10.05

10.10.04

  Troy Metal Fabricating, LLC Equipment Lease February 01, 2009.2009Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10.04 to Form S-1 Registration Statement (#333-185933) filed on January 8, 2013
10.10.06

10.10.05

  Troy Metal Fabrication, LLC Equipment Lease May 31, 2008.Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10.05 to Form S-1 Registration Statement (#333-185933) filed on January 8, 2013
10.11

10.10.06

  Troy Metal Fabricating, LLC Building Lease March 31, 2008.Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10.06 to Form S-1 Registration Statement (#333-185933) filed on January 8, 2013

10.12

  Kontokorrentkredit Overdraft Agreement, dated July 29, 2011, Between ExOne Gmbh and Stadtsparkasse Augsburg. (translated from German).Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to Form S-1 Registration Statement (#333-185933) filed on January 8, 2013

10.13

  Aval Kredit-Rahmanvertrag, Linton Bank Guarantees, dated July 29, 2011, Between ExOne Gmbh and Stadtsparkasse Augsburg. (translated from German).Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to Form S-1 Registration Statement (#333-185933) filed on January 8, 2013

10.14

  Abtretung von Außenständer, Assignment of Receivables, dated July 29, 2011, Between ExOne Gmbh and Stadtsparkasse Augsburg. (translated from German).Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to Form S-1 Registration Statement (#333-185933) filed on January 8, 2013

10.15

  Revolving Demand Note, dated January 1, 2012 by and between the Company and Rockwell Forest Products, Inc.Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to Form S-1 Registration Statement (#333-185933) filed on January 8, 2013.

II-5


Exhibit

Number

Description

Method of Filing

10.16

  Leasing Contract, Agreement Concerning Use of Machine, Sale and Leaseback Agreement, dated November 21, 2012, between ExOne GmbH and Deutsche für Sparkassen und Mittelstand GmbH (translated from German).*Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to Amendment No. 1 to Form S-1 Registration Statement (#333-185933) filed on January 24, 2013.

10.17

Employment Agreement, dated March 7, 2013, by and between the Company and JoEllen Lyons Dillon.Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to Form 10-K(#001-35806) filed on March 29, 2013.

10.18

Form of Indemnification Agreement for Officers and Directors.Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Form 8-K filed on March 29, 2013.

10.19

Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement.Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-187053) filed on March 5, 2013.

21.1

  Subsidiaries of the Registrant.

Filed herewith.

23.1

  Consent of ParenteBeard LLC.Filed herewith.

23.2

  Consent of MorellaBuchanan Ingersoll & Associates,Rooney PC (included in Exhibit 5.1).*

To be filed by amendment.

24.1

  Powers of Attorney (included on signature pages of this registration statement).
99.1  Consent of Lloyd A. Semple to be named as a director.
99.2Consent of Bonnie K. Wachtel to be named as a director.
99.3Consent of Victor Sellier to be named as a director.

*To be filed by amendment.Filed herewith.

(B) Financial Statement Schedules:

Financial statement schedules are omitted because they are not required or the required information is shown in our consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.

 

II-3


Item 17.Undertakings

(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

(b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(c)(b) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4II-6


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Pittsburgh, Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, on January 8,August 21, 2013.

 

The ExOne Company
By: /s/    S. Kent Rockwell
 S. Kent Rockwell
  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints S. Kent Rockwell, David Burns, and John Irvin and JoEllen Lyons Dillon, and each of them, as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for the undersigned and in his name place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, any registration statement for the same offering filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933 and any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them or their or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on January 8,August 21, 2013.

 

Signature

  

Title

/s/    S. Kent Rockwell  

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

S. Kent Rockwell  

(ChiefPrincipal Executive Officer);

/s/    John Irvin        Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial
John Irvinand Accounting Officer) And Director

/s/    David J. Burns  

President and Chief Operating Officer;

Officer
David J. Burns  

And Director

/s/    John IrvinRaymond J. Kilmer        

Raymond J. Kilmer

  

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial

Director
John Irvin

/s/    Victor Sellier        

Victor Sellier

  Director

and Accounting Officer); /s/    Lloyd A. Semple        

Lloyd A. Semple

Director

/s/    Bonnie K. Wachtel         

Bonnie K. Wachtel

Director

 

II-5II-7